21062.txt

Project Gutenberg's The Cruise of the Nonsuch Buccaneer, by Harry Collingwood

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org


Title: The Cruise of the Nonsuch Buccaneer

Author: Harry Collingwood

Illustrator: John Williamson

Release Date: April 13, 2007 [EBook #21062]

Language: English

Character set encoding: ASCII

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUISE OF THE NONSUCH ***




Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England




The Cruise of the "Nonsuch" Buccaneer

By Harry Collingwood
________________________________________________________________________
An excellent book by this accomplished writer of nautical stories for
teenagers.  The date is 1569.  The young George St. Leger arrives back
from a cruise in the Bonaventure, owned locally in Plymouth, and shortly
after he and his mother are told that his brother has been captured by
the Spaniards, somewhere in the West Indies.

A friendly shipbuilder has a new vessel, the Nonsuch, almost ready to
sail, and he agrees with George that he will finance a voyage in search
of the brother, in return for half of the proceedings of the voyage, for
the Nonsuch has been designed as a fast-sailing buccaneer.

The crew are all local Devon men, so much of the dialogue in the book is
in a strong Devonian accent, still to be heard in the outlying districts
of that beautiful county.

They set off as soon as possible, knowing that the Government might well
requisition the Nonsuch.  There are plenty of adventures and battles,
but eventually the brother is found, but in very dire straits, for he
might have died if found only a few minutes later.

There is an interesting and very revealing episode where we are shown
how the Spanish Inquisition worked.

Makes a very nice audiobook about eleven hours in length.
________________________________________________________________________
THE CRUISE OF THE "NONSUCH" BUCCANEER

BY HARRY COLLINGWOOD



CHAPTER ONE.

HOW GEORGE SAINT LEGER RETURNED FROM FOREIGN PARTS.

The time was mid-afternoon, the date was January the 9th, in the year of
our Lord 1569; and the good town of Plymouth was basking in the hazy
sunlight and mild temperature of one of those delightful days that
occasionally visit the metropolis of the West Country, even in mid-
winter, under the beneficent influence of the Gulf Stream combined with
a soft but enduring breeze from the south-south-east charged with warm
air from the Saharan desert and the Mediterranean.

So mild and genial was the weather that certain lads, imbued with that
spirit of lawlessness and adventure which seems inherent in the nature
of the young Briton, had conspired together to defy the authority of
their schoolmaster by playing truant from afternoon school and going to
bathe in Firestone Bay.  And it was while these lads were dressing,
after revelling in their stolen enjoyment, that their attention was
attracted by the appearance of a tall ship gliding up the Sound before
the soft breathing of the languid breeze.

That she was a foreign-going ship was evident at a glance, first from
her size, and, secondly, from the whiteness of her canvas, bleached by
long exposure to a southern sun; and as she drew nearer, the display of
flags and pennons which she made, and the sounds of trumpet, fife,
hautboy, and drum which floated down the wind from her seemed to
indicate that her captain regarded his safe arrival in English waters as
something in the nature of a triumph.

By the time that she had arrived abreast of Picklecombe Point the
bathers had completely resumed their clothing and, having climbed to the
highest point within easy reach, now stood interestedly watching the
slow approach of the ship, her progress under the impulse of the gentle
breeze being greatly retarded by the ebb tide.  Speculation was rife
among the little group of boys upon the question of the ship's identity,
some maintaining that she must necessarily be a Plymouther, otherwise
what was she doing there, while others, for no very clearly denned
reason, expressed the contrary opinion.

At length one of the party who had been intently regarding the craft for
several minutes, suddenly flung his cap into the air, caught it as it
fell, and exclaimed excitedly as he replaced it on his head:

"I know her, I du; 'tis my Uncle Marshall's _Bonaventure_, whoam from
the Mediterranean and Spain; I'm off to tell my uncle.  'Twas only
yesterday that I heard him say he'd give a noble to know that the
_Bonaventure_ had escaped the Spaniards; and a noble will pay me well
for the flogging that I shall get from old Sir John, if Uncle Richard
tells him that I played truant to go bathing.  But I don't believe he
will; he'll be so mighty pleased to hear about the _Bonaventure_ that
he'll forget to ask how I come to be to Firestone Bay instead of to
schule."

And the exultant lad dashed away toward Stonehouse, accompanied by his
companions, each of whom was instantly ready to help with suggestions as
to the spending of the prospective noble.

The historian of the period has omitted to record whether that worthy,
Mr Richard Marshall, one of the most thriving merchants of Plymouth,
was as good as his word in the matter of the promised noble; but
probably he was, for shortly after the arrival of his nephew with the
momentous news, the good man emerged from his house, smiling and rubbing
his hands with satisfaction, and made the best of his way to the wharf
in Stonehouse Pool, alongside which he knew that the _Bonaventure_ would
moor, and was there speedily joined by quite a little crowd of other
people who were all more or less intimately interested in the ship and
her crew, and who had been brought to the spot by the rapid spread of
the news that the _Bonaventure_ was approaching.

To the impatient watchers it seemed an age before the ship hove in sight
at the mouth of the Pool.  At length, however, as the sun dipped behind
the wooded slopes across the water toward Millbrook, a ship's spritsail
and sprit topsail, with a long pennon streaming from the head of the
mast which supported the latter, crept slowly into view beyond Devil's
Point, to the accompaniment of a general shout of "There a be!" from the
waiting crowd, and a minute later the entire ship stood revealed,
heading up the Pool under all sail, to the impulse of the dying breeze
which was by this time so faint that the white canvas of the approaching
craft scarcely strained at all upon its sheets and yards.

For the period, the _Bonaventure_ was a ship of considerable size, her
registered measurement being one hundred and twenty-seven tons.  She was
practically new, the voyage which she was now completing being only her
second.  Like other ships of her size and time, she was very beamy, with
rounded sides that tumbled home to a degree that in these days would be
regarded as preposterous.  She carried the usual fore and after castles,
the latter surmounting the after extremity of her lofty poop.  She was
rigged with three masts in addition to the short spar which reared
itself from the outer extremity of her bowsprit, and upon which the
sprit topsail was set, the fore and main masts spreading courses,
topsails, and--what was then quite an innovation--topgallant sails,
while the mizen spread a lateen-shaped sail stretched along a sloping
yard suspended just beneath the top, in the position occupied in these
days by the cross-jack.  She was armed with twenty-two cannon of various
sizes and descriptions, and she mustered a crew of fifty-six men and
boys, all told.  Her hull was painted a rich orange-brown colour down to
a little above the water-line, beneath which ran a narrow black stripe
right round her hull, dividing the brown colour of her topsides from her
white-painted bottom which, by the way, was now almost hidden by a rank
growth of green weed.  She carried one large poop lantern, and displayed
from her flagstaff the red cross of Saint George, while from her fore
and main topgallant-mastheads, from the peak of her mizen, and from the
head of her sprit-topmast lazily waved other flags and pennons.  As she
swung into view round Devil's Point the blare of trumpets and the roll
of drums reached the ears of the crowd which awaited her arrival; but
these sounds presently ceased as her crew proceeded to brail up and furl
sail after sail; and some ten minutes later, scarcely stemming the
outgoing tide, she drifted slowly in toward her berth alongside the
wharf.  Ropes were thrown, great hawsers were hauled ashore and made
fast to sturdy bollards, fenders were dropped overside, and the
_Bonaventure_ was very smartly secured abreast the warehouse which was
destined to receive her cargo.

Then, when the ship had been securely moored, fore and aft, her gangway
was thrown open, a gang-plank was run out from the deck to the wharf,
and Mr Richard Marshall, her owner, stepped on board and advanced with
outstretched hand toward a short, stout, grey-haired man who had
hitherto occupied a conspicuous position on the poop, but who now
descended the poop ladder with some difficulty and hobbled towards the
gangway.

The contrast between the two men was great in every way, except perhaps
in the matter of age, for both were on the shady side of fifty; but
while one of them, Mr Richard Marshall, merchant and shipowner, to wit,
was still hale and hearty, carrying himself as straight and upright as
though he were still in the prime of early manhood, the other, who was
none other than John Burroughs, the captain of the _Bonaventure_, moved
stiffly and limped painfully as a result of many wounds received during
his forty years of seafaring life, coupled with a rapidly increasing
tendency to suffer from severe attacks of rheumatism.  And they differed
in dress as greatly as in their personal appearance; for while the
merchant was soberly if not somewhat sombrely garbed in dark brown
broadcloth, with a soft, broad-brimmed felt hat to match, the captain
(in rank defiance of the sumptuary laws then existing) sported trunk
hosen of pale pink satin, a richly embroidered and padded satin doublet
of the same hue, confined at the waist by a belt of green satin heavily
broidered with gold thread, from which depended on one side a long
rapier and on the other a wicked-looking Venetian dagger with jewelled
hilt and sheath, while, surmounting his grizzled and rather scanty
locks, he wore, jauntily set on one side, a Venetian cap of green velvet
adorned with a large gold and cameo brooch which secured a long green
feather drooping gracefully over the wearer's left shoulder.  But let
not the unsophisticated reader imagine, in the innocence of his heart,
that the garb above described was that usually affected by mariners of
the Elizabethan period, while at sea.  It was not.  But they frequently
displayed a weakness for showy dress while in port, and especially when
about to go ashore for the first time after the termination of a voyage.

"Welcome home again, Cap'n John," exclaimed Marshall, grasping the hand
of the sailor and wringing it so heartily that poor Burroughs winced at
the pain of his rheumatism-racked wrist and shoulder.  "I am glad to see
you safely back, for I was beginning to feel a bit uneasy lest the King
of Spain had caught you in his embargo."

"Iss, fegs; and so mun very nearly did," answered the captain; "indeed,
if it hadn't ha' been for young Garge Saint Leger--who, bein' out of his
time, I've made pilot in place of poor Matthews, who was killed in a
bout wi' the Barbary rovers on our outward voyage--he'd ha' had us, sure
as pigs baint nightingales.  But Garge have got the fiend's own gift for
tongues and languages, and the night avore we sailed he happened to be
ashore lookin' round Santander, and while he were standin' on one side
of a pillar in a church he heard two Spanishers on t'other side of that
there same pillar talkin' about the embargo that King Philip was goin'
to declare again' the English at midnight that very night as ever was.
Like a good boy, Garge waited until the two Spanishers had left the
church, and then comed straight down aboard and told me what he'd heard.
At first I didn't put very much faith in the yarn, I'll own to't, but
that there Garge so pestered and worrited me that at last I let mun have
mun's way; and ten minutes afore midnight the _Bonaventure_ was under
way and standin' out o' the harbour.  We managed to get out without
bein' fired upon by the batteries.  But if you'll believe me, sir, they
sent a galley out a'ter us, and if it hadn't ha' happened that the wind
was blowin' fresh from about west, and a nasty lump of a beam sea
runnin', dang my ugly buttons if that galley wouldn't ha' had us!  But
the galley rolled so heavy that they couldn't use their oars to
advantage, while the _Bonaventure_ is so fast as any dolphin with a beam
wind and enough of it to make us furl our topgallants; so we got away."

"And a very smart piece of work, too, apparently," said Mr Marshall.
"I must not forget to thank George Saint Leger for his share in it.  Has
your voyage been a success, Captain?"

"So, so; I don't think you'll find much to complain about when we comes
to go into the figures," answered Burroughs.  "We had a bit of a brush
wi' the rovers, who comed out against us in three ships, during our
outward voyage, but we beat 'em off wi' the loss of only one man--poor
Matthews, as I mentioned just now--since when we've had no call to fire
a single shot."

"Excellent, excellent!" commented the merchant, rubbing his hands.  "Of
course I am very sorry to learn that Matthews was slain; but these
things will happen at sea from time to time.  Well, to-morrow we will
have the hatches off and begin discharging.  While that is proceeding I
must consider what next to do with the ship; for it will be useless to
think of further trade with the Mediterranean while the Spanish embargo
lasts, and Heaven only knows how long that will be."

"Ay," assented Burroughs.  "'Tis a pity that her Grace up to Whitehall
can't make up her mind one way or t'other about this here Spanish
business; whether she'll be friends wi' Philip, or will fight mun.  For
all this here shilly-shallyin', first one way and then t'other, be
terrible upsettin' to folks like we.  But there, what be I grumblin'
about?  'Twont make a mort o' difference to me, because I've made up my
mind as it's time for me to knock off the sea and settle down snug and
comfortable ashore for the rest of my days.  I be that bad wi' the
rheumatics that I've got to get the cabin boy to help me put on my
clothes, and when there be a sea runnin' and the ship do roll a bit I
can't sleep for the pain in my j'ints.  So, Mr Marshall, I may 's well
give 'e notice, here and now, so's you'll ha' plenty of time to look
about 'e for another cap'n."

"Dear me, dear me!  I am very sorry to hear that, Cap'n," exclaimed Mr
Marshall.  "But," he continued, "ever since the declaration of the
embargo I have been thinking what I would do with the _Bonaventure_ in
the event of her escaping from the Spaniards, and I had almost decided
to lay her up until the dispute is settled one way or the other.  Now if
you stay ashore until that time arrives, and take care of yourself,
perhaps you will find yourself quite able to take command of her again
when she next goes to sea."

"No," asserted Burroughs decisively; "I ha' made up my mind, and I'll
stick to it.  The sea's no place for a man afflicted as I be.  Besides,
I ha' done very well in the matter o' they private ventures that you've
allowed me to engage in; there's a very tidy sum o' money standin' to my
credit in Exeter Bank, and there's neither chick nor child to use it
a'ter I be gone, so I might so well enjoy it and be comfortable for the
rest o' my days, and at the same time make way for a younger man.  Now,
there be Garge," he continued, lowering his tone.  "'Tis true that he be
but a lad; but he'm a sailor to the tips of his fingers; he'm so good a
seaman and navigator as I be; he've a-got coolness and courage when they
be most needed; he knoweth how to handle a crew; he've got the gift of
tongues; and--he'm a gentleman, which is a danged sight more than I be.
You might do a mort worse, Mr Marshall, than give he the _Bonaventure_
when next you sends her to sea."

"H'm! do you really think so?" returned the merchant.  "He is very
young, you know, Captain; too young, I think, to bear the responsibility
attending the command of such a ship as the _Bonaventure_.  But--well, I
will think it over.  Your recommendation of course will carry very great
weight with me."

"Ay, and so't ought to," retorted the blunt-spoken old skipper.  "I've
served you now a matter of over thirty years, and you've never yet had
to find fault wi' my judgment.  And you won't find it wrong either in
that there matter o' Garge."

After which the subject was dropped, and the pair proceeded to the
discussion of various matters which have no bearing upon the present
history.

Meanwhile, during the progress of the above-recorded conversation, the
crew, having completed the mooring of the ship, proceeded to furl the
sails which had been merely hauled down or clewed up as the craft
approached the wharf; and when this job had been performed to the
satisfaction of a tall, strapping young fellow who stood upon the poop
supervising operations, the mariners laid down from aloft and, the
business of the ship being over for the day, were dismissed from duty.
As every man aboard the _Bonaventure_ happened to call Plymouth "home,"
this meant on their part a general swarming ashore to join the relatives
and friends who patiently awaited them on the wharf; whereupon the
little crowd quickly melted away.

Then, and not until then, the tall, strapping young fellow upon the
poop--familiarly referred to by Captain Burroughs as "Garge," and
henceforth to be known to us as George Saint Leger and the hero of the
moving story which the writer proposes to set forth in the following
pages--descended to the main deck, uttered a word or two of greeting and
caution to the two sturdy ship-keepers who had already come on board to
take care of ship and cargo during the absence of the crew, and with
quick, springy step, strode to the gang-plank, and so to the wharf,
whither the captain, in Mr Marshall's company, had preceded him.

As he strode along the wharf, with that slight suggestion of a roll in
his gait which marks the man whose feet have been long accustomed to the
feel of a heaving deck, he cast a quick, eager, recognising glance at
the varied features of the scene around him, his somewhat striking
countenance lighting up as he noted the familiar details of the long
line of quaint warehouses which bordered the wharf, the coasters which
were moored ahead and astern of the _Bonaventure_, the fishing craft
grounded upon the mud higher up the creek, the well remembered houses of
various friends dotted about here and there, the heights of Mount
Edgcumbe shadowy and mysterious in the deepening twilight, and the
slopes of Mount Wise across the water; and a joyous smile irradiated his
features as his gaze settled upon a small but elegant cottage, of the
kind now known as a bungalow, standing in the midst of a large,
beautifully kept garden, situated upon the very extremity of the Mount
and commanding an uninterrupted view of the Sound.  For in that cottage,
from three windows of which beamed welcoming lights, he knew that his
mother, and perchance his elder brother Hubert, awaited his coming.  For
a moment he paused, gazing lovingly at the lights, then, striding on
again, he quickly reached the end of the wharf and, hurrying down the
ferry steps, sprang into a boat which he found lying alongside.

"So you'm back again all safe, Mr Garge, sir," exclaimed the occupant
of the boat as he threw out an oar to bear the craft off from the wharf
wall, while young Saint Leger seated himself in the stern sheets.  "I
been here waitin' for 'e for the last hour or more.  The mistress seed
the ship a comin' in, and knowed her, and her says to me--`Tom, the
_Bonaventure_ be whoam again.  Now, you go down and take the boat and go
across to the wharf, for Master Garge 'll be in a hurry to come over,
and maybe the wherry won't be there just when he's ready to come; so you
go over and wait for un.'  And here I be.  Welcome home again, sir."

"Thanks, Tom," answered Saint Leger, "I did not recognise you for the
moment.  And how is my mother?"

"She's just about as well as can be reasonably expected, sir,
considerin' the way that she's been worritin' about you and Mr
Hubert--'specially 'bout you, sir, since the news of the King of Spain's
embargo have been made known," answered the man Tom, who was in fact the
gardener and general handy man at The Nest, as Mrs Saint Leger's
cottage was named.

"Poor dear soul," murmured George; "she will fret herself to death over
Hu and me, before all's done, I am afraid.  So Captain Hawkins has not
yet returned, Tom?"

"Not yet a bain't, sir.  But he've only been gone a matter o' fifteen
months; and 'tis only a year since mun sailed from the Guinea coast for
the Indies, so 'tis a bit early yet to be expectin' mun back.  When he
and Franky Drake du get over there a spoilin' the Egyptians, as one
might say, there be no knowin' how long they'll stay there.  I don't
look to see 'em back till they'm able to come wi' their ships loaded wi'
Spanish gould; and it'll take a mort o' time to vind six shiploads o'
gould," returned Tom.

"And has no news of the expedition been received since its arrival on
the Spanish Main?" asked George.

"Not as I've heard of, sir," answered Tom.  "The last news of 'em was
that they'd sailed from the Guinea coast some time about the end of
January; and how that comed I don't know.  But I expect 'tis true,
because Madam got it from Madam Hawkins, who comed over expressly to
tell her."

"Ah, well, I suppose we shall hear in God's good time," commented
George.  "Back water with your starboard oar, Tom, and pull larboard, or
you'll smash in the bows of the boat against the steps.  So! way enough.
Haul her to and let me get out.  If I am not mistaken there is my
mother waiting for me under the verandah.  Thanks!  Good night, Tom, and
put that in your pocket for luck."

So saying the young man handed Tom a ducat, and sprang out of the boat,
up the landing steps, and made his way rapidly up the steep garden path
toward the house, beneath the verandah of which a female figure could be
dimly seen by the sheen of the lighted windows.  As George Saint Leger
neared the brow of the slope upon which The Nest was built, this same
female figure ran down the verandah steps to meet him, and a moment
later he and his mother were locked in each other's arms.

"My boy, my boy!" crooned Mrs Saint Leger as she nestled in her son's
embrace and tiptoed up to kiss the lips that sought her own--"welcome
home again, a thousand welcomes!  I saw the ship while she was yet
outside Saint Nicholas Island and, with the help of the perspective
glass that you brought me from Genoa, was able to recognise her as the
_Bonaventure_.  And later, when she rounded the point and entered the
Pool, I saw you standing beside Captain Burroughs on the poop, and so
knew that all was well with you.  Come in, my dear, and let me look at
you.  Supper is all ready and waiting, and there is a fine big coal fire
blazing in the dining-room, for I knew you would feel the air chilly
after that of the Mediterranean."

A moment later the pair entered the warm, cosy dining-room, and stood
intently regarding each other by the light of a candelabrum which
occupied the centre of the handsomely appointed table.  And while they
stand thus, with their hands upon each other's shoulders, each
scrutinising the face of the other, we may seize the opportunity to make
the acquaintance of both; for with one of them at least we purpose to
participate in many a strange scene and stirring adventure in those
western Indies, the wonders and fabulous wealth of which were just
beginning to be made known to Englishmen through that redoubtable rover
and slaver, Captain John Hawkins.

Mrs Saint Leger was a small, somewhat delicate and fragile-looking
woman, just turned forty-six years of age, yet, although people seemed
to age a great deal more quickly in those days than in these, and
although, as the widow of one sailor and the mother of two others, she
had known much anxiety and mental stress, she retained her youthful
appearance to a degree that was a constant source of wonder to her many
friends.  Her form was still as girlish as when Hugh Saint Leger proudly
led her to the altar twenty-eight years before we make her acquaintance.
Her cheeks were still smooth and round, her violet eyes, deep and
tender, were still bright despite the many tears which anxiety for her
husband and sons had caused her to shed, and which her bitter grief had
evoked when, some seven years earlier, the news had been brought to her
of her husband's death while gallantly defending his ship against an
attack by Salee pirates.  Her golden-brown hair was still richly
luxuriant, and only the most rigorous search would have revealed the
presence of a silver thread here and there.  And lastly, she stood just
five feet four inches in her high-heeled shoes, and--in honour of her
younger son's safe arrival home--was garbed, in the height of the
prevailing mode, in a gown of brown velvet that exactly matched the
colour of her hair, with long pointed bodice heavily embroidered with
gold thread, voluminous farthingale, long puffed sleeves, ruffed lace
collar, lace stomacher, and lace ruffles at her dainty wrists.

George Saint Leger, aged twenty, stood five feet ten inches in his
stockings, though he did not look anything like that height, so broad
were his shoulders and so robustly built was his frame.  He had not yet
nearly attained to his full growth, and promised, if he went on as he
was going, to become a veritable giant some five or six years hence.  He
had his mother's eyes and hair--the latter growing in short soft
ringlets all over his head--and he inherited a fair share also of his
mother's beauty, although in his case it was tempered and made manly by
a very square chin, firm, close-set lips, and a certain suggestion of
sternness and even fierceness in the steady intent gaze of the eyes.  He
was garbed, like his captain, in doublet, trunk hose, and cap, but in
George's case the garments were made of good serviceable cloth, dyed a
deep indigo blue colour, and his cap--which he now held in his hand--was
unadorned with either feather or brooch.  Also, he wore no weapons of
any kind save those with which nature had provided him.

"Egad! it is good to feel your arms round me, little mother, and to find
myself in this dear old room again," exclaimed the lad as he gazed down
into his mother's loving eyes.  "And you--surely you must have
discovered the whereabout of the fount of perpetual youth, for you do
not look a day older than when I went away."

"Nonsense, silly boy," returned the delighted little lady as she freed
herself from her stalwart son's embrace, "art going to celebrate thy
return home by beginning to pay compliments to thy old mother?  But,
indeed," she continued more seriously, "'tis a wonder that I am not
grey-headed, for the anxiety that I have suffered on thy account,
George, and that of thy brother Hubert, has scarcely suffered me to know
a moment's peace."

"Dear soul alive, I'll warrant that's true," agreed George.  "But,
mother, you need never be anxious about me, for there's not a better or
stauncher ship afloat than the _Bonaventure_, nor one that carries a
finer captain and crew.  We've held our own in many a stiff bout with
weather and the enemy, and can do it again, please God.  And as for Hu,
I think you need fear as little for him as for me, for with Hawkins as
admiral, and Frankie Drake as second in command, with six good ships to
back them up, they should be able to sweep the Spanish Main from end to
end.  It cannot now be very long before one gets news of them, and
indeed, I confidently look forward to seeing them come sailing into
Plymouth Sound ere long, loaded down with treasure."

"God grant that it may be so," responded Mrs Saint Leger.  "Yet how can
I help being fearful and anxious when I think of those daring men
thousands of miles away from home and kindred, surrounded as it were by
enemies, and with nought to keep them but their courage and the strength
of their own right arm?  And where there is fighting--as fighting there
must be when English and Spaniards come face to face--some must be
slain, and why not our Hubert among them?  For the boy is hot-headed,
and brave even to recklessness."

"Ay," assented George, "that's true.  But 'tis the brave and reckless
ones that stand the best chance in a fight, for their very courage doth
but inspire the enemy with terror, so that he turns and flees from them.
Besides, our lads are fighting God's battle against bigotry, idolatry,
and fiendish cruelty as exemplified in the tortures inflicted upon poor
souls in the hellish Inquisition, and 'twould be sinful and a
questioning of God's goodness to doubt that He will watch over them who
are waging war upon His enemies."

"Yea, indeed, that is true," agreed Mrs Saint Leger.  "And yet, so weak
is our poor human faith that there are times when my heart is sick with
fear as to what may be happening to my dear ones.  But here is Lucy with
the supper.  Draw up and sit down, my son.  I'll warrant that the
enjoyment of a good roast capon and ale of thy mother's own brewing will
be none the less for the sea fare upon which thou hast lived of late."

So mother and son sat down to table again for the first time in many
months.  And while they ate George regaled his mother with a recital of
some of the most moving happenings of the voyage just ended, including,
naturally, a detailed account of the brush with Barbary pirates, the
death of Matthews, the pilot, and George's own promotion to the post
thus rendered vacant; to all of which Mrs Saint Leger listened eagerly,
devouring her son with her eyes as he made play with capon and pasty and
good nut-brown ale, talking betwixt mouthfuls and eliciting from his
absorbed audience of one, now a little exclamation of horror at the tale
of some tragic occurrence or narrow escape, and anon a hearty laugh at
the recounting of some boyish frolic and escapade in one or another of
the foreign cities visited in the course of the voyage.  Supper over,
they drew their chairs up before the fire and continued their talk,
asking and answering questions in that delightfully inconsequent fashion
which is possible only between near and dear relatives after a long
separation.  So the time passed quickly until the hour-glass in the hall
marked ten and the maid brought in candles; whereupon, before separating
for the night, mother and son knelt down together and rendered heartfelt
thanks to God for the safe return of the one wanderer and offered up
equally heartfelt petitions for the preservation of the other, as folk
were not ashamed to do in those grand old days when belief in God's
interest in the welfare of His creatures was a living, virile thing, and
when a man's religion was as intimate a part of his daily life as were
his meat and drink.



CHAPTER TWO.

HOW ROBERT DYER BROUGHT NEWS OF DISASTER.

The following morning found George Saint Leger early astir; for the
unloading of the _Bonaventure's_ rich cargo was now to begin, and he
must be there to superintend and do his share of the work.  And be sure
that Mr Richard Marshall and his head clerk were also there to take
note of each bale and cask and package as it was hoisted out of the hold
and carried across the wharf into the yawning doorway of the warehouse;
for while the worthy merchant fully trusted those of his servants who
had proved themselves to be trustworthy, he held that there was no
method of keeping trustworthy servants faithful so efficacious as
personal oversight; he maintained that the man who tempted another to
dishonesty by throwing opportunities for dishonesty in his way, was as
guilty and as much to blame as the one who succumbed to temptation;
therefore he kept his own soul and the souls of his employes clean by
affording the latter as little occasion as might be for stumbling.
Captain Burroughs--his rheumatism more troublesome than ever--was also
present, with his hands full of invoices and bills of lading to which he
referred from time to time for information in reply to some question
from Mr Marshall; and soon the winches began to creak and the main
hatch to disgorge its contents, while a crowd of those curious and idle
loafers who, like the poor, are always with us, quickly gathered upon
the wharf to gapingly watch the process of unloading the cargo.

That process was much more deliberately carried out then than it is in
the present day of hurry and rush, steam and electricity; therefore it
was not until nearly a fortnight had elapsed that the last bale had been
hoisted out of the _Bonaventure's_ hold and safely stored in Mr
Marshall's warehouse.  Mr Marshall had definitely announced his
intention to lay up the ship until the Spanish embargo should be raised.
And it was on that same night that, as George and his mother sat
chatting by the fire after supper, the maid Lucy entered the room with
the intimation that a strange, foreign-looking man, apparently a sailor,
stood without, craving speech with Mistress Saint Leger.

Mrs Saint Leger's apprehensions with regard to the safety of Hubert,
her elder son, temporarily allayed by George's optimism, were quick to
respond to the slightest hint or suggestion of disaster; the mere
mention, therefore, of a man, foreign-looking and of sailorly aspect,
seeking speech with her, and especially at such an untimely hour, was
sufficient to re-awaken all her unformed fears into full activity.  Her
lips blanched and a look of terror leapt into her eyes as she sprang to
her feet, regarding the somewhat stolid Lucy as though the latter were
some apparition of ill omen.

"A sailor, say you, strange, and foreign-looking?" she gasped.  "What
for mercy's sake can such a man want with me at this time of night?  Did
you ask the man his name?"

"No, ma'am, I--I--didn't," stammered the maid, astonished at her
mistress's unusual agitation, and afraid that in omitting to make the
enquiry she had been guilty of some terrible oversight; "he said--he--"

But at this point George intervened.  To him, as to his mother, the
circumstance had at once conveyed a suggestion of ominousness, a hint of
possible evil tidings.  Like his mother, he had risen to his feet as the
thought of what this visit might mean dawned upon him.  But, unlike Mrs
Saint Leger, he was accustomed to act quickly in the presence of sudden
alarms, and now he laid his hand reassuringly upon his mother's
shoulder, as he said soothingly:

"There, there, sit you down, mother; there's nought to be frightened
about, I'll warrant.  Sit you down, again; and I'll go out and speak to
the fellow.  Maybe 'tis but some sneaking, snivelling beggar-man who,
believing you to be alone here, hopes to terrify you into giving him a
substantial alms."

So saying, with another reassuring pat upon his mother's shoulder, the
lad stalked out of the room, pushing the bewildered maid before him, and
made his way to the front door, where Mrs Saint Leger, acutely
listening, presently heard him in low converse with the stranger.  The
conversation continued for a full ten minutes, and then Mrs Saint
Leger's apprehensions were sharpened by hearing footsteps--her son's and
another's--approaching the room in which she sat.  A moment later the
door was flung open, and George, pale beneath his tan, re-appeared,
ushering in a thick-set, broadly-built man of medium height, whose long,
unkempt hair and beard, famine-sharpened features, and ragged clothing
told an unmistakable tale of privation and suffering.

"Mother," said George--and as he spoke his lips quivered slightly in
spite of his utmost efforts to keep them steady--"this man is Robert
Dyer of Cawsand, one of the crew of the _Judith_, Captain Drake's ship,
just arrived from the Indies, and he brings us bad news--not the worst,
thank God," he interjected hurriedly as he noted Mrs Saint Leger's
sudden access of pallor--"but bad enough for all that, and it is
necessary that you should hear it.  The expedition has been a failure,
thanks to Spanish treachery; the loss to the English has been terribly
heavy, and several of the men are missing."

For a few moments the poor distracted mother strove vainly to speak;
then, clutching George's arm tightly, she moaned: "Well, why do you
pause, George?  Tell me the worst, I pray you.  I can bear it.  Do not
keep me in suspense.  Do you wish me to understand that Hubert is
killed--or is he among the missing?  He must be one or the other, I
know, or he would be here now to tell his own story."

"He is a prisoner in the hands of the Spaniards, mother," answered
George.  "But be of good cheer," he continued, as Mrs Saint Leger
staggered like one struck and he sprang to her assistance--"sit you
down, mother, and let Dyer here tell us his story.  I have only just
heard the barest outline of it.  Perhaps when we have heard it all it
may not seem so bad.  And don't you fear for Hubert, dearie; 'tis true
that the Spaniards have got him, but they won't dare to hurt him, be you
assured of that; and likely enough he will have escaped by this time.
Now, Dyer, come to an anchor, man, and tell us all that befell.  And
while you're talking we'll have some supper prepared for you."

"Well, madam, and Mr Garge, there ain't so very much to tell," answered
Dyer, seating himself in the chair which Saint Leger had indicated.  "Of
course you do both know--all Plymouth knows--that we sailed away from
this very port a year ago come the second o' last October.  Six ships
strong, we was, well manned, and an abundance o' munitions o' war of
every kind, even to shore-artillery.  And we had Cap'n John Hawkins for
our admiral and Frank Drake for our pilot, so what more could a body
want?

"We made a very good passage to the Canary Islands, which was our first
rondyvoo; and from there, a'ter we'd wooded and watered afresh, and set
up our rigging, we sailed for the Guinea coast.  On our way there, avore
ever we got so far south as Cape Blanc, we captured a Portingal caravel;
pickin' up another of 'em a little way to the nor'ard of Cape Verde.
This here last one was called the _Grace a Dios_, she were a very fine
new ship of a hunderd and fifty ton--and we kept 'em both because, bein'
light-draught ships, the admiral knowed they'd be useful for goin' in
over bar on the Coast, where the mouths of the rivers be always shallow.

"Well, in due time--I forget the exact date, now--we arrived on the
Coast, and there we stayed for a matter o' three months, huntin' blacks
and Portingals; goin' into the rivers in the caravels, landin' parties,
attackin' native villages, and makin' prisoners o' all the strongest and
most likely-lookin' men and women--with a good sprinklin' o' childer,
too--and cuttin' out the Portingal caravels wherever we found 'em.  Ah!
that work o' boardin' and cuttin' out the Portingals!  It was fine and
excitin', and suited Cap'n Drake and Mr Saint Leger a sight better than
nagur huntin'.  They was always the first to come forward for such work,
and never was two men so happy as they was when news was brought of a
caravel bein' near at hand.

"Three months we stayed on that there terrible Guinea coast, and durin'
that time we got together over five hunderd nagurs, besides takin',
plunderin', and burnin' more than a dozen caravels.  Then, wi' pretty
nigh half of our company down wi' fevers and calentures taken on the
Coast and in the rivers, we all sailed for the Spanish Main.  A matter
o' seven weeks it took us to cross to t'other side o' the world,
although we had fair winds and fine weather all the way, as is usual on
the voyage from Africa to the Indies.  Then we arrived at a lovely
island called Margarita, one o' the Spaniards' Indian possessions, where
I was told they find pearls.  Here we found several storehouses crammed
with food of all sorts and great casks o' wine intended for distribution
among the ports of the Spanish Main; and here our admiral decided to re-
victual the fleet.  And mun did, too, in spite of the objections o' the
Spaniards, who vowed that they had no food to spare.  We took from 'em
all that we wanted, but we paid for it in good Portingal goold, seein'
that we was no pirates, but good honest traders.

"Then we sailed westward again, past La Guaira and the great wall of
mountains that tower aloft behind it far into the deep blue sky.  On the
third day after leavin' Margarita we sailed into as snug a little
harbour as you'd wish to see.  And there we stayed for a matter o' two
months, landin' our sick and our blacks, clearin' out our ships' holds,
cleanin', careenin', scrapin', paintin', overhaulin', and refittin'
generally, the blacks helpin' us willin'ly enough when we made 'em
understand what we wanted done.

"By the time that we'd a done everything that we wanted to, our sick had
got well again--all except four what died in spite of us--and then we
put to sea again, coastin' along the Main and callin' in here and there
to trade our blacks for goold and pearls.  But at first the trade
weren't at all good; and bimeby the admiral lost patience wi' the silly
fules and vowed he'd make 'em trade wi' us, whether they wanted to or
no; so we in the _Judith_ and another ship were sent round to a place
called La Hacha.  When we arrived and made to enter, the forts opened
fire upon us!  So we and t'other ship blockaded the place for five days,
sufferin' nothin' to go in or come out; and then along come the admiral
wi' the rest o' the ships, and we got to work in earnest.  The shore-
artillery and two hunderd soldiers was landed, the batteries was
stormed, and we took the town, drivin' all the Spaniards out of it; and
be sure that Cap'n Drake and Mr Saint Leger was among the first to get
inside.  That was enough for they Spanishers; a'ter that they was ready
enough to trade wi' us; and indeed that same night some of 'em comed
back, bringin' their goold and their pearls with 'em; and avore we left
the place we'd parted wi' no less than two hunderd blacks.

"And so things went on until we'd a sold every black that remained; and
by that time we'd got so much goold and so many pearls that the admiral
was afeard that if we tried to get more we mid lose all, and
accordin'ly, a'ter holdin' a council o' war, it was decided to make for
whoam, and we bore away up north to get into the Gulf Stream to help us
to beat up again' the easterly winds that do blow always in them parts.
But, as it turned out, we couldn't ha' done a worse thing.  For we'd no
sooner weathered Cape Yucatan than there fell upon us two o' the most
awful gales that mortal man can pictur', pretty nigh all our canvas was
blowed clean out of the bolt-ropes, some o' the ships was dismasted, the
sea--well, I don't know what I can compare it to, unless 'tis to
mountains, it runned so high; and as for the poor little _Judith_, 'twas
only by the mercy o' God and Cap'n Drake's fine seamanship that she
didn't go straight to the bottom.  By the time that them there
hurricanes was over the ships was not much better nor wrecks, and 'twas
useless to think o' makin' the v'yage home in 'em in that condition, so
our admiral made the signal to bear up and run for San Juan de Ulua.
And when we arrived there, if you'll believe me, madam and Mr Garge, we
found no less than twelve big galleons, loaded wi' goold an' silver,
waitin' for the rest o' the Plate fleet and its convoy to sail for Old
Spain!  And the very next day the ships as was expected arrived off the
port and found us English in possession!

"Then there was a pretty to-do, you may take my word for 't.  Some o'
the cap'ns--Mr Saint Leger and Cap'n Drake among 'em, I believe--was
for attackin' the convoy and takin' the whole o' the Plate fleet; and,
as things turned out, 'twould ha' been better if we'd done it, for,
disabled though our ships were, we could ha' fought at our anchors and
kept the convoy from enterin' the port.  But the admiral wouldn't hear
o' it; he kept on declarin' that we was honest traders, and that to
capture the Spanish ships 'd be a hact of piracy which would get us into
no end o' trouble to home, and perhaps bring about war betwixt England
and Spain; and at last t'others give in to mun and let mun have mun's
own way.  Then there was goin's to an' fro between our ships and the
shore, and I heard say as that the admiral were negotiatin' wi' the
Viceroy for permission for our ships to stay where they was, and refit;
and at last 'twas agreed that we was to be allowed to so do, provided
that we didn't interfere wi' the Spanish ships.

"That bein' arranged, the rest of the Plate fleet and the convoy sailed
into the harbour and anchored, while we English got to work clearin'
away our wrecked spars, sendin' down yards, and what not.  The _Judith_
bein' a small ship, Cap'n Drake took her in and moored her alongside a
wharf upon which we stowed part of our stores and water casks, so 's to
have more room for movin' about on deck; but as for the rest, they'd to
do the best they could while lyin' off to their anchors.  And one of the
first things that we did was to transfer all the goold and pearls that
we'd collected to the _Jesus_.  Three days we laboured hard at the work
of refittin', and then, when most o' our biggest ships was so completely
dismantled that they hadn't a spar aloft upon which to set a sail, them
treacherous Spaniards, carin' nothin' for their solemn word and
promises, must needs attack us, openin' fire upon us both from the ships
and the forts, while a party o' soldiers came marchin' down to the wharf
especially to attack us of the _Judith's_ crew.  When Cap'n Drake see'd
mun comin' he at once ordered all hands ashore; and while he and Mr
Saint Leger and a few more did their best to keep off the soldiers, the
rest of us went to work to put the provisions and water back aboard the
_Judith_.  But we'd only about half done our work when a lot more
soldiers comed swarmin' down, and Cap'n Drake sings out for everybody to
get aboard and to cast off the hawsers--for by this time there was nigh
upon five hunderd Spaniards attackin' us, and we could do nothin' again
so many.  Seein' so many soldiers comin' again us, some of our chaps got
a bit frighted and took the cap'n at his word by castin' off our shore
fasts at once, without waitin' for everybody to get aboard first.  The
consequence was that when all the hawsers had been let go exceptin' the
quarter rope--which I was tendin' to--the Cap'n, Mr Saint Leger, and
about half a dozen more was still on the wharf while--an off-shore wind
happenin' to be blowin' at the time--the ship's head had paid off until
'twas pointing out to sea, while there was about a couple o' fathoms of
space atween the ship's quarter and the wharf.  I s'pose that seein'
this, and that there was only a matter o' seven or eight men to oppose
'em, gived the Spaniards courage to make a rush at the Cap'n and his
party; anyway, that's what they did, and for about a couple o' minutes
there was a terrible fight on that wharf, in which three or four men
went down.

"The next thing I noticed, Mr Garge, were your brother layin' about mun
like a very Paladin, fightin' three big Spanish cavaliers single-handed,
and, while I watched, one of 'em aimed a dreadful blow at mun's head wi'
a heavy two-handed soord.  Mr Hubert see'd the blow comin' and put up
his soord to guard the head of mun, but the soord broke off clean, close
to the hilt, and there were Mr Hubert disarmed.  Then the three
Spaniards that was fightin' mun rushed in afore Mr Hubert could draw
his dagger, seized mun by the arms, and dragged mun away out o' the
fight.  And while this were happenin' our Cap'n were so busy that I
don't believe he ever see'd that Mr Hubert were took prisoner.  Then I
sang out to mun--`Cap'n Drake,' says I, `if you don't come aboard this
very minute,' says I, `the ship'll break adrift and go off and leave ye
behind.'  The Cap'n took a look round, see'd that evrybody else but
hisself was either cut down or took prisoner, and, flinging his soord in
the face of a man that tried to stop mun, leaped clean off quay, seized
the hawser in 's hands as mun jumped, and come aboard that way, hand
over hand.  Then I let go the hawser and jumped to the helm, and we
runned off among t'other ships, where we let go our anchor.

"Now by this time the fight were ragin' most furious everywhere, some of
the Spanish havin' got under way and runned our ships aboard.  But they
didn't gain much by that move, for though they sank three of our ships,
we sank four of them and reduced their flag-ship to a mere wreck, while
their losses in men must ha' been something fearful.  But although we
gived 'em such a punishin', we, bein' the weakest, was gettin' the worst
o' it; and bimeby, when they took to sendin' fireships down to attack
us, the admiral thought 'twas time to make a move, so he signalled that
such ships as could get to sea was to do so.  Accordin'ly, all that was
left of us cut our cables, and made sail as best we could, the _Jesus_
leadin' the way, we in the _Judith_ goin' next, and the _Minion_ comin'
last and coverin' our retreat.

"But that didn't end our troubles by any manner o' means, for we'd
scarcely got clear of the land when the _Jesus_ was found to be so
riddled and torn wi' shot that we only just had time to take her crew
off of her when down she went, takin' with her all the treasure that
we'd gathered together durin' the voyage.  Then we parted company wi'
the _Minion_, and whether she's afloat, or whether she's gone to the
bottom, God only knows, for I hear that she haven't arrived home up to
now."

"And when did the _Judith_ arrive?" demanded George, when it became
evident that Dyer had brought his story to an end.

"Not above two hours agone," answered the man.  "We got in a'ter dark,
and come to an anchor in the Hamoaze; and so anxious were the cap'n to
report that he wouldn't wait till to-morrer, but must needs have a boat
lowered and come ashore to see Cap'n William Hawkins to-night.  And he
bade me walk over here to see madam, give her the news, and say, wi' his
dutiful respec's, that if time do permit he will call upon her some time
to-morrer, to answer any questions as she may wish to ast him."

"One question which I shall certainly want to ask him will be how it
came about that he was so careful to provide for his own safety without
making any effort to rescue my son," remarked Mrs Saint Leger, in a
low, strained voice.

"Nay, madam, by your leave, you must not ask mun that," answered Dyer.
"I, who saw everything, saw that the cap'n could not ha' rescued Mr
Hubert, had he tried ever so.  He could not ha' saved Mr Hubert, and if
he'd been mad enough to try he'd only ha' been took hisself.  Moreover,
from what he've a said since 'tis clear to me that he thought Mr Hubert
had got safe aboard, or he'd never ha' left mun behind.  I knowed that
by the grief o' mun when he was first told that Mr Hubert had been
took."

"What do you suppose the Spaniards will do with my brother?" impulsively
asked George, and could have bitten his tongue out the next moment for
his imprudence in asking such a question in his mother's presence.  For
Dyer was a blunt, plain-spoken, ignorant fellow, without a particle of
tact, as young Saint Leger had already seen, and he knew enough of
Spanish methods to pretty shrewdly guess what the reply to his question
would be.  And before he could think of a plan to avert that reply, it
came.

"Well, Mr Garge," answered Dyer, "you and I do both know how the
Spaniards do usually treat their prisoners.  I do reckon they must ha'
took a good twenty or thirty o' our men, and I don't doubt but what
they'll clap the lot into th' Inquisition first of all.  Then they'll
burn some of 'em at an _auto-da-fe_; and the rest they'll send to the
galleys for life."

"What sayest thou?" screamed Mrs Saint Leger, starting to her feet and
wringing her hands as she stared at Dyer in horror, as though he were
some dreadful monster.  "The Inquisition, the _auto-da-fe_, the galleys
for my son?  George!  I conjure you, on your honour as an Englishman,
tell me, is it possible that these awful things can be true?"

For a second or two George hesitated, considering what answer he should
return to his mother's frenzied question.  He knew that the horrors
suggested by Dyer were true, and the knowledge that his brother was
exposed to such frightful perils--might even at that precise instant be
the victim of them--held him tongue-tied, for how could he confirm this
blunt-spoken sailor's statement, knowing that if he did so he would be
condemning his dearly-loved mother to an indefinite period of heart-
racking anguish and anxiety that might well end in destroying her reason
if indeed it did not slay her outright?  He was as strictly
conscientious as most of his contemporaries, but he could not bring
himself to condemn his mother to the dreadful fate he foresaw for her if
he told her the bald, unvarnished truth.  He knew, by what he was
himself suffering at that moment, what his mother's mental agony would
be if he strictly obeyed her, therefore he temporised somewhat by
replying:

"Calm yourself, mother dear, calm yourself, I beg you.  There is no need
for us to be unduly anxious about Hubert.  I will not attempt to conceal
from you that he is in evil case, poor dear fellow--all Englishmen are
who fall into the hands of the Spaniards, especially if they happen to
be Protestants--and I greatly fear me that some of those who were taken
with Hu may be in grave peril of those dangers of which Dyer has spoken.
But not Hubert.  Hubert was an officer, and it is very rare for even
Spaniards to treat captive officers with anything short of courtesy.  I
fear that our dear lad may have to endure a long term of perhaps
rigorous imprisonment; he may be condemned to solitary confinement, and
be obliged to put up with coarse food; but they will scarcely dare to
torture him, still less to condemn him to the _auto-da-fe_.  Oh, no,
they will not do that!  But while Dyer has been talking, I have been
thinking, and my mind is already made up.  Hubert must not be permitted
to languish a day longer in prison than we can help.  Therefore I shall
at once set to work to organise an expedition for his rescue, and trust
me, if he does not contrive to escape meanwhile--as he is like enough to
do--I will have him out of the Spaniards' hands in six months from the
time of my departure from Plymouth."

At the outset Dyer had listened to George's speech in open-mouthed
amazement, and some little contempt for what he regarded as the young
man's ignorance; but even his dense intellect could not at last fail to
grasp the inward meaning and intention of the speaker; a lightning flash
of intelligence revealed to him that it was not ignorance but a desire
to spare his mother the anguish of long-drawn-out anxiety and the agony
resulting from the mental pictures drawn by a woman's too vivid
imagination; and forthwith he rose nobly to the exigencies of the
occasion by chiming in with:

"Ay, ay, Mr Garge, you'm right, sir.  Trust your brother to get away
from they bloody-minded Spaniards if they gives him half a chance.  For
all that we knows he may ha' done it a'ready.  And if he haven't, and
you makes up your mind to fit out an expedition to go in search of mun,
take me with ye, sir.  I'll sarve ye well as pilot, Mr Garge, none
better, sir.  I've been twice to the Indies wi' Cap'n Drake, once under
Cap'n Lovell and now again under Cap'n Hawkins.  And I've a grudge to
pay off again' the Spaniards; for at La Hacha they played pretty much
the same trick upon Cap'n Lovell as they did this time upon Cap'n
Hawkins."

"Aha! is that the case?" said George.  "Then of course you know the
Indies well?"

"Ay, that do I, sir," answered Dyer, "every inch of 'em; from Barbadoes
and Margarita, all along the coast of the Main right up to San Juan de
Ulua there ain't a port or a harbour that I haven't been into.  I do
believe as I knows more about that coast than the Spaniards
theirselves."

"Very well, Dyer," returned George.  "In that case you will no doubt be
a very useful man to have, and you may rest assured that, should I
succeed in organising an expedition, I will afford you the opportunity
to go with me.  Ah! here comes your supper at last--" as the maid Lucy
appeared with a well-stocked tray--"Draw up, man, and fall to.  You must
stay with us to-night--is not that so mother?"  And upon receiving an
affirmative nod from his mother the young man continued--"and to-morrow
I will send you over to Cawsand in our own boat."

Whereupon, Dyer, pious seaman that he was, having first given God thanks
for the good food so bountifully set before him, fell upon the viands
with the appetite of a man who has been two months at sea upon less than
half rations, and made such a meal as caused Mrs Saint Leger to open
her eyes wide with astonishment, despite the terrible anxiety on behalf
of her first-born that was tugging at her heart-strings and setting
every nerve in her delicate, sensitive frame a-jangle.  And, between
mouthfuls, the seaman did his best to reply to the questions with which
George Saint Leger plied him; for it may as well be set down here at
once that no sooner did the youngster learn the fact of his capture by
the Spaniards than he came to the resolution to rescue Hubert, if rescue
were possible; and, if not, to make the Spaniards pay very dearly for
his death.  But to resolve was one thing, and to carry out that
resolution quite another, as George Saint Leger discovered immediately
that he took the first steps toward the realisation of his plan--which
was on the following morning.  For he was confronted at the very outset
with the difficulty of finance.  He was a lad of rapid ideas, and his
knowledge of seafaring matters, and the Spaniards, had enabled him to
formulate the outlines of a scheme, even while listening to Dyer's
relation of the incidents of Hawkins' and Drake's disastrous voyage.
But he fully recognised, even while planning his scheme, that to
translate it into action would necessitate an expenditure far beyond his
own unaided resources.  True, his mother was very comfortably off,
possessing an income amply sufficient for all her needs derived from the
well-invested proceeds of her late husband's earnings, but George was
quite determined not to draw upon that if he could possibly help it,
although he was well aware that Mrs Saint Leger would be more than
willing to spend her last penny in order to provide the means of
rescuing her elder son from a fate that might well prove to be worse
than death itself.  Therefore the younger Saint Leger began operations
by calling upon Mr Marshall, the merchant and owner of the
_Bonaventure_, and, having first ascertained that that gentleman had
definitely, though reluctantly, decided not to risk his ship in another
Mediterranean voyage so long as the relations of England and Spain
continued in their then strained condition, unfolded a project for an
adventure to the Indies, which, if successful, must certainly result in
a golden return that would amply reimburse all concerned for the risks
involved.  But Mr Marshall had not grown from an errand boy into a
prosperous merchant without acquiring a certain amount of wisdom with
his wealth, and he at once put his finger on the weak spot in George's
proposal by inquiring what guarantee the latter could offer that his
scheme would be successful when a very similar one conducted by such
experienced adventurers as Hawkins and Drake had just disastrously
failed.  He frankly admitted that the young man's scheme was promising
enough, on the face of it, and he also intimated that, as a merchant, he
was always ready to take a certain amount of risk where the prospects of
success seemed promising enough to justify it, but he no less frankly
declared that, while he had the utmost confidence in George's ability as
a seaman, he regarded him as altogether too young and inexperienced to
be the head and leader of such an adventure as the one proposed; and he
terminated the interview by flatly refusing to have anything to do with
it.

Bitterly disappointed at his failure to enlist Marshall's active
sympathy, George called upon some half a dozen other Plymouth merchants.
But everywhere the result was the same.  The adventure itself met with
a certain qualified approval, but the opinion was unanimous that George
was altogether too young and inexperienced to be entrusted with its
leadership.  In despair, George at last called upon Mr William Hawkins,
the father of Captain John Hawkins, to obtain his opinion upon the
project.  Captain John had arrived home a day or two previously, and
young Saint Leger was so far fortunate that he was thus able to obtain
the opinion of both father and son upon it.  As might have been
expected, although these two seamen were friends of the Saint Legers,
they were so embittered by disappointment at the failure of the recent
expedition that they could not find words strong enough to denounce the
scheme and to discourage its would-be leader, and so well did they
succeed in the latter that for an hour or two George was almost inclined
to abandon the idea altogether.  Yet how could he reconcile himself to
the leaving of his brother to a fate far worse than death itself--for
though he had sought to make the best of the matter to his mother, he
himself had no illusions as to what that fate would be--and how could he
face his mother with such a suggestion?  The lad had infinite faith in
himself, He knew, better than anybody else, that he had never yet had an
opportunity to show of what stuff he was made, he candidly admitted the
damaging fact of his extreme youth, but he would not admit to himself
that it was a disability, although others regarded it as such; he had
been a sailor for seven years and during that time he had mastered the
whole of the knowledge that then went to make the complete seaman;
moreover, he was also old for his years, a thinker, and he carried at
the back of his brain many an idea that was destined to be of
inestimable value to him in the near future; therefore, after a long
walk to and fro upon the Hoe, he returned home, disappointed it is true,
but with his resolution as strong and his courage as high as ever.

And here he found balm and encouragement awaiting him in the person of
one Simon Radlett, a shipbuilder, owning an extensive yard at Millbay.

"Old Si Radlett," as he was generally called, was something of a
character in Millbay and its immediate neighbourhood, for, in addition
to being admittedly the best builder of ships in all Devon, he was a bit
of an eccentric, a man with bold and original ideas upon many subjects,
a man of violent likes and dislikes, a bachelor, an exceedingly shrewd
man of business, and--some said--a miser.  He was turned sixty years of
age, and of course had seen many and great changes in Plymouth during
his time, yet, although well advanced in the "sere and yellow," was
still a hale and hearty man, able to do a hard day's work against the
best individual in his yard; and although he had the reputation of being
wealthy he lived alone in a little four-roomed cottage occupying one
corner of his yard, and did everything--cooking, washing-up, bed-making,
etcetera, etcetera, for himself, with the assistance of a woman who
came, for one day a week, to clean house, and wash and mend for him.  He
had known George Saint Leger from the latter's earliest childhood, and
had loved the boy with a love that was almost womanly in its passionate
devotion, nothing delighting him more than to have the sturdy little
fellow trotting after him all over the yard, asking questions about
ships and all things pertaining thereto.

He it was who had presented George with the toy ship that still occupied
a conspicuous position in the latter's bedroom at The Nest, and which
was such a gorgeous affair, with real brass guns, properly made sails,
and splendid banners and pennons of painted silk, that the child had
never cared to have another.  And the affection which the old man had
manifested for the child had endured all through the years, and was as
strong to-day as it ever had been, yet such was Radlett's reputation for
close-fistedness that it had never once occurred to George that he might
possibly be willing to help him, consequently he had not sought him.  No
sooner, however, did the youngster enter the house and discover the old
tarry-breeks in close and animated conversation with Mrs Saint Leger
than his spirits rose; for it had been years since Radlett had so far
presumed as to actually call upon madam, and George somehow felt
intuitively that such an unwonted and extraordinary circumstance was in
some way connected with the realisation of what had now become his most
ardent desire.



CHAPTER THREE.

HOW OLD SIMON RADLETT MADE A CERTAIN PROPOSITION TO GEORGE.

"Well, Garge, my son, so you'm safe whoam again," exclaimed the old
shipbuilder, rising to his feet with outstretched hand, as young Saint
Leger entered the room.  "My word!" he continued, allowing his gaze to
rove over the lad's stalwart frame, "but you'm growed into a reg'lar
strapper, and no mistake; a reg'lar young Goliath of Gath a be, no less.
And you've been a slayin' of a Philistine or two, here and there, so I
do hear" (Mr Radlett was a little mixed in the matter of his Bible
imagery, you will perceive, but he meant well).  "Ay, ay; I've been
havin' a crack wi' old Cap'n Burroughs, since mun comed whoam, and he've
a been tellin' me all about ye.  Garge, I'm proud of 'e, boy--and so be
madam here, too, I'll be boun'--for 'twas I that made a sailor of 'e by
givin' of 'e thicky toy bwoat, a matter o' twelve or vourteen year agone
'tis now.  My goodness me! how time du vly, to be sure.  It du seem to
me only like a vew months ago that I took spokeshave and chisel in hand
to make thicky bwoat, and here you be, a'most a man in years, and quite
a man in experience as I du hear.

"Wi' madam your mother's good leave, I'll ask 'e to sit down, Garge, for
I be comed over expressly to have a talk with 'e.  And, first, let me
say to 'e--as I've already said to madam, here--how sorry I be to hear
of what ha' happened to your brother, Mr Hubert.  But--as I was sayin'
to madam when you comed in--you'll soon have mun out o' Spanish prison
again, for I do hear as you'm arrangin' an adventure expressly for that
purpose."

"I certainly _want_ to arrange such an adventure, if the thing can be
managed," replied George; "but I have got no farther than wanting, as
yet.  I have called upon Mr Marshall, the owner of the _Bonaventure_,
and some half-dozen other merchants, and tried to interest them in my
scheme, but all to no purpose.  They say that I am much too young to be
entrusted with the responsibility of heading such an adventure."

"Too young be danged!" exclaimed Radlett with energy.

"They don't know 'e as well as I do, Garge, or they wouldn't talk like
thicky.  Why, old Cap'n Burroughs told me hisself that if it hadn't ha'
been for you the _Bonaventure_ 'd ha' been in the Spaniards' hands to-
day, and all hands o' her crew, _too.  Too young_?  Rubbidge!  Now, just
you tell thicky plan o' yours to me, and I'll soon tell 'e whether I do
think you'm too young, or not.  And I be an old man; I've seed a good
many strange happenin's in my time, and I've drawed my own conclusions
from 'em; I'm just so well able to form a sound opinion as Alderman
Marshall or any other man to Plymouth.  Now, Garge, you just go ahead,
and when you've a done I'll tell 'e what I do think of your plan, and
you too."

"Well," replied George, "it is simple enough.  My brother was taken
prisoner in the course of a treacherous attack made by the Spaniards
upon a party of peaceful English traders; therefore I take the ground
that his relatives are entitled to demand his release, together with
compensation for any suffering or inconvenience that may have resulted
from the treacherous action of the Spaniards.  I learned, only to-day,
that the Queen has already demanded satisfaction for the outrage from
the Spanish Ambassador.  But we all know what that means.  The
negotiations may go on for years, and the demand may be withdrawn in the
end if by so doing the interests of diplomacy may be served.  Therefore
I do not propose to wait for that--for who trows what may happen to my
brother in the interval?  My plan is this: I intend to go on trying
until I can find somebody sufficiently interested in my scheme either to
advance me the money, or to entrust me with a ship.  Then I will get
together a crew who will be willing to go with me, taking a certain
share of the proceeds of the expedition in lieu of wages--and I believe
I shall be able to raise such a crew without difficulty--and I shall
sail direct to San Juan de Ulua.  Arrived there, I shall make a formal
demand for my brother's immediate release.  And if the Spaniards refuse,
or attempt to put me off by saying that they do not know what has become
of Hubert, I will at once attack the town, take it, and hold it for
heavy ransom.  And if ransom is refused, I will sack the place, taking
every piece of gold or silver and every jewel that I can lay hands upon.
And from there I will traverse the entire coast of the Spanish Main,
attacking every town that promises to be worth while, until I have
succeeded in persuading the Spaniards that it will be to their advantage
to free my brother and deliver him over to me."

"And, supposin' that they should deliver up your brother at the first
town you call at--San Juan de Ulua, I think you named the place--what'll
you do then, boy?" demanded Radlett.

"I shall still require compensation for my brother's seizure," replied
George.  "And," he added, "that compensation will have to be amply
sufficient not only to recompense Hu for his imprisonment, but also to
pay handsomely all connected with the expedition.  It is my intention,
sir, not to return home until I can replace every pig of iron ballast in
my ship with gold and silver."

"Hear to him! hear to him!  Gold and silver, quotha!" exclaimed Radlett,
delightedly.  "And how big's thy ship to be, then, eh, Garge?"

"The biggest that I can get," answered George; "the bigger the better,
because she will carry the more men, the more guns--and the more gold.
I should have liked the _Bonaventure_, if I could have got her, for I'm
used to her, and she is just the right size.  But Mr Marshall will have
nothing to do with me and my scheme."

"Ay, the _Bonaventure_," remarked the shipwright, meditatively.  "Iss,
her be a very purty ship, very purty indeed.  What be her exact tonnage,
Garge?"

"One hundred and twenty-seven," answered George.  "Yes," he agreed, "she
_is_ a pretty ship in every way, and as good as she is pretty.  And
fast!  There's nothing sailing out of Plymouth that can beat her--
although perhaps I ought not to say as much to you, Mr Radlett, seeing
that 'twas Mr Mason, your rival, who built her."

"Never mind vor that, boy, never mind vor that," answered Radlett,
heartily.  "'Tis true what you do say of the ship, every word of it; and
she be a credit to the man who built her, although he do set up to be my
rival.  But 'twont be true very much longer, Garge, for I've a-got a
ship upon my stocks now as'll beat the _Bonaventure_ every way and in
all weathers.  I've a called her the _Nonsuch_, because there's never
been nothin' like her avore.  I drawed out the plans of her shortly
a'ter the _Bonaventure_ was launched, because I couldn't abear to be
beaten by Mason nor nobody else.  And I altered they plans, and altered
'em, and altered 'em until I couldn't vind no more ways of improvin' of
'em, and then I started to build.  And now the _Nonsuch_ be just ready
for launchin', and I'd like you to come over and look at her avore I
puts her into the water."

"Certainly; I will do so with very great pleasure," answered George,
delightedly, for he had a very shrewd suspicion that this invitation
meant more than appeared upon the surface, that indeed--who knew?--it
might mean that the eccentric old fellow was rather taken with his
(George's) scheme, and might be induced to take a very important hand in
it.  "When shall I come?"

"Come just so soon as ever you can, the sooner the better; to-morrow if
you do like," answered Radlett.  "And now," he continued, rising, "I
must be gettin' along, for 'tis growin' late and I be keepin' of you
from your supper.  No, thank'e, madam, I won't stay.  My supper be
waitin' vor me to whoam, and a'ter I've had it I've a lot o' things to
do that won't wait for time or tide.  So good-bye to 'e both.  And you,
madam, keep up your spirits about Mr Hubert; for I'll warrant that
Garge, here, 'll have mun out o' Spanish prison in next to no time."

George was up and stirring betimes on the following morning, and, after
an early breakfast, set out for Mr Radlett's shipyard at Millbay.  He
found the old man busily engaged upon certain papers in the little room
which he dignified with the name of "office"; but upon George's
appearance the old fellow hastily swept the documents pell-mell into a
drawer, which he locked.  Then, pocketing the key, he led the way to the
back door of the house, which gave upon the shipyard, upon passing
through which young Saint Leger immediately found himself in the midst
of surroundings that were as familiar to him as the walls of his own
home.  But he had no time just then to gaze about him reminiscently, for
immediately upon entering the shipyard his gaze became riveted upon the
hull of a tall ship, apparently quite ready for launching, and from that
moment he had eyes for nothing else.  As he came abruptly to a halt,
staring at the great bows that towered high above him, resplendent in
all the glory of fresh paint and surmounted by a finely carved figure of
an unknown animal with the head of a lion, the horns of a bull, the body
of a fish, four legs shaped like those of an eagle, and the wings of a
dragon, old Radlett nudged him in the ribs and, beaming happily upon
him, remarked: "There a be, Garge; that's the _Nonsuch_.  What do 'e
think of her?"

"Upon my word I hardly know," answered George.  "Let me look her over a
bit, Mr Radlett, before you ask my opinion of her.  Is she finished?"

"Finished?" reiterated the old man.  "Iss, sure; quite finished, and all
ready for launching.  Why?  Do 'e miss anything?"

"Why, yes," said George; "I see neither fore nor after castles.  How is
that?"

"Swept 'em both away, lad," was the answer.  "What good be they?  I
allow that they be only so much useless top hamper, makin' a ship crank
and leewardly.  'Tis the fashion to build 'em, I know; but I've thought
the matter out, and I say that they do more harm than they be worth.
Therefore I've left 'em out in the _Nonsuch_, and you'll see she'll be
all the better for it.  But although she have neither fore nor after
castles, she've a poop, and a raised deck for'ard where guns can be
mounted and where, sheltered behind good stout bulwarks, the crew'll be
so safe as in any castle.  Do 'e see any other differences in her?"

"Yes, I do," answered George, as he walked round the hull and viewed it
from different standpoints; "indeed I see nothing but differences.  The
under-water shape of her is different, her topsides have scarcely any
tumble-home, and she has not nearly so much sheer as usual.  Also I see
that you have given her a very much deeper keel than usual.  That ought
to be of service in helping her to hang to windward."

"So 'twill, boy; so 'twill," agreed Radlett.  "You'll find that 'twill
make a most amazin' lot o' difference when it comes to havin' to claw
off a lee shore, all the difference, perhaps, between losin' the ship
and savin' of her.  Then, about the tumble-home, I don't see the use o'
it.  True, it do help to keep the sea from comin' over side in heavy
weather, and keeps the decks dry.  But then it do make the deck space
terrible cramped up, so that wi' guns, and boats, and spare spars and
what not, the crew haven't got room to move.  But you'll see presently,
when you goes aboard, that this here _Nonsuch_ have got decks so roomy
as a ship o' double her size.  And I do hold that they almost vertical
sides o' hern'll make mun ever so much finer a sea boat.  And I've a-
worked out the lines o' mun upon a new principle that, unless I be
greatly mistaken, will make this here _Nonsuch_ such a fast sailor that
nothin' afloat'll be able to escape from mun--or catch mun, if so be
that her have got to run away from a very superior force.  And I be
havin' the sails cut differently, too.  I've thought it all out, and
I've made up my mind that the way sails be cut up to now, they be very
much too baggy, so that a ship can't go to windward.  But I be havin'
all the _Nonsuch's_ sails cut to set so flat as ever they can be made,
and--well, I do expect 'twill make a lot of difference.  And now, Garge,
havin' looked at her from outside, perhaps you'd like to go aboard and
see what she do look like on deck and below."

George having agreed that this was the case, the old man led his visitor
up a ladder reaching from the ground to the entry port.  After the
spacious deck had been duly admired and commented upon the pair entered
the cabins in the poop and below, where again everything proved so
admirable that young Saint Leger found himself quite at a loss for words
in which to adequately express his approval, to the great delight of the
proud designer of the ship.

At length, after a thoroughly exhaustive inspection of the ship, both
inside and out, during which Radlett drew attention to and expatiated
upon the various new ideas embodied in the design, the curiously
contrasted pair retired to the little room which the shipwright called
his office, and there sat down for a chat.

"Well, Garge," exclaimed the old man, as he seated himself comfortably
in a great arm-chair, "now that you've had a good look at the _Nonsuch_,
what do 'e think of her?"

"She is a splendid craft, and a perfect wonder, well worthy of her
name," pronounced George with enthusiasm.  "I should not be surprised to
learn that she inaugurates an entirely new system of shipbuilding.  She
would be the very ship, of all others, for such an adventure as mine;
but I suppose you have built her with an especial view to some
particular kind of service.  Even if you have not, I very much doubt
whether I could raise the money in a reasonable time to buy her.  What
price are you asking for her?"

"She is not for sale, boy," answered the old man with an inscrutable
smile.  "I built her in order to put to the test certain theories o' my
own, and now, before ever she touches the water, I be sure, from the
look of her, that my theories be right.  So I be going to keep her and
use her for my own purposes.  And one o' they purposes be to make money
so fast as ever I can.  I've got neither chick nor child to think about
and take care of, so my only pleasure in life be to build good ships and
make good money with 'em.

"Now, Garge, when I sat listenin' to you talkin' last night, I says to
myself--`There's money, and lots of it, in that there adventure o'
Garge's, if 'tis only worked right.  But it'll want a good leader, and a
good ship; and young as Garge Saint Leger be, I do believe he've a-got
the brains and the courage for it, while I've got the ship.  If I'd a
built the _Nonsuch_ expressly for such an adventure she couldn't ha'
been better suited for it.'  So I comed home and thought the thing over
until I'd made up my mind about it.  Now, Garge, I'm willin' to do this
for 'e.  I'll launch the _Nonsuch_ just as sune as we can get the cradle
builded.  Then, directly that she be afloat, I'll put on a strong gang
o' riggers to get her masts in and rigged and her spars across--the
sails be makin' now, and'll be finished by the time that she's ready vor
'em; and when she's all complete I'll fit her out in ordnance,
ammunition, and weapons of all sorts, and provision her for a year's
cruise, all at my own expense.  You shall have her for your adventure
upon condition that you provide a sufficient crew for her, to my
satisfaction, and that, for the use of the ship and her equipment, I be
to have one half of all the treasure you brings home; the other half to
be disposed of as you thinks fit.  Now, what do 'e say?  Will that
arrangement suit 'e?"

"It will suit me admirably, Mr Radlett, and I agree to your proposal
with a thousand thanks and the greatest pleasure," said George.
"Indeed," he added, "it was precisely such an agreement as I desired to
enter into with Mr Marshall, or some other merchant, but none of them
would listen to me.  And very lucky it is for me that they would not,
for with none of them should I have got such a ship as the _Nonsuch_.
What is her tonnage?"

"Just three tons bigger than the _Bonaventure_, accordin' to her
measurements," answered Radlett, "but she'll have twice so much
accommodation for a crew as Marshall's ship have got; because the
_Bonaventure_ be built for cargo carryin' while the _Nonsuch_ be built
more for fightin' and sailin'.  _Now_ do 'e see?"  And the old fellow
accompanied his explanation with a dig in the ribs that was intended to
convey to George several things that it was best not to discuss too
openly.

Of course George fully understood his companion's meaning, understood--
that is to say--that the _Nonsuch_ had been specially designed and built
with a view to her employment as a freebooter, free-trader--as it was
then euphemistically termed--or a pirate!  But let not the reader be too
greatly shocked at this frank admission.  For in the days of George
Saint Leger piracy was regarded as a perfectly legitimate and honourable
trade--always provided that the acts of piracy were perpetrated only
against the enemies of one's country.  A pirate, indeed, in those days,
was synonymous with the individual who was termed a privateersman at the
time of the Napoleonic wars.  George Saint Leger, although a perfectly
honest and even God-fearing young man, received old Radlett's hint, with
all that it implied, without turning a hair, for it implied nothing
worse than he had contemplated from the moment when he first heard of
his brother's capture.  It was generally agreed, at that time, that it
was not only quite lawful but actually meritorious to make war upon and
spoil the enemy of one's country, and Spain was England's enemy just
then, secretly at all events.  Many people maintained that she was God's
enemy as well, therefore it was deemed doubly meritorious to make war
upon her; so George Saint Leger had not the ghost of a scruple with
regard to his projected raid upon the ports of the Spanish Main.

So the bargain was struck there and then, even to the drafting in
duplicate and signing by both parties of a document setting forth the
several terms and conditions of the agreement.  After this George Saint
Leger departed for home with a light step and a still lighter heart, to
tell his mother the good news.  And she, poor soul, listened to him with
strangely mingled feelings; for on the one hand her heart was racked and
torn with anxiety and fear for her elder son, a captive in the hands of
men whose cruelties to enemies, and especially to so-called heretics,
were even then sending thrills of horror and dismay through the
Protestant world, while her nights were rendered sleepless by the
visions of awful torments, conjured up by her too vivid imagination,
which that son might even then be enduring.  No wonder was it that,
under such circumstances, the one great and paramount desire that
possessed her, to the exclusion of all other things, was the deliverance
of Hubert from the fate which she pictured for him.  Yet, when it came
to the point of consenting to the going of her second son to the rescue
of her first, her very soul sickened within her lest George, instead of
effecting his brother's deliverance, should himself fall into the toils.
For she, like those merchants whom the lad had unavailingly approached,
was convinced that the lad was altogether too young, too immature, too
inexperienced to undertake the responsibility of leading such an
expedition, and if he should fail, her last state would be worse than
her first.  And what hope of success for him dared she entertain at the
very moment when all England was being profoundly stirred at the news of
Hawkins' and Drake's disastrous failure?  If they, seasoned and
experienced mariners as they were, found themselves unable to stand
against the might of Spain, what chance, she constantly asked herself,
would such a mere boy as her George have?  Thus she was swayed by first
one form of terror and then the other until her reason threatened to
give way altogether under the strain, and in sheer desperation she
sought, quite unavailingly, to find distraction in preparing George's
wardrobe for the voyage.  As for George, he saw the terrible struggle
through which his beloved mother was passing, read her every thought,
realised her every fear, and when he was not engaged at the shipyard
with old Radlett, devoted himself strenuously to the almost superhuman
task of allaying those fears, driving them out, and infusing some
measure of hopefulness in their place.  And so energetically did he
strive that at length he actually succeeded in convincing not only Mrs
Saint Leger, but also himself, that the expedition would certainly be
successful and that he would be able to bring home his brother safe and
sound.

Meanwhile, old Si Radlett was nothing if not thorough in his methods,
and, having made up his mind to engage in a speculation that, if
decidedly risky, might yet result in enormous profit to himself, allowed
no grass to grow under his feet.  Every man in his yard was at once
detailed for service on and about the _Nonsuch_, the cradle was built,
and on a certain raw but brilliant morning of early March, Mrs Saint
Leger, well wrapped up in furs, was escorted by George to the shipyard
in Millbay, where she had undertaken to preside at the launch of, and
perform the ceremony of christening, the ship which was to bear one of
her sons across the tempestuous Atlantic to the rescue of the other.

The launch of a ship in those days was a much less ceremonious affair
than it is to-day, yet the piety of the time was so real, and so
intimately pervaded the affairs of daily life, that a short religious
service was deemed as necessary at the christening of a ship as at that
of a child; and accordingly a small platform was erected under the bows
of the _Nonsuch_, where, with Mrs Saint Leger beside him, the vicar of
the church in which old Radlett worshipped every Sunday morning, read
certain passages of scripture, preached a short sermon, and then offered
up special prayers beseeching God's blessing upon the ship.  After this
the spur-shores were knocked away, and to the blare of trumpets and the
roll of drums, Mrs Saint Leger dashed a bottle of wine against the
great cutwater of the gaily bedizened ship as she began to move down the
ways, exclaiming, as she did so:

"God bless the good ship _Nonsuch_ and all who are to sail in her!"  And
she said it not perfunctorily, but from her heart; for the lives and
fortunes of the two who were nearest and dearest to her in the whole
world were irrevocably bound up with the ship.

George did not occupy the platform beside his mother.  As soon as he had
seen her safely placed, he made his way to a point in the yard from
which he could advantageously view the plunge of the ship into "her
native element," and his heart thrilled with joy and pride as he noted
with a keen, appreciative, and understanding eye the manner in which the
hull took the water, the buoyancy with which, after the first deep
plunge, she rose to her bearings and sat upon a perfectly even keel, and
the cleanness with which she divided the water as she drove out toward
the middle of the bay.  Then, too, the craft being farther distant from
him than he had ever before viewed her, he was the better able to
observe the very marked differences in model which Radlett had
introduced into her design, the easier and more flowing lines, the more
graceful shape, the shallower hull, and the absence of those towering
fore and after castles which rendered the ships of those days so
awkward, crank, and uneasy in heavy weather; and he told himself grimly
that with such a ship as that, and with a good strong sturdy crew of
staunch Devonian hearts to back him up, it should not be his fault if he
did not make the word "Englishman" a name of dread from one end to the
other of the Spanish Main.

From the moment of the launch the preparations for the voyage progressed
rapidly, yet not as rapidly as George could have wished, for the time
was one of great difficulty and tension in England; war with France, or
Spain, or both, threatened to break out at any moment; the country was
swarming with spies, and it was therefore of vital importance to the
success of the expedition that the most absolute secrecy concerning it
should be maintained.  It was even necessary that the very existence of
the ship and the fact of her being fitted out should be noised abroad as
little as possible, for, as things then were, in the event of a crisis
arising it was quite upon the cards that the authorities might lay
forcible hands upon the craft and annex her for the service of the
country.  Such a condition of affairs militated very strongly indeed
against extreme rapidity of progress; yet so well did cunning old
Radlett manage that, in spite of everything, the process of rigging the
_Nonsuch_ and preparing her for sea went forward with surprising speed.
It was of course impossible to keep the fact of her fitting-out an
absolute secret from everybody, so when inquisitive people came prowling
about the wharf, asking all sorts of inconvenient questions, old Radlett
gave them to understand, with many nods and winks of mystery, that he
had it in his mind to see what could be done with her in the way of a
trading voyage to the eastern Indies, where, he understood, pots of
money were to be made by those who were willing to take a little risk.

Every day saw a little further progress made, an additional spar raised
into position and secured, a little more added to the complicated maze
of rigging; and meanwhile George, accompanied by Robert Dyer, who had
been hunted up the moment that his services could be made useful, went
hither and thither all over Plymouth and its neighbourhood, day after
day, hunting up desirable recruits, including many of the
_Bonaventure's_ former crew, until in process of time they contrived,
between them, to get together no less than one hundred men, all of them
of the true Devon breed, ready to go anywhere and do anything.  Under
ordinary conditions so large a crew would have found themselves cramped
for room in a ship of the _Nonsuch's_ tonnage.  But the _Nonsuch_ was
not designed for cargo carrying.  She was essentially a fighting ship,
her cargo-space being only about half the capacity of other ships of her
size, the remainder of the hold being fitted to serve as a spacious
'tween-decks, affording accommodation for an even larger crew than
George and her owner had decided was necessary.  And, in addition to the
'tween-decks, there were of course the cabins, plainly but comfortably
fitted up, which included the captain's state cabin in the stern of the
ship, the main cabin, in which the officers would take their meals and
which would be used by them at other times as a council chamber and
general living-room, and cabins for the pilot or sailing master, the
captain of the soldiers, the chaplain, the surgeon, and the purser.

By the time that this formidable crew had been collected together the
_Nonsuch_ was practically complete, so far as rigging and equipment were
concerned, and a week later found her with provisions, water, powder,
and stores of every description on board, as well as her crew, and only
waiting for a fair wind to enable her to go to sea.  It was April, and
after a long spell of bitter north-easters the weather had changed, a
south-westerly wind had set in, with mild, rainy weather, and although
George declared himself ready to go to sea and attempt to beat down-
channel, old Radlett strenuously opposed the idea, upon the plea that it
would be merely a waste of time and a needless risking of the ship.  But
a day or two later a hint was brought to him to the effect that the
attention of the authorities had at last been directed to the _Nonsuch_
and the question of her being taken over by the Government was being
discussed, whereupon the old man withdrew his opposition, and, the
weather falling opportunely calm at the same moment, George took a hasty
farewell of his mother, hurried aboard, gave orders for the lowering and
manning of all boats, and on the afternoon of a certain balmy day of
mid-April, triumphantly towed his ship out to sea until, abreast of the
Mewstone, he fell in with a small southerly air to which he spread his
every sail and so passed out of sight to the westward, while Mrs Saint
Leger, having crossed to Mount Edgcumbe, stood on Rame Head, watching,
until the white sails vanished in the golden haze of evening.



CHAPTER FOUR.

HOW THE "NONSUCH" CAME TO TRINIDAD AND WAS CAREENED THERE.

In these strenuous days of severe competition and universal education,
when there are far more men anxious to obtain responsible positions than
there are responsible positions to be filled, a man often reaches middle
age before he is able to secure a command of the relative importance
conferred upon George Saint Leger when the latter was given the command
of the _Nonsuch_.  But in those days competition was nothing like so
keen as it is to-day, especially among seafarers, where men of education
were comparatively rare.  Such men were only needed to take command of
the ships which were being built to meet the requirements of England's
rapidly expanding trade with "foreign parts," and no sooner was a man
qualified to command than shipowners were glad enough to snap him up.
Also the sum of seafaring knowledge in those days was infinitely less
than it is now.  The art of navigation was, comparatively speaking, in
its infancy, and it was therefore quite possible to produce a finished
seaman in the space of five years, or even less.  Consequently there
were many Elizabethan captains who were little more than boys when they
obtained their first command, the immortal Drake, Saint Leger's
illustrious contemporary, being among them.  Boys began life earlier
then than they do now, and consequently were often occupying positions
of great responsibility at an age when the public school-boy of the
present day is just beginning to think of abandoning his studies in
order to enter upon a career.  Hence it is not surprising that, after
seven years of active sea life, George Saint Leger, young as he was, was
deemed by his old friend Radlett as fully qualified to command what in
those days was considered a very fine ship, and to head an expedition of
very great importance.  True, Mr Marshall, the owner of the
_Bonaventure_, had expressed some doubt as to George being old enough
for the responsibility of command, but he did not know the lad so well
as old Si Radlett did, and had not followed his career with the same
interest; and no sooner was the _Nonsuch_ clear of the channel--which
event occurred on the day following that of her departure from
Plymouth--than the young commander began to justify the confidence which
his new owner had reposed in him.

For, undoubtedly, George Saint Leger was a born seaman.  Not only did he
ardently love the sea and everything connected with it, but he early
developed a faculty of understanding ships, their tackling, and how to
handle them.  Knowledge that some men acquired only slowly and with
difficulty he seemed to grasp intuitively.  The mysteries of navigation
soon ceased to be mysterious to him, and seven years of active sea
experience had taught him all that there was to learn in the way of
handling a crew and training it to work together in such a manner that
its efforts might be employed to the best advantage.  Therefore, once
fairly at sea, he began to sedulously exercise his crew, first in the
work of reducing and making sail, until he had brought them to a pitch
of unsurpassable perfection in that particular direction.  Then he as
sedulously drilled them in tacking, veering, and other manoeuvres.
Finally, he exercised them at the guns, putting them through all the
actions of loading, aiming, firing, and sponging out their weapons--but
without much expenditure of his precious ammunition--until there was
probably no smarter or capable crew afloat than that of the _Nonsuch_.
It must not be supposed that all this was accomplished without
developing a certain amount of friction.  The ship had not been it sea a
full week before her young commander discovered that, despite all his
care, he had picked up a few grumblers and shirkers who failed to see
the necessity for so much strenuous training, but it was just here that
his own personal gifts came to the front.  By dint of argument,
raillery, and--in one or two particularly bad and obdurate cases--
judicious chastisement he finally succeeded in, what is termed in modern
parlance, "licking them into shape."

The usual course to the West Indies in those days was by way of the
Azores and the Cape Verdes, at one or both of which places ships were
wont to renew their supplies of wood, water, and provisions, and from
the last of which mariners shaped a due west course before the trade-
winds.  But, as already hinted, George Saint Leger was a young man of
somewhat original ideas, and geography was one of his favourite studies.
He knew that the direct course from the chops of the channel, was, as
nearly as might be, south-west; therefore he determined to steer a
south-westerly course whenever the wind would permit, instead of
following the usual long route via the Azores and the Cape Verde
islands; but with the assistance of a roughly made globe he had also
puzzled out the fact, not then generally recognised, that in the
latitude of sixty degrees a degree of longitude was only about half the
length of the same degree at the equator, therefore he also determined
to make as much westing as possible at the very outset of his voyage.
And this he was able to do with very satisfactory results, for the light
southerly air which had sprung up and met him when he towed his ship out
of Plymouth Sound not only freshened up into a brisk breeze of such
strength that he could only show "topgallants"--as they were then
called--to it by rather bold "carrying-on," but it lasted a full week,
during which the reckoning showed that the ship--which proved to be
amazingly fast--had sailed a distance of fully twelve hundred miles, or
more than half the distance between England and Newfoundland.  Then a
westerly gale sprang up, which lasted nine days, during which the
_Nonsuch_, under close-reefed canvas, drove southward to the latitude of
Madeira, where the ship encountered calms and light variable winds for
five days before falling in with the trade-winds; after which the
troubles of the voyagers were over.  For thereupon ensued not only a
constant fair wind, but also fine weather, so that the ship sailed on
day after day over a sparkling, gently heaving sea of deepest blue
tipped with tiny creaming foam-caps out of which leaped those marine
marvels the flying-fish in countless shoals as the bows clove the
roaring surges, while overhead the sky daily assumed a deeper, richer
tint of sapphire, out of which the sun, scarcely veiled by the solemn
drifting trade-clouds, shot his beams with ever-increasing ardour.

And then, at dawn of the thirty-first day after their departure from
Plymouth, there was sighted, on the extreme verge of the western
horizon, a small wedge-like shape of filmy grey which Dyer, the pilot,
pronounced to be the island of Barbados, and the crew, weary by this
time of a whole month's gazing upon nothing but sea and sky, swarmed up
on deck at the welcome cry of "Land ho!" and leaned over the bows,
gazing rapturously at the little spot of solid earth as it grew in size
and strengthened in tint.  And lo! as they gazed a cloud formed over the
island, darkening it into shadow.  The underside of the cloud was black
and threatening, and presently its bosom shot forth vivid lightnings,
green, blue, rosy red, and sun-bright flashes of dazzling brilliancy,
the low, deep booming of thunder was heard, and soon the island vanished
behind a violet veil of tropical rain, only to reappear, a quarter of an
hour later, fresh, green, and sparkling in the ardent rays of the tropic
sun.

But as the ship sped on it was seen, to the bitter disappointment of
all, and especially of those who were beginning to suffer from that
terrible scourge of sailors, scurvy, that it was not the intention of
the young captain to call there, and deep murmurings of discontent arose
as the _Nonsuch_ went rolling past the southern extremity of the island,
at a distance of not more than a mile, and it was seen to be covered
with tropical trees glorious in every conceivable shade of green and
gorgeous with many-tinted flowers, for it seemed a very fairy land to
those men, whose eyes were weary of the unending sameness of sea and
sky, day after day, for thirty-one days.  Besides, many of those trees
doubtless bore luscious fruits, and oh! how grateful would those fruits
be to the palates of men dry and burnt with a solid month of feeding
upon salt beef and pork!  George heard the murmurings and saw the black
looks, and called Dyer to him.  Then the two went forward.  Mounting the
topgallant-forecastle, where he could be seen and heard by everybody,
George waved his hand for silence, and presently began to speak.

"Men of Devon," he said, "I perceive that you are disappointed because I
do not intend to touch at yonder island.  And I can well understand your
disappointment, for truly never have I seen a fairer sight than it
presents.  I can tell, by my own feelings, how greatly you would enjoy a
run ashore there.  But, lads, there is a good reason for our avoidance
of that island, and it is this.  God has been very good to us, so far,
in granting us such a splendid passage across the vast Atlantic ocean;
but splendid as that passage is, it has still been long enough to
develop scurvy among us; and at the suggestion of Doctor Chichester, I
have decided, in council, that before making our attempt against the
Spaniards I will put in and give you all a fortnight ashore, both to
regain your health and also to careen the ship and remove the weed which
you have only to look overside to see.  Judging from sight alone, no
better harbourage could we find than that which we have just passed.
But, men, our pilot tells me that the place--which is named Barbados--is
much frequented by the Spaniards, if indeed they have not already taken
possession of it; and we should find ourselves in sorry plight if, while
the ship is hove down, two or three Spanish sail were to appear and
attack us.  Doubtless we should beat them off; but we've not come all
this way to fight just for fighting's sake.  I fight when and where I
choose, and to please myself, not the enemy.  Therefore, instead of
touching at Barbados, where we are liable to attack, we are going two
days' sail farther on, to an island twenty times as big as Barbados,
twenty times as beautiful, and quite safe, because, beautiful as the
island is, the Spaniards have not yet found time to settle upon it.  Mr
Dyer, here, knows the place, and he'll tell you all about it."  And he
stood aside, giving place to the pilot.

"Shipmates," said Dyer, turning to the crowd of eager-eyed men clustered
thickly about the deck below him, "you do all look most terrible
disapp'inted because we'm leavin' thicky island astern, instead of goin'
in and anchorin' before mun.  But though he do look so good and enticin'
he baint quite so good as he do look.  For all about here--and this here
island o' Barbados in partic'lar--I've heard tell be subject to the most
dreadful hurricanes that it's possible for mortal man to imagine, and we
don't want to go in there and have our ship hove half a mile up into the
woods by a storm-wave so that she won't be no more use to us.  Besides
that, as our cap'n have said, the place is used, off and on, by the
Spaniards, and we don't want 'em to come lookin' for us until we be
ready to meet 'em.  So we'm going on a matter o' two days' sail to the
most beautiful island in these here parts, called Trinidad, after the
impious fashion o' the Spaniards, where I knows of a fine, snug little
cove where the ship'll be so safe as ever she was to Millbay, and where
we needn't fear either hurricanes or Spaniards.  There we can take our
ease and enj'y the lovely fruits that the Almighty have provided for the
refreshment of poor sea-worn mariners."

"Then, baint there no Spaniards to Trinidad, Mr Dyer?" demanded one of
the men.

"Not yet there baint," answered Dyer.  "Doubtless in time they'll find
their way there; but at present they'm so eager after gold that they
only settles where gold is to be found.  And there's no gold in
Trinidad, nothin' but harmless Indians, and fruit in plenty--and snakes.
You'll have to be wary and keep a good look out for snakes, when you
gets ashore to Trinidad; but that du hold good of all the Indies."

So the men settled down again to wait in patience for the appearance of
the earthly paradise promised them by Dyer, and, sure enough, the dawn
of the second day after passing Barbados revealed high land on the
larboard bow, serrated in outline, and tree-crowned to its very summit.
As the ship stood on, driven smoothly forward by the good trade-wind,
bringing the saw-like ridges back toward the beam, it was seen that the
land consisted of two islands instead of one, the nearer and lesser of
which is to-day known as Tobago.  But Dyer knew nothing of Tobago,
whereas he had been inside the Gulf of Paria once before; therefore the
_Nonsuch_ held steadily on until Tobago drew out clear upon the larboard
quarter, when a break in the continuity of the land ahead was descried,
and presently this break revealed itself as an opening full ten miles
wide, in the eastern half of which stood three islands--or four, rather,
for upon a still nearer approach it was seen that the middle island was
divided into two by a channel so narrow that at a little distance it
looked as though a man might leap across it.  And upon either side of
the opening, up sprang the land sheer out of the sea to a height of
eighteen hundred feet, steep, and shaggy, with tropical foliage of the
most varied and glorious tints.

Straight for the centre of the passage between the middle and the most
easterly island steered Dyer, and when presently the ship entered the
passage and her sails were almost becalmed by the intervention of the
high land to windward, the amazed seamen found themselves entering a
magnificent land-locked gulf so deep and so wide that they could not
determine the limits of it.  It was not until some time afterward that
they found it to measure some fifty miles deep by ninety miles wide!
And thus they got their first glimpse of the wonderful Gulf of Paria.

Once clear of the passage--now known as the Boca de Huevos--Dyer trimmed
his yards flat and brought the ship as close to the wind as she would
lay, keenly watching the various points and indentations as they opened
out, one after the other, until at length a group of five small tree-
crowned islets opened out clear of an intervening island, when he rubbed
his hands and chuckled delightedly.

"Ah, ah!" he exclaimed, "there a be, there a be!  I was a'most beginnin'
to fear as I'd forgot, or that an earthquake had happened, or somethin'.
But 'tis all right.  You see they five little bits of islands away over
yonder, Cap'n?  Well, they be my landmarks, and as soon as we've stood
far enough on to fetch 'em we'll go about."

As the ship opened out from under the lee of the weather shore it was
found that the trade-wind was piping up briskly athwart the gulf, but
notwithstanding this it was nearly an hour before the _Nonsuch_ had
reached far enough to the southward to enable her to make the islets on
the next tack, and when at length she was hove about it was another full
hour before she glided close past a low point and rounding-to, let go
her anchor in three fathoms, in a snug little cove that looked as though
it had been specially formed for the careening of ships.

The cove was situated within a bay, and was formed by a hook-like
projection of land high enough not only to hide the ship from the view
of any chance voyager who might happen to enter the gulf for
reconnoitring purposes, but also effectually to protect her in the
unlikely event of the trade-wind dying down and giving place to a gale
from the westward.  Moreover, the high land to the eastward so
effectually protected the place from the trade-wind that a perpetual
calm existed in the cove, even when the trade-wind was piping up with
the strength of half a gale a few hundred yards away.  The shore was a
narrow strip of sandy beach, completely submerged at high water, beyond
which lay a space of low, flat ground about half a mile in width,
gradually rising as it receded from the shore, and running up in a sort
of tongue for a distance of about two miles between two lofty, steep-
sided hills, densely covered with trees of various kinds, while the
entire shore, for miles in either direction, was thickly fringed with
coconut trees.  Strangely enough, for some unknown reason, the ground
between the narrow fringe of coconut trees bounding the shore-line and
the base of the hills, was bare of trees, the soil being covered with a
dense growth of guinea-grass, with a few bushes and flowering shrubs
sparsely dotted about here and there--it therefore offered ideal
facilities for camping.

After George and the surgeon, accompanied by Dyer, had gone ashore and
very carefully inspected the place, it was decided at once to unbend the
ship's sails, carry them ashore, and temporarily convert them into tents
for the accommodation of all hands, which would afford the sick an
opportunity to recover their health and strength while the operation of
careening and scraping the ship was proceeding.  This was accordingly
done, and by nightfall the camp was ready for occupation, and the entire
crew, with the exception of an anchor watch, slept ashore that night.

The following day was devoted to the task of transferring to the shore
the whole of the ordnance, weapons, ammunition, and a considerable
portion of the ship's stores, one party attending to this business while
a second party, under George's personal supervision, proceeded to
entrench the camp and otherwise put it into a state of defence, a third
party of half-a-dozen men, under Chichester, the surgeon, exploring the
woods in the immediate neighbourhood in search of fruit, of which they
brought in large quantities, consisting of bananas, mangoes, prickly
pears, _ananas_, custard-apples, soursops, guavas, and a sackful of
coconuts which Dyer showed the men how to open so that they could get at
and quaff the refreshing "milk."  And oh, how delighted everybody was to
find himself in this tropical island paradise, where strange fruits of
the most exquisite flavour were to be had for the mere trouble of
plucking, where the air was fragrant with a thousand mingled perfumes,
where there was a perfect riot of flowers of strange shapes and most
gorgeous colouring to delight the eye, and where humming-birds flashed
hither and thither like living gems in the dazzling, blistering rays of
the sun.  True, there were one or two drawbacks--the heat, for instance,
was terrific in that hemmed-in valley where only a transient breathing
of the trade-wind penetrated at rare intervals; and the men soon found
that paradise still harboured the serpent, for several snakes were seen
and one was killed--a diabolically handsome but most wicked-looking
creature clothed in a skin of greyish black ornamented with a diamond
pattern consisting of lattice-like lines of yellow, and having the flat
heart-shaped head which betrayed its venomous character.  Also there
were innumerable insects and creeping things, notably centipedes up to a
foot in length, whose bite would certainly result in several hours of
excruciating agony which might even terminate in death, and small black
ants which insinuated themselves between a man's clothing and his skin
and tormented him to the verge of madness.  But these things troubled
the men very little, for under Dyer's tuition they soon learned how to
protect themselves against the plagues; and meanwhile the salubrious
air, the luscious fruits, the perfume from the flower-laden woods, and
the many beautiful sights which surrounded them were real things in the
enjoyment of which they forgot all drawbacks.  Thus far, no natives, or
human beings of any sort other than themselves, had been seen the
inference therefore was that the island, at all events that part of it
in which the Englishmen had established themselves, was uninhabited, and
they therefore went about their work without fear of disturbance or
interruption of any kind.

By the end of the week the ship was empty and all ready for heaving
down; and when the men knocked off work on the Saturday night George let
it be known that nothing would be done on the following day, and that
after divine service in the morning all hands would be free for the rest
of the day, and at liberty to amuse themselves as they pleased.
Nevertheless he warned them all not to stray far from the camp, and even
then to keep together in little companies of half a dozen or so, and
also to go fully armed.  For although they had seen no natives thus far,
it was quite possible that the woods might be full of them, watching and
only waiting for an opportunity--when the English were off their guard--
to rush the camp and destroy every one of its occupants.  Accordingly,
on the Sunday, after prayers and an early dinner, those who were bent
upon exploration armed themselves and wandered off up the valley in
small parties in accordance with George's directions.  But the heat was
so intense that few of the men were disposed to ramble very far.  They
had been working hard ever since the arrival of the ship and were more
disposed to spend the day in camp, resting quietly or practising archery
at the butts which they set up.

Seeing this, George, the parson, and the surgeon decided to rig the
quarter boat and proceed on a voyage of exploration eastward in her; and
this they did, arriving, after a beat to windward of some five and a
half miles, off the mouth of a river which seemed to be discharging down
a long and very tempting-looking valley.  There were no natives to be
seen, or any signs of them; therefore, tempted by the possibilities
which the exploration of the river held out to them, they entered and
sailed up it until it shoaled so much and its bed became so obstructed
with rocks that the boat could proceed no farther.  Then it became a
question whether they should adopt the dictates of prudence and return
to the ship, or whether they should risk something by landing and pursue
the further exploration of the river on foot.  Eventually they decided
that as the afternoon was still young, and nothing had been seen that
was in the slightest degree alarming or suggestive of possible danger,
they would take such small amount of risk as was involved in landing and
investigate the course of the river a little farther, the beauties of
the place very strongly appealing to them.  Accordingly they landed,
concealing the boat beneath the foliage of a remarkable tree that
conveniently overhung the stream.

Having cunningly hid the boat and looked carefully to the priming of
their firearms, the adventurous trio stepped ashore, George, with drawn
sword, leading, while Chichester, the surgeon, brought up the rear.
They were compelled to closely follow the course of the stream, since
the woods on either hand were so dense and impenetrable that it would
have been impossible to pass through them, save by hewing their way, and
this was of course not to be thought of.  Besides, it was the river that
they desired to explore, since only by following its banks could
anything be seen of the many strange and beautiful things that
surrounded them; therefore they pressed forward, now on the solid ground
close by the river margin, and now scrambling, ankle and sometimes knee
deep, along the boulder-strewn bed of the stream itself, pausing at
frequent intervals to admire some forest giant dressed in vivid scarlet
blossoms instead of leaves, or another thickly festooned with trailing
creepers gorgeous with blooms of marvellous form and most extravagant
hue, or a graceful clump of bamboo, soaring like gigantic plumes of
feathers a hundred feet into the heat-palpitating air.  Frequently, too,
they halted to watch the motions of some tiny humming-bird hovering like
a living gem over the cup of a flower, or the flight of a gaudily
painted kingfisher or parrot.  A great silence pervaded the woods, for
the trees were for the most part so lofty that the sough of the wind in
their topmost branches was inaudible, and it was the hour when the
insect world indulged in its daily siesta.  Animals there were none to
be seen, but an occasional sudden quick rustle of the grass told them
that snakes were to be watched for and guarded against.

In this fashion the trio proceeded slowly up the river, talking but
little save when one of them in a low voice directed the attention of
the others to some object worthy of notice, until gradually their ears
caught a sound which told them that they were approaching a waterfall;
and five minutes later they sighted it close at hand--and involuntarily
halted, struck dumb and motionless for the moment by the extraordinary
beauty of the picture which lay before them.  The waterfall, the sound
of which had reached them a few minutes earlier, was some sixty feet in
height and about twelve feet wide, the river tumbling vertically down
the perpendicular face of the cliff into a wide basin, the lofty sides
of which were draped with the graceful fronds of giant ferns, the broad
leaves of the wild plantain, crimson-leaved acacias, enormous bunches of
maidenhair, and several varieties of plant and bush, the names of which
were unknown to the trio of gazers, and which were brilliant with
blossoms of the most lovely hues.  The fall leaped out of a kind of
tunnel formed by the intertwined branches of overhanging trees, the
sombre foliage of which was brightened by numerous festoons of flowering
creepers.  But it was not so much the extraordinary fairy-like beauty of
the scene as a whole--the charm of which was further enhanced by the
loveliness of the humming-birds and great butterflies that flitted
hither and thither in the cool, spray-laden atmosphere of the place--nor
the marvellous profusion of new and wonderful flowers of every
conceivable tint that everywhere met the eye, which so powerfully
fascinated the beholder; it was the wonderful, exquisite blue colour of
the water in the basin itself, which, although of crystalline
transparency, receives its marvellous colouring through some freak of
sky reflection penetrating through the branches of the overhanging
trees.  The effect of this wonderful colouring must be seen to be
appreciated.  And it is seen and admired every day by enthusiastic
sightseers, some of whom have journeyed thousands of miles to feast
their eyes upon the beauties of the famous Blue Basin of Trinidad, which
is not very greatly altered now from what it was when those three
adventurous Devonians stood and gazed enraptured upon it, probably the
first white men who ever beheld its magic loveliness.

For a space the trio stood spellbound, silent and motionless; then the
spell relaxed its grip upon them sufficiently to permit of renewed
movement and speech, and they burst into rapturous ejaculations as they
moved forward to gaze again at closer quarters.

"Beautiful! beautiful beyond the power of human mind to imagine, or
human tongue to tell," exclaimed "Sir" Thomas Cole, the ship's chaplain.
"Well might the Psalmist say: `O Lord, how manifold are Thy works!  In
wisdom hast Thou made them all: the earth is full of Thy riches.'  And
I'll warrant that David never looked upon such a scene as this, for 'tis
not recorded that he was ever to the tropics.  And if God hath seen fit
to make this earth so beautiful, think, my masters, what must Heaven,
His own abode, be like?"

"Ay, well may you say that, Sir Thomas," answered Chichester "and yet,
if there seems a chance of any of us going there, we're willing to do
almost anything to delay our departure."

"Well, and 'tis not to be wondered at when this old earth of ours can
show such loveliness as this," commented literal, plain-spoken George.
"For my part, I'm willing enough to be here, just now, to enjoy the
beauty that the Lord has made to delight His people's eyes.  And what a
glorious spot it is for a bathe!  Come on, gentles; who's for a dip?
There's time enough for a swim across and back again if we don't delay
too long.  'Twill be delightfully cooling and refreshing after our long
walk from the boat."

The proposal found immediate acceptance, for the heat had been
overpowering, and the trio were streaming perspiration at every pore.
It was Chichester only, who by virtue of his professional knowledge was
aware of the evil results attending a sudden chill, who first took the
precaution of advancing to the edge of the basin and testing the
temperature of the water by plunging his hand into it, and it was while
he was doing this that his attention was arrested by the peculiar
appearance of what he at first took to be a large stone projecting out
of the shallow water on the opposite side of the basin.  At first sight
it looked exactly like a grey boulder of some fifteen or twenty pounds
weight, yet there was a certain something in its appearance which caused
him to bestow a second and more attentive glance upon it, and now he
felt not quite so certain that it really was a stone, after all.  To
resolve his doubts he picked up a small stone and threw it at the
questionable object, the missile falling about a foot short.  He felt
almost sure that, as the stone plopped into the water, he detected a
slight movement on the part of the mysterious object.  To make quite
sure, he threw a second stone, and this time his aim was better, the
stone hitting the target fair and square in the middle.  But the sound
of the impact was not that of stone upon stone, it was rather that of
stone upon wood, or even some still more yielding substance, and it was
immediately followed by a loud angry hiss and the uprearing of the
object aimed at.  The next instant the amazed trio beheld the head and
neck of a gigantic serpent lift itself some four or five feet out of the
pool, while fierce hissings issued from the wide-opened jaws.  For a few
breathless seconds the enormous reptile glared around, apparently in
search of the audacious disturbers of its slumbers, then, seeing the
three white men standing on the opposite shore of the pool, it swung
round, and came swimming, with an easy, undulatory movement of its body,
straight toward them at an astonishing speed.

"Avaunt, Sathanas!" exclaimed Cole, throwing up his hands.  "Surely 'tis
the Devil himself in his original form that hath taken possession of
this Eden!  No mortal serpent was ever so big as thicky.  Look to the
length of mun!  He must be all of thirty foot, or more.  And look to the
pace at which he cometh!  We must run for it, my masters."  And he
turned with intent to fly from the scene.

"Not a bit of it," exclaimed George, who was by this time half
undressed.  "`Resist the Devil and he will fly from thee.'  And if he be
not the Devil, but only a mortal snake, there is still less reason for
flight, seeing that there be three of us to one of him.  Besides, I mean
to have his skin, and take it home to my mother."  And he snatched up
his long, keen sword from the ground where he had thrown it when about
to undress, and boldly advanced to the attack.

The python, which was of the species known as "anaconda," is very common
in the forests bordering the Orinoco, and is occasionally found in
Trinidad even to this day, the belief current with regard to its
presence in the island being that the ancestors of those now found in
the island originally reached it by swimming across the strait from the
mainland, a distance of only some nine miles.  They are very fond of the
water, and are not venomous.  But George did not know this, therefore it
was all the more courageous of him that he should have determined to
fight rather than retreat from the huge reptile.

The creature was making straight for a small space of smooth, level
beach, free from big boulders and fallen logs, and as this afforded good
firm foothold for a fight, young Saint Leger took up his position there,
and boldly awaited the approach of the monster.  The creature came
steadily on, its eyes gleaming balefully; and presently it reached
shallow water, when it suddenly threw its extended body into a coil, and
raised its great head to the level of George's face, its immense jaws
wide open, and its wire-like forked tongue darting and quivering as it
emitted a series of savage hisses that might well have quelled the
courage of the bravest man.  But George was one of those peculiarly
constituted people who know not what fear is.  Danger but added a
piquant zest to his enjoyment, and steadied instead of upsetting his
nerves.  He loved to pit himself, his courage, his coolness, his skill
and his sagacity against what looked like overwhelming odds, and the
formidable aspect of this enormous serpent, which might well have
paralysed another man with terror, only had the effect of bracing him
and filling him with the joy of combat.  With his good sword gripped
firmly in his hand he stood his ground, intently watching the movements
of his formidable antagonist, with every muscle of his body tense and
ready for action, and presently, when the python hurled itself at him
with a lightning-like extension of its great coils, the lad as nimbly
bounded aside, and at the same moment dealt a slashing blow at the spot
where, a fraction of a second later, he knew its great head would be.  A
jar, which thrilled his sword arm to the shoulder, told him that his
stroke had got home, and the next instant he was violently hurled a
fathom away as the snake's severed head fell to the ground, and the
enormous body, writhing in a thousand terrific convolutions, churned the
blue waters of the basin into diamond-tinted spray.  For full ten
minutes the amazed trio stood gazing in breathless astonishment at the
amazing twistings and writhings of the decapitated body, and then
George, taking advantage of a momentary cessation of movement, dashed
into the shallow water, seized the creature with both hands by its
quivering tail, and drew it ashore.  Then, impaling the severed and
still gasping head upon his sword blade, and inviting his two friends to
help him, the trio, with some difficulty, raised the still convulsively
writhing and twitching body upon their shoulders and, thus heavily
loaded, made the best of their way back to their boat.

The sun had already sunk behind the high land in the direction where
their ship lay, when the adventurers, with their strange prize bestowed
in the bottom of the boat, emerged from the river into the open waters
of the gulf, and shortly afterward the darkness swept down upon them
with the extraordinary suddenness peculiar to the tropics.  But they
cared nothing for that, for they now had a fair wind to carry them back
to camp, the heavens were thickly studded with stars, shining with that
exceeding brilliancy and splendour which is also peculiar to the
tropics, and the men in camp had kindled a fire on the beach as a beacon
to guide them back; they therefore had no difficulty in finding their
way.

But their day's adventures were not yet quite at an end.  For as the
boat slid smoothly along under the impulse of the fast waning wind Cole,
the chaplain, who was sitting on one of the side thwarts, while the
surgeon balanced him on the other side of the boat, suddenly looked up
from the water, into the dark depths of which he had been gazing, with
the startled exclamation:

"Lord ha' mercy! what be that, now?  Look, cap'n, look overside, do 'e,
and tell me, if you can, what monstrous thing we've a-run foul of now."
And as he spoke he pointed straight downward.

George, thus adjured, leaned over the gunwale and directed his gaze
downward.  What he saw was startling enough to cause him to suddenly
shift his helm, with the result that the sail jibed over unexpectedly
and all but capsized the boat.  Luckily the wind had been dropping
steadily for the last half-hour, so they escaped with no worse
consequence than a gallon or two of water over the gunwale.

But what was it that caused young Saint Leger to so far forget himself?
Simply a great shape, made brilliantly luminous by its passage through
the water as it swam immediately underneath the boat, keeping pace with
her.  It was lozenge or diamond-shaped, about twenty-five feet long and
thirty feet broad, with a tail some ten feet long trailing away behind
it.  The light generated by its passage through the water revealed it
sufficiently to enable the startled beholders to perceive that it was
undoubtedly a living thing of some sort, that it was propelling itself
by the movement of its wing-like sides, and that at its forward angle--
which was of course its head--it was furnished with a pair of great
goggle eyes with which it seemed to be regarding the boat intently and
not too amiably.  Whether or not it was startled by the sudden flap of
the sail as the boat jibed, it is of course impossible to say, but, be
that as it may, as the boat suddenly swerved away from above it the huge
creature rose with a rush to the surface and sprang right out of the
water to a height of some twelve feet, and, flapping its enormous wings
like a great bird, _flew right over the boat_, coming down on the other
side of her, at a distance of some four or five fathoms, with a _boom_
like the sound of a gigantic drum, and a disturbance of the sea so
violent that it all but swamped the boat.  Five times it soared into the
air in this extraordinary fashion, luckily descending each time at a
greater distance from the boat, and then it disappeared altogether, to
the great relief of the voyagers.

"Looked as much like a giant thornback as anything I ever saw," remarked
George, when at length the creature had freed them from its presence and
their astonishment had sufficiently subsided to permit of their speaking
again.  "We must ask Dyer about it.  I remember him telling me, some
time ago, about a thing that he once saw when he was last in these seas,
and from his description I think it must have been the same sort of
fish.  He said that the Indians called it, in their own language, the
devil fish, or great sea bat, and they further told him that it is a
most dangerous monster, since it has an unpleasant trick of rising
alongside a canoe, overlapping it with one of its wings, and forcing
canoe and occupants under-water.  I think it not unlikely that the brute
we just now saw may have been meditating to serve us in the same
fashion, but was somehow frightened into thinking better of it."

Twenty minutes later the trio safely arrived at the camp without further
adventure, and found all well there.  The men, it seemed, had enjoyed
the day of rest, each in his own fashion, some in practising archery,
some in repairing and washing their clothes, some in bathing in the
shallow water close inshore, while a party of their comrades in a boat
kept watch outside them to frighten away intruding sharks; while others
had walked up the valley, gathering fruit and flowers.  One party, more
adventurous than the rest, had, ignoring the order against straying far
from the camp, penetrated the valley for a distance of some two miles,
as far as the base of the hills at its higher extremity, and had there
come upon a small Indian village, the inhabitants of which had at first
fled at their approach, but had afterwards been induced to return and
barter with them, giving barbed spears, feather head-dresses, parrots,
monkeys and a queer-looking little animal something like a miniature pig
encased in a shell-like coat--which the men had incontinently named a
"hog in armour"--now known as the armadillo, in exchange for brass
buttons off the white men's coats, old knives, fish-hooks and the like.
Questioned by George as to the appearance of these same Indians, the men
described them as extraordinarily ugly and dirty, wearing no clothing,
but ornaments with pieces of bone thrust through their ears, nostrils
and lips, very repulsive as to appearance, but apparently quite friendly
disposed.  And so indeed they proved to be, for on the following day a
number of them approached the camp, bringing fruit, vegetables, and a
variety of other articles, which they offered in exchange for almost any
rubbish which the white men were willing to part with.  And being
treated kindly, by George's express orders, they continued this practice
so long as the ship remained, to the very great profit and advantage of
the English.  Of course communication with them was exceedingly
difficult, being conducted entirely by signs, hence it was found quite
impossible to obtain any information whatever from them, the business
transactions being conducted by the Indians exhibiting the goods which
they desired to dispose of, and the English producing the articles which
they were willing to give in exchange.

The ship was hove down on the following day, and, all hands working
hard, one side of her was scraped clean and made ready for painting by
the time that the men knocked off work at night.  The next day was
devoted to painting that side of her which had been scraped, and
Wednesday was given up to the drying of the paint and a general overhaul
of the stores.  On Thursday the ship was righted, swung, and hove down
again, exposing the other side of her bottom, and the process of
cleaning, painting and drying was repeated, the operation being
completed by the end of the week.  Sunday was again observed as a day to
be devoted to worship and recreation, and on Monday morning the ship was
finally righted and the work of replacing her ballast, stores, ordnance,
ammunition and so on was begun, the task ending on the following Friday
night, by which time the _Nonsuch_ was once more all ataunto and ready
for any adventure which her young captain might choose to engage in.
And, meanwhile, the invalids, who, at Doctor Chichester's suggestion,
had been spared all labour, had completely recovered from their
sickness, and were as well and strong again as ever.  And, incidentally,
the python which George had slain at the Blue Basin had been most
scientifically skinned and the skin cured, stuffed with dry grass,
stitched up, and the head joined to it again by an Indian whose services
the young captain had contrived to secure; and when the _Nonsuch_ sailed
out of the Gulf of Paria on the eventful Saturday which saw the actual
beginning of her great adventure, the skin--measuring thirty-four feet
eight and a half inches from snout to tail--gracefully, if somewhat
gruesomely, adorned the forward bulkhead of her state cabin.



CHAPTER FIVE.

HOW THEY CAPTURED THE "SANTA MARIA" AT MARGARITA.

By the advice of Dyer, the pilot, George kept the mainland aboard upon
issuing from the Gulf of Paria; for the island of Margarita was at no
great distance to the westward.  And not only was Margarita the spot
where the Spaniards had established a vastly profitable pearl-fishing
industry, but it was also a kind of depot where all sorts of supplies
from Old Spain for the maintenance of her West Indian possessions were
landed and stored, to be drawn upon as occasion might demand.  There
was, therefore, the double possibility of securing a more or less rich
booty of pearls, and of replenishing the stores, somewhat depleted by
two months of usage, at the Spaniards' expense.

Now, it was usual to approach Margarita from the northward; but that
course involved the risk of being sighted from the battery which the
Spaniards had constructed on the north-eastern extremity of the island;
and to be sighted meant that the garrison of the battery would give
timely warning to the colonists, who would thus be afforded ample
opportunity to conceal such treasure of pearls or otherwise as they
might happen to have on hand before the arrival of the English.
Therefore Dyer counselled an approach from the south-eastward, taking
care to keep far enough to the southward to escape observation from the
inmates of the battery, assuring George that he was thoroughly
acquainted with the navigation of those waters and guaranteeing that if
his advice were followed the surprise of the colonists should be
complete.

Accordingly the _Nonsuch_ hugged the coast of the Main as closely as was
at all prudent, a good look-out for rocks and shoals being maintained;
and at dawn on the following morning high land was descried on the
north-western horizon, which Dyer, having inspected it from aloft,
confidently pronounced to be the mountain peaks of the eastern half of
Margarita.

The ship was now, as she had been all through the night and the
preceding day, within the influence of the land and sea-breezes, and it
was under the influence of the former that she was now driving along to
the westward.  But Dyer was aware that very shortly after sunrise the
land breeze would die away and the ship would be becalmed for the best
part of an hour before the setting in of the sea-breeze; therefore,
knowing exactly where he was, with Margarita in sight, he gave the order
to bear up and run off the land, which was done just in time to escape
the calm and run into the trade-wind.

Two hours later more land was sighted, this time straight ahead, and a
little later it was made out to be a small island, right in the fairway
between Margarita and the main.  And as, upon a nearer approach, a
number of buildings were seen upon it, while in the offing a whole fleet
of boats--which Dyer affirmed bore a remarkable resemblance to pearl-
fishing-boats--were sighted at anchor, George resolved to give the place
an overhaul before calling upon the Margaritans.  Now, one advantage
possessed by the _Nonsuch_ happened to be that, owing to the peculiarity
of her design, she bore a very remarkable resemblance to the Spanish
race-ships, or _razees_, which, in conjunction with the great galleons,
transacted almost the whole of the business on the Spanish Main; and
Saint Leger determined to avail himself of this peculiarity in the hope
that he would thereby be enabled to approach the little settlement
without arousing the suspicion of its inhabitants.  Accordingly he stood
boldly on until he was abreast of the place--which now showed as one
large wooden shed and about a dozen smaller ones, together with a small
stone building which had the appearance of a church; then, rounding-to,
came to an anchor, at a distance of about a mile from the shore, the
colour of the water indicating that the island was surrounded by a
shoal.

As the _Nonsuch_ let go her anchor and clewed up her canvas, a number of
people were seen to emerge from the sheds and stand gazing at her, as
though curious to learn what her business might be.  But they showed no
signs of anxiety or alarm; on the contrary, when two boats, with their
crews armed to the teeth, put off from the ship, under the command of
George and Captain Basset, who commanded the small contingent of land
forces forming part of the ship's company, the islanders came sauntering
down to the beach to meet them.

A steady pull of about a quarter of an hour's duration took the boats to
the beach of the island, which was a low and parched-looking place
clothed with guinea-grass with a few clumps of palms and palmetto, and
the inevitable coconut trees close down by the water.  As George stepped
ashore a tall, sallow man attired in trunk hose, gorget, and steel
headpiece, with a long straight sword girded to his thigh, stepped
forward from the little crowd of about a dozen people and courteously
greeted his visitor in good Castilian Spanish.

George, whose trade with the Biscayan ports had enabled him to acquire a
pretty thorough acquaintance with the Spanish language, returned the
greeting in due form; but there was apparently something not quite right
about his accent, for the Spaniard stepped back quickly and, clapping
his hand to his sword-hilt, exclaimed:

"Senor, you are not a Spaniard!  Who are you, and what is your business
here?"

And as he did so his supporters made a movement which seemed the
preliminary to a hurried retreat.  Whereupon George threw up his right
hand warningly and said--of course in Spanish:

"Stand fast, every one of you.  The man who attempts to move will be
instantly shot down.  As to who I am, senor, it matters not.  But my
business is to examine this island, and particularly to see what yonder
shed contains.  Therefore I must trouble you and your comrades to
surrender your swords for an hour or two.  You are my prisoners."

"But, senor, with all submission, this is an outrage," expostulated the
Spaniard.  "I cannot surrender my sword to a stranger who declines to
give me his name, and produces no authority for his actions."

"This is my authority," exclaimed George, suddenly whipping out his
sword with a nourish.  "Will you submit to it, or must I resort to
sterner measures?"

"I submit, of course," replied the Spaniard, "seeing that your party is
much the stronger of the two.  But I do so under protest; and I warn
you, senor, that my Government will speedily avenge this outrage, which
is worthy only of-- Ha! now I know who you are.  You are an Englishman--
possibly that thrice-accursed corsair, Drake, who, last year, at San
Juan de Ulua--"

"You are mistaken, senor; I am not Drake; nor does it matter who I am,"
retorted George.  "Come, senors, your swords, if you please, for I have
little time to waste.  Simons--and Way," to two of his men, "relieve
those gentlemen of their swords.  A thousand thanks, gentlemen," as the
Spaniards surrendered their weapons.  "Now do me the favour to accompany
me; and please remember that any man who attempts to escape will
instantly be shot down."

So saying, George, with his drawn sword in his right hand and his left
resting suggestively upon the butt of one of the pistols that adorned
his belt, led the way toward the little settlement, wondering meanwhile
what could possibly be the explanation of certain whiffs of a singularly
vile and offensive odour which now and then assailed his nostrils when
there occurred an occasional flaw in the trade-wind which was sweeping
briskly over the island.  He might, of course, have asked, but the
thought occurred to him that by doing so he might perhaps be betraying
his ignorance, and so lay himself open to the chance of being misled
upon a matter that might very well be of importance.  A little later on
he was very glad that he had held his peace.

A walk of a few minutes' duration brought the party to the settlement,
whereupon George called a halt and directed three of his men to follow
him into the first house they came to, and the rest to keep a wary eye
upon the prisoners.  The building was a small wooden affair, consisting
of three rooms only, two of which were sleeping apartments, while the
third was furnished with a table, a sideboard, a couch, and a few
chairs, and was evidently used as a sitting-room.  There was nobody in
the house, but upon passing through it to the rear they discovered a
small detached structure, the odours proceeding from which seemed to
suggest that it was being used as a kitchen.  There they found a young
Indian woman bending over a fire and preparing a savoury mess of some
sort; and it was not without difficulty that they at length made her
understand she was a prisoner, and must abandon her cookery and
accompany them.  In like manner they visited all the remaining houses of
the settlement, collecting altogether two white women and some twenty
blacks, as well as a priest, the whole of whom, together with their
other prisoners, they unceremoniously marched to the little church,
locking them therein, and so making prisoners of every soul in the
settlement.  Then, having posted half a dozen men round the church, to
see that nobody broke out, George led the way to the big shed, which was
the most conspicuous building in the settlement.  Entering it, he found
that it was divided into two unequal compartments, the smaller of which
contained a few casks of wine, a few bales of cloth of different kinds,
and a miscellaneous assortment of goods, evidently intended for the use
of the settlers.  Then, passing from this into the larger compartment,
he at once became aware of a faint suggestion of the same peculiar and
offensive odour that had assailed his nostrils while walking up from the
beach, and, looking more closely, he found that it proceeded from an
enormous heap of something piled high against the further wall, which,
upon investigation, he found to be a kind of oyster-shell, the interior
of which was more or less thickly coated with a beautiful white,
iridescent substance.  At once he understood the meaning of everything.
Those shells were shells of the pearl oyster; the settlement was a
subsidiary pearl-fishing station; and the odour which had so offended
him was the odour of decaying oysters laid out to rot in the sun in
order that the pearls might be extracted without injury from the dead
fish.  And it had apparently dawned upon somebody that the shells, as
well as the pearls, possessed a market value, and this was where they
were being stored after being cleansed from the decayed fish.

But if that enormous heap consisted entirely of pearl oyster-shells, as
it unquestionably did, where were the pearls that had been extracted
from them?  George glanced round the sombre interior, lighted by only
one open aperture guarded by a heavily framed shutter, and saw two large
boxes dimly revealed in one shadowy corner of the store.  He strode
across to these, and, flinging them open, stood transfixed with
amazement; for one box--the larger of the two--was three-fourths full of
small pearls of the kind usually known as seed pearls, while the other
was nearly half full of lovely gems of the most exquisite satiny
whiteness, ranging in size from that of a small pea up to beauties as
big as the top of a man's thumb!  What their value might be he had not
the vaguest idea, but there were hundreds of them; ay, possibly a
thousand or more, and he knew instinctively that if he never laid hands
upon another particle of booty, the contents of those two boxes would
pay the whole cost of the expedition and leave a very handsome margin
over for prize money.  The boxes were iron-bound, and were furnished
with stout lids which were capable of being secured by means of strong
padlocks which hung in the hasps, with the keys still in them.  So,
having satisfied his curiosity by closely examining a few of the finer
specimens, George closed and locked both boxes, slipped the keys into
his pocket, and then, going to the door, called to eight of his men,
and, indicating the boxes, instructed the seamen to carry them down to
the boats forthwith.  Then, waiting until he had seen the task
accomplished, he walked to the church door, unlocked and threw it open,
and announced to the prisoners that they were now free to come forth and
proceed about their business, adding that if they would walk down to the
beach after he and his men were gone they would find their swords left
for them upon the sand.  This done, he gave orders for the men to march
down to the boats, himself bringing up the rear.

As George quite expected, the cavalier in gorget and headpiece, who had
met the Englishmen upon their arrival, and who seemed to be the officer
in charge of the settlement, no sooner found himself free than he
proceeded straight to the big shed, entered it, and a moment later re-
appeared and came running after the retiring Englishmen.

"Senor," he cried, as soon as he arrived within speaking distance, "you
have taken our pearls, the proceeds of the entire fishing season up to
the present, and the loss of them will mean to me irreparable ruin.  I
beg you to return them to me, senor, and in acknowledgment of your
courtesy I pledge you the honour of a Spanish gentleman that I will
remain silent as to your visit to this island.  Otherwise I promise you
that I will immediately spread the news of your presence in these
waters, and of your atrocious act of piracy, throughout the length and
breadth of the Spanish Main, with the result that you will be hunted by
every Spanish ship of war in the Caribbean Sea, with consequences to
yourself and your piratical crew which I leave to your own imagination
to picture.  Come, senor, I beg you to think better of this, and to
return the pearls to me.  You will find it pay you far better in the
long run."

"Senor," retorted George, "if I understand you aright, you would buy
back your pearls at the expense of your own countrymen in the various
settlements scattered along the coast, by leaving them unwarned of my
presence in these seas, so that I may have the opportunity to fall upon
them unawares.  If you are sincere in making this proposal, senor
cavalier, you are a traitor to your own countrymen; if not, you have it
in your mind to betray me and my crew.  In either case your proposal
smacks of treachery, and I will have none of it.  Now, mark you this,
senor.  You are at perfect liberty to take whatever steps you please to
warn your countrymen of my presence in the region which Spain arrogantly
claims as exclusively her own.  And you will be doing your compatriots a
service by acquainting them with the reason for my presence here.

"Last year Captain Hawkins, my countryman, had occasion to put into San
Juan de Ulua in distress.  He entered into a solemn covenant and
agreement with Don Martin Enriquez, the new Viceroy of Mexico, whereby
the English were to be permitted to refit their ships in peace, without
let or hindrance from the Spaniards.  Yet, despite this covenant, the
Spaniards most shamefully and treacherously attacked the English at the
very moment when they were least capable of defending themselves, with
the result that many of my countrymen were slain--_murdered_, senor, is
the right word--and many ethers taken prisoners, my brother, Mr Hubert
Saint Leger, among them.  Now, my business here is to rescue that
gentleman, and to exact reparation for his imprisonment and such
hardships and suffering as he may have been called upon to endure in
consequence of the treachery of the Spaniards.  My first act, in
pursuance of this policy, is the seizure of your pearls.  If by any
chance you happen to know anything of my brother's whereabouts, you will
be rendering your countrymen a signal service by imparting such
information to me.  For I intend to carry fire and sword throughout the
Main until I have found my brother and exacted reparation; and when I
have done that, my ravages will cease.  If you can tell me where my
brother is to be found, I will proceed thither direct, and spare your
other towns.  If not, I shall attack each as I come to it.  Now, can you
tell me where I shall be most likely to find my brother?"

"No, senor Englishman, I cannot," answered the Spaniard; "nor would I if
I could.  Your brother is no doubt long since dead, probably at the
hands of the Inquisition.  It is into its hands that heretics generally
fall.  Go your way, senor pirate, go your way to the fate that awaits
you, and do your worst.  I look to have the pleasure of seeing you
publicly burnt alive in the square of one of our cities ere long."  And
the Spaniard turned upon his heel and left George standing there, in a
tumult of feeling too complex for description.  But he did not stand
long, for his men had continued on their way down to the boats, and were
now waiting for him to rejoin them, which he did without further waste
of time.

Upon the arrival of the boats alongside they were at once hoisted in,
after which the two chests of pearls were taken out of them and
carefully deposited below then the anchor was hove up to the bows, and
the _Nonsuch_ once more got under way.  The distance from the island
which they had just left--and which they incontinently called "Pearl
Islet," but which they afterwards learned was named Coche Island--was
not far, being a mere matter of some seven miles and when they arrived
within a mile of the rock-studded coast the ship was kept away before
the wind, and Dyer ascended to the foretop, taking with him a
"perspective glass," or telescope, belonging to George, in order that he
might the better be able to find the harbour of which he was in search.
And after remaining there nearly an hour and a half he found what he
wanted, namely, a low point covered with coconut trees backed up with
thick palmetto scrub, with an opening to the westward of it beyond which
rose three peaks.  This opening was the mouth of the harbour which he
was seeking, and a most unpromising-looking place it was, for there was
white water stretching apparently right across it, showing that the
approach to the harbour was guarded by a reef or bar of some sort.  But
Dyer knew what he was about; he had already been in that harbour once,
and he was aware that somewhere in that barrier, if he could only find
it, there was a channel, narrow, it is true, but nevertheless wide
enough and deep enough to allow the passage of an even bigger ship than
the _Nonsuch_.  And if he wished for confirmation of such knowledge,
there it was before his eyes, in the shape of the upper spars of a ship
showing above the top of the coco palms, the distance apart of the spars
indicating that the craft to which they belonged was at least as big as
the English ship, if not a trifle bigger.

It was not, however, until the _Nonsuch_ arrived immediately opposite
the opening that Dyer was able, with the assistance of the perspective
glass, to pick up the little narrow streak of unbroken water in the
midst of the flashing surf which marked the channel through the reef,
and from his lofty perch he immediately shouted down the necessary
orders to George, who stood aft upon the poop, and who in his turn
repeated them to the mariners, whereupon the ship was brought to the
wind and, under the pilot's directions, headed straight for the passage.
Then Dyer communicated the further information that there was a large
ship lying at anchor in the harbour; upon hearing which Saint Leger,
after demanding and receiving certain further information, gave orders
for the ordnance, great and small, to be loaded, and for the crew to arm
themselves and stand ready for any emergency.

The _Nonsuch_, when brought to the wind, was within two miles of the
shore; a quarter of an hour later, therefore, found her sliding in
through the short, narrow passage of clear water, with the surf pounding
and thundering and churning in great spaces of white froth on either
hand.  Then, suddenly, the commotion receded on the quarters and the
adventurers found themselves in a gulf some eight miles long, running
due east and west, and so narrow that there was only barely width enough
in it for a ship of size like the _Nonsuch_ to turn to windward in it--
as she must do in order to reach the settlement, some three miles to the
eastward, off which the strange ship rode at anchor.  The water inside
this gulf was almost glass-smooth, being to a considerable extent
sheltered from the trade-wind by the high land to the eastward, and
Dyer, still occupying his coign of vantage in the foretop, perceived to
his amazement, that while the spit on the south side of the gulf
gradually widened out as the land trended eastward, the island, at this
particular part of it, was so narrow that the gulf was only separated
from the sea to the northward by a spit so attenuated that he could see
the Caribbean across it less than three miles away.  This narrow
northern spit was also quite low, fringed with coconut palms, and
covered with low, dense scrub, as was the southern spit for a distance
of some two miles, while the land to the east and west of the gulf rose
up in a series of lofty peaks, tree-crowned to their summits, the
vegetation seeming to consist mostly of ceibas, palms, bois immortelles,
bamboo, tree ferns, calabash trees, crimson-hued hibiscus, and other
tropical trees, gorgeous now with multi-coloured blossoms, the whole
presenting a most beautiful and delectable picture as it shimmered under
the rays of the mid-day sun.

But there was one part of the scene which was not quite so delectable,
and that was a spot some three miles up the gulf, where rode at anchor a
race-ship quite as large as, if not something larger than, the
_Nonsuch_.  She was surrounded by boats, to the number of twenty or
more, into which she was discharging cargo which the boats were
conveying to the shore for disposal in certain sheds forming part of a
settlement at least four times as large as that on Coche Island.  It was
a busy scene, some ninety or a hundred men being engaged upon the wharf
and about the warehouses, in addition to those in the boats and aboard
the ship.  Moreover, the _Nonsuch_ was scarcely clear of the channel
through the reef, when the red and gold banner of Spain was hoisted upon
the flagstaff aboard the other ship, and on a flagstaff ashore, which
was of course a polite hint to the new arrival to display her colours in
turn.  There was therefore very little prospect of the English being
able to effect anything in the nature of a surprise, unless they chose
to cloak their real character under a display of false colours, and this
young Saint Leger positively refused to do.  Instead he ordered the
white flag bearing the crimson Cross of Saint George--which was at that
time the ensign of England--to be bent on to the ensign halliards, but
not to be hoisted until he gave the word, since there was no sense in
prematurely alarming the enemy if it could be avoided.

The enemy, however, in this case, promised to be less easily hoodwinked
than their compatriots over on Coche Island; at all events their
suspicions were more readily awakened, for when, after an interval of
about five minutes, the _Nonsuch_ still delayed to show her colours, the
race-ship fired an unshotted gun by way of calling attention to the
invitation implied in the display of her own colours and when this hint
also was ignored signs of intense activity began to immediately manifest
themselves aboard the ship and at the settlement, the boats alongside
the Spaniard hurriedly casting off and pulling for the wharf, while the
race-ship's rigging and yards suddenly grew thick and dark with men
hastening aloft to loose her canvas.

"The Don's goin' to get under way, Cap'n, I du believe," hailed Dyer
from the foretop where he was still perched.  "Do 'e see his men
swarmin' aloft?"

"Ay, ay; I see them," answered George.  "Well, let him come, if so be he
will.  I would rather fight him here than where he is now, where he
could receive the support of his friends.  Do you see any sign of
galleys anywhere about, Mr Dyer?"  Dyer took a long, searching look
through his glass, and at length reported that nothing of the kind was
to be seen.

"Good!" returned George.  "Then our first fight promises to be one of
fair play and no favour--that is to say, if the fellow means to fight
and not to attempt to slip away, which we must take care that he does
not do.  Mr Dyer, you may come down as soon as the Spaniard is fairly
under way, for I shall want you to help me fight the ship.  Now, men of
Devon," he continued, turning to the crew, who had of their own accord
and without waiting for orders gone to their stations, "we shall soon be
fighting our first fight.  Show these haughty Spaniards what you can do,
in such fashion that the _Nonsuch_ shall soon become a name of fear
throughout the length and breadth of the Spanish Main.  Stand to your
ordnance, lads; keep cool; and take good aim."

The _Nonsuch_ had tacked twice, working to windward up the narrow
channel, when Dyer shouted the news that the Spanish ship had apparently
slipped her cable, and was under way, running down toward them; and he
followed up the news by descending the fore-rigging and making his way
aft, where he stationed himself on the poop beside George, in readiness
to supervise the working of the ship while the latter fought her.

The two men had only time to exchange a few hurried words together when
the Spanish ship was seen to windward, coming down toward them under
full sail.  And a gallant sight she looked, with her brightly-painted
hull, her big gilded figure-head and head rails flashing in the sun, her
mastheads and yard-arms bedizened with banner and pennons streaming in
the breeze, and her painted sails bellying and straining at yard and
stay with the warm breathing of the trade-wind.  She was still some two
miles distant, and it would be at least ten minutes before she arrived
within gun-shot.

"Pilot," said George, turning to Dyer, after he had eyed the stranger
carefully, "let the mariners clew up and furl our topgallants.  I
believe we can do without them, by the look of yonder ship, which seems
to be not nearly so fast as ourselves, and there will be the less tackle
for the men to handle when it comes to manoeuvring, and consequently the
more men free to fight."

The order was given; the men sprang to the topgallant halliards and
sheets, cast them off, manned the clewlines and buntlines, and clewed up
the topgallants.  Then a dozen of them--six forward and six aft--leapt
into the rigging, clambered it with the alacrity of squirrels, neatly
furled the sails, and were on their way down again from aloft when the
first gun from the Spaniard boomed out across the still waters of the
channel, to be echoed a little later by the distant hills.  The shot
flew wide, striking the water nearly a hundred fathoms away on the
_Nonsuch's_ lee bow.

"_Now_," cried George, turning to a man who had for some time been
standing by the ensign staff, "you may hoist away and let the Dons see
with whom they are about to fight."  And in obedience to his command the
glorious Red Cross on its white field floated out over the taffrail and
went soaring majestically to the head of the staff, to be greeted with
cheer after cheer by the crew.

The _Nonsuch_ was now on the starboard tack, heading to the northward,
and it looked as though the Spaniard meditated crossing her stern and
raking her at close quarters as she crossed.  To counter this manoeuvre,
therefore, Dyer gave the order "Ready about!" and as the sail-trimmers
sprang to their stations, George shouted an order to the gunners of the
starboard battery to be ready to fire at the word of command.  The men
accordingly blew their smouldering matches vigorously, again looked to
the priming of their ordnance, and held themselves ready to discharge at
the word.  Up swept the _Nonsuch_ into the wind, with all her sails
ashiver in the brisk breeze, and, watching carefully, George gave the
order to fire at the exact moment when the Spanish ship was square
abeam.  The Spaniard discharged her broadside at the same instant, and
immediately succeeding the thunder of the two broadsides those on board
the _Nonsuch_ heard the distant thud of their pounding shot and the
crackling crash of splintering spars; and, looking eagerly in the
direction of the Spanish ship, they saw that they had shot away her
foremast and bowsprit, both of which were in the very act of falling.
So they raised three joyous cheers and fell to loading their pieces
again, while their comrades, who had not yet fired, looked to see where
the Spanish shot had gone.  But, with the exception of two holes in the
_Nonsuch's_ mainsail, and a severed brace dangling from the fore-topsail
yardarm, no damage was discoverable, whereat they cheered again.

The Spanish ship continued to forge ahead on her original course for a
distance of a few fathoms, and then the wreck of her foremast and
bowsprit, towing alongside and still attached to her hull by the
standing and running rigging, dragged her head round to starboard,
whereupon she instantly broached to.  Meanwhile the _Nonsuch_, having
stayed, was paying off on the larboard tack, the relative positions of
the two ships being such that a collision seemed imminent.  George saw
that the situation was such as to demand instant decision, and he
immediately made up his mind what to do.

"Keep her away, Mr Dyer," he commanded, "and run alongside the enemy to
leeward.  Keep your head sail aback to deaden our way, or we shall never
get the grapnels to hold.  Stand by there to larboard to heave your
grappling irons.  Archers and musketeers, discharge me a volley upon the
decks of yonder ship; and, gunners of the larboard battery, be ready to
fire a broadside of ordnance, great and small, into her at the moment
when you feel us touch.  Then, boarders, be ready to follow me."  And he
drew his sword.

The next moment a shower of arrows and musket balls swept the decks of
the stranger with devastating effect, as might be gathered from the
chorus of shrieks and yells of anguish that arose from the deck of the
Spaniard.  An answering volley was instantly returned by the enemy, but
it was wild, straggling, and feeble, bearing eloquent testimony to the
state of confusion that already prevailed on board her, and which did
little harm; and this state of confusion was further demonstrated by the
sight of an officer on her poop waving his sword violently and shouting
orders to which nobody seemed to pay the slightest attention.  A minute
later the hulls of the two ships crashed together, the grappling irons
were thrown at the precise instant that the _Nonsuch_ poured a
destructive broadside into her antagonist, and before the ships had time
to recoil from the impact, George, at the head of some fifty boarders,
leapt from the one ship to the other, and the party proceeded to lay
about them with sword, pike, and musket butt with such fell
determination that after a few seconds' resistance on the part of the
Spaniards the latter flung down their weapons and called for quarter.

George turned to the officer, who had now descended from the poop to the
main deck and was valiantly fighting, single-handed, with his back to
the front of the poop cabins, and cried to him:

"Do you surrender, senor?"

"I will, if you will promise me good _guerra_, senor," replied the
Spaniard, dexterously parrying the thrust of a pikeman and running his
antagonist neatly through the shoulder.

"Then stop, men; hold your hands, and leave this cavalier to me," cried
George, dashing in and striking up the points of the English weapons
that still threatened the Spaniard.  Then, as the men drew sullenly and
unwillingly back, the young captain advanced, with lowered point, and
his left hand held out.  "Your sword, senor," he demanded.  "On the word
of an Englishman, I promise you _buena guerra_."

Whereupon the Don, taking his sword by the point, tendered it, hilt
first, with a bow, to George, who tucked it under his left arm, bowing
in turn as he received it.  And so the _Santa Maria_, fifty tons bigger
than the _Nonsuch_, and carrying even more guns, with a crew which, at
the beginning of the action, had numbered one hundred and thirty, became
the first prize of George's prowess and that of the Devon mastiffs.



CHAPTER SIX.

HOW THEY CAME TO A DESERT ISLAND AND BURIED THEIR TREASURE.

The ships being still held fast together by the chains of the grappling
irons, and driving slowly down the channel before the wind, George first
ordered the _Nonsuch_ to be brought to an anchor; and when this was done
he further instructed Dyer to take steps for the effectual securing of
the unwounded prisoners, and the tending of the wounded on both sides.
Then, inviting the officer who had surrendered to him--and whom he
rightly assumed to be the captain of the prize--to accompany him into
the state cabin of the captured ship, he formally introduced himself as
Senor Don George Saint Leger, an Englishman, and captain of the ship
_Nonsuch_; the stranger returning the compliment by explaining that he
was Senor Don Pasquale Alfonso Maria Francisco of Albuquerque, a servant
of his Most Catholic Majesty, Philip of Spain, and commander of the ship
_Santa Maria_, dispatched from Cadiz by his Majesty to convey munitions
of various descriptions to his Majesty's possessions in the Western
Indies.  And when requested to specify more particularly of what those
munitions consisted, Don Pasquale, etcetera, etcetera, mentioned wines,
cloths, silk, and brocades of various descriptions, salt, leather,
articles of furniture, arms and ammunition, and--he hesitated, whereupon
George gently invited him to complete his enumeration.

"Before I do so, senor," remarked Don Pasquale, "I should like to ask
what you intend to do with my ship, now that you have captured her."

"Assuredly," answered George.  "I had quite intended to tell you, even
if you had not asked for the information.  My purpose in coming to this
part of the world is to seek my brother, who was last year captured by
your countrymen at San Juan de Ulua, when, by order of Don Martin
Enriquez, they treacherously attacked the squadron of the English
admiral, John Hawkins, while he was peacefully refitting his ships,
under an agreement whereby they were to be permitted to do so without
let, hindrance, or interference of any kind.  My brother, Don Hubert
Saint Leger, is still a prisoner in the hands of your countrymen.  My
intention is to secure his release, if he is still alive; and to exact
heavy compensation for his detention--and any discomfort or suffering to
which he may have been subjected; or, if he is dead, to wreak my
vengeance upon his slayers.  Therefore, senor, you will be rendering
your countrymen a service--when I have released you--by informing them
of my purpose, and saying, further, that as soon as I have found my
brother, or had him restored to me, I will hold my hand and leave these
shores; but until then I will ravage the Spanish Main from end to end.
Thus, you--and your countrymen also, I hope--will see that it is to the
interest of every Spaniard in the Indies to find my brother and restore
him to me, alive and unhurt, as quickly as possible.  And do not forget
to lay full emphasis upon the words `alive and unhurt,' senor, because
if he has been slain, or even injured in any way, I will exact such
terrible reparation as shall linger in the memory of Spaniards for many
a long year.  It is in pursuance of my policy of exacting reparation for
my brother's detention that I have captured your ship.  I shall take
from her whatever I may find aboard her that will be of use to me; and,
that done, I shall land you all here on the island of Margarita, and
either sink or burn the _Santa Maria_."

"I presume, senor, from what you say, that you hold a commission from
the Queen of England, and that it is she who has dispatched you upon
your mission of retribution, in revenge for the attack upon her ships at
San Juan de Ulua.  Is that so?" demanded Don Pasquale.

"No, senor, it is not so," answered George.  "The Queen of England knows
nothing of this expedition, which is entirely a private venture of my
own."

"And the senor holds no commission?" continued the Don.

"No commission save what is conferred by this," answered George,
touching his sword.

"Then it would appear that I have fallen into the hands of a common
pirate, senor," remarked Don Pasquale through his teeth.

"If you choose to so regard me," answered George.

"_Bueno_!" remarked the Spaniard.  "Then I shall know what to do.  There
is no question of how I choose to regard you, senor.  You hold no
commission from your Queen, yet you have dared to make war upon the
lieges of his Most Catholic Majesty.  Therefore you are a pirate,
neither more nor less.  And as soon as it pleases you to release me I
shall make the best of my way to the Main, there to warn my countrymen
of your presence upon the coast, and your alleged object.  And you may
rest assured, senor, that within a month from this time every Spanish
ship in these seas will be on the look-out for you.  Your career of
piracy will then soon be cut short; and I shall live in the hope of
seeing you hanged as a warning and example to all other pirates."

"That is as may be," retorted George.  "You may be assured, Don
Pasquale, that I did not enter upon this expedition without a full
realisation of all the risks which it involved.  Let me again impress
upon you the urgency of remembering the words _alive and unhurt_ in
relation to my brother, when you make your report; for if anything has
been allowed to happen to him, I will hold responsible every Spaniard
who falls into my hands.  By the way, was there not something that you
were about to add when you were enumerating the items of your ship's
cargo?"

"There was, senor," answered Don Pasquale, "but I was then under the
impression that I had fallen into the hands of a fellow soldier.  But
now that I find my captor to be merely a common pirate, it is not
consonant with my honour to afford you any further information."

"As you please, senor," answered George, in nowise ruffled by the Don's
reiteration of the term "pirate," which in those days carried nothing
like the opprobrious signification that it bears to-day.  "It matters
not; for I shall cause your ship to be thoroughly searched from stem to
stern before I destroy her.  But as you seem to be imbued with so very
strong an animus against me, I must put you in confinement while your
ship is being searched, lest you should feel tempted to do something
which you would afterwards be sorry for."  So saying, young Saint Leger
threw open the door of a state-room in the lock of which he observed a
key and, signing to the Spaniard to enter, closed the door and locked
the man in, much to the haughty Don's undisguised disgust.  Then, having
first called in a man from the deck to stand sentry over the door, he
went out on deck to see how matters were proceeding there.

He found that the task of separating the wounded from the dead and the
disposal of the former as comfortably as might be on board the ships to
which they respectively belonged, was upon the eve of completion,
whereupon, after giving Dyer certain further orders, George called to
Heard, the purser, and a couple of seamen, to accompany him, and again
entering the cabin of the prize, proceeded to subject it to a thorough
systematic search, beginning with the captain's own private state-room.
Here, as George quite expected, they found, in a locked desk, a large
number of documents, including bills of lading, official instructions,
and so on; and among the latter a paper authorising Don Pasquale to
deliver over to Don Martin Enriquez, the Viceroy of Mexico, at San Juan
de Ulua, the sum of one hundred thousand gold pezos, to be used for
payment of the troops and the expenses connected with the government of
the country.  This was a prize indeed worth having, and George at once
proceeded to the cabin in which the Don was confined, and apprising him
of the discovery of the document, demanded to be informed where the
money was to be found.  But the Don flatly refused to supply the
information, admitting indeed that the treasure was aboard the ship, but
assuring George that it was so carefully concealed that no one but
himself would ever be able to lay hands upon it.  Whereupon George
locked the door again, slipped the key in his pocket, and sent for the
carpenter and carpenter's mate of the _Nonsuch_, with instructions to
come aboard the prize forthwith, bringing with them their tools.

George had a very shrewd suspicion that the money was concealed
somewhere down in the run of the ship, that being the part of a vessel
where treasure was usually stored, because there it would be under the
immediate care of the officers and quite out of reach of the crew; as
soon, therefore, as the carpenter and his mate joined them, the search
party entered the ship's lazarette and completely cleared it, sending
all the stores up on deck.  Then, not finding any traces of the money,
they tore up the temporary decking, and not to dwell unduly upon this
incident, at length found the treasure, in ten stout, iron-bound cases,
very cunningly stowed away in a secret chamber constructed right down
alongside the ship's keelson.  It was a difficult job to get the cases
on deck, they being heavy, and the space in which they were stowed very
confined; but, of course, they managed it at last, and late in the
afternoon the whole was transferred to the _Nonsuch_ and safely stowed
away in her treasure-room.  Meanwhile, Dyer had not been idle; and when
the transfer of the treasure had been effected, and George was free to
attend to other matters, the pilot reported that all the arms,
ammunition, and certain pieces of ordnance, had been removed from the
_Santa Maria_, as well as the large quantity of wine, provisions, rope,
canvas, and other matters that might possibly prove useful in the
future, and that--subject of course to George's approval--the prize
might now be abandoned.  Whereupon, after carefully perusing Dyer's
detailed list of the matters transferred, George issued orders that the
boats of both ships were to be lowered and the prisoners, wounded and
unwounded, sent down into them, after which the flotilla proceeded,
under a flag of truce, to the settlement, some two miles to windward,
where the Spaniards were landed.  There was a tense moment when, as the
flotilla approached the wharf, a body of armed men, numbering about a
hundred, suddenly swung into view from behind a cluster of buildings and
marched down toward the wharf as though intending to dispute the
landing.  But when George, in his gig, pulled fearlessly ahead until he
arrived within hail--and within musket-shot--and announced the object of
his coming, adding that, if any treachery were attempted, his ship would
bombard and utterly destroy the settlement, the armed men were hurriedly
marched back again out of sight, and the landing of the prisoners was
accomplished without difficulty or interference.

By the time that the boats got alongside again, after landing the
prisoners, the sun was within an hour of setting, and if the adventurers
desired to reach the open sea again before nightfall--as they most
assuredly did--it was time to bestir themselves.  George, therefore,
issued his orders, and while one party of his now pretty well exhausted
crew manned the capstan and proceeded to get the _Nonsuch's_ anchor, a
second were set to work to pass a towing hawser aboard the prize and
make it fast; after which the ships got under way, the _Santa Maria_
being in tow of the _Nonsuch_, and safely accomplished the passage of
the reef just as the sun's upper rim was disappearing beneath the
western horizon in a flaming glory of gold and crimson.  Then, as soon
as the ships had secured an offing of some three miles, rendering it
exceedingly unlikely that the prize would drive ashore and again fall
into the hands of her former crew, she was effectually set fire to and
abandoned.  This done, the exhausted crew were sent below to get a good
substantial meal, and the deck was left practically in charge of the
officers, the helmsman and a couple of hands to keep a look-out being
air of the crew who were required to keep the deck until the regular
night watches should be resumed.

This opportunity was seized by George to explain to the officers his
more immediate plans.  He reminded them that the primary object of the
expedition was to rescue his brother from the Spaniards, and pointed out
to them that since the stroke of good fortune which had fallen to their
lot, that day, had made them masters of enough booty to ensure the
financial success of the expedition, there was now no reason why the
great object of the voyage should be further delayed, and intimated his
intention of heading the ship directly for San Juan de Ulua.  And this
was at once agreed to, if not exactly cheerfully, at least with a fairly
good grace; for there were some on board the _Nonsuch_ who, having seen
how apparently easy it was to obtain rich booty, would fain have had the
ship proceed leisurely along the coast, touching at La Guaira, Porto
Cabello, La Hacha, Santa Marta, Cartagena--in fact at every spot along
the Main where the Spaniards had established themselves, holding the
towns to ransom and acquiring all the booty possible while working their
way westward.  But George would have none of it, he had already acquired
quite as much booty as he desired to possess at that moment; for he
wanted to keep his men keen, and he knew that nothing saps a man's
courage more, and makes him less willing to engage in a desperate
enterprise, than the possession of ample means, and he feared that if he
acquired too much treasure before he had succeeded in finding and
rescuing his brother, the crew might insist upon abandoning the quest
and returning home to enjoy the fruit of their spoils.  Therefore, as
soon as the south-western extremity of Margarita was cleared, the ship's
head was hauled up to west-north-west for the northern extremity of the
peninsula of Yucatan.

On the following forenoon a small island, the northern extremity of
which was studded with numerous outlying rocks, was sighted ahead, and
passed, close to the northward, about an hour before noon; and late on
in the afternoon another and somewhat larger island, grouped about with
innumerable rocky satellites, was sighted and passed to larboard.  Then
nothing more was seen until, on the fifth day out from Margarita, about
an hour before midnight, the alarm was suddenly raised that broken water
appeared ahead, and the ship was quickly brought to the wind, on the
starboard tack, just in time to avoid plunging headlong upon a reef
projecting from the northern extremity of a small island, of the
existence of which Dyer declared himself to be utterly ignorant.
Luckily for the adventurers, there was a half-moon riding high in the
sky, which, together with the highly phosphorescent state of the sea,
and the admirable look-out which was being maintained by George's
orders, enabled them to detect the danger in time to avoid it.

Hastily summoned from his bunk, upon the occurrence of the emergency,
George ascended to the poop, and carefully surveyed the situation.  To
the northward there appeared what looked like the loom of high land, but
if it was what it appeared to be, it was sufficiently distant to be of
no immediate consequence, and the young commander scarcely favoured it
with a second glance; it was his immediate surroundings that most
insistently claimed his immediate attention, for as a matter of fact the
ship had blundered up against what is now known as the Pedro Bank and
its cays, and there the latter lay, not more than a mile to leeward of
the ship, which was already in discoloured water, with the sea breaking
heavily at no great distance to the north of her and all round four
small islets within easy distance of each other.  Fortunately, the
weather was fine, and a very brief study of the situation sufficed to
convince Saint Leger that the ship was not in any danger, now that the
islands had been seen and timely measures taken to avoid running upon
them.  But the sight of them had crystallised in his mind an idea that
had been floating there during the last few days, ever since they had
left Margarita, indeed, and he issued orders for sail to be reduced, and
for the ship to dodge to and fro to windward of the islets, keeping them
in sight until the morning.  For he had suddenly made up his mind to
devote a few hours to the examination of these islets by daylight, with
the object of determining their suitability as a hiding-place for the
treasure which he now had on board.  He regarded it as altogether too
valuable to be risked in a fight with its accompanying possibilities of
capture, and he felt convinced, from occasional remarks which had
reached his ears, that all hands would fight with greater freedom, and
much easier minds, if they felt that, in the event of a reverse, their
loss would be confined to that of the ship, and possibly their own
freedom--strange to say, they were quite willing to risk the latter,
convinced that if they fell into the hands of the enemy their loss of
freedom would be but temporary, but if they chanced to lose the treasure
it would be gone for ever.

Accordingly the ship dodged off and on during the remaining hours of the
night, and at daybreak George was called, and at once proceeded into the
foretop, accompanied by Dyer, where the pair again carefully
reconnoitred their surroundings.  From this elevation it was seen that
the four islets occupied the south-eastern extremity of a shoal, or
bank, of somewhat irregular shape, widening out from a point at its
eastern extremity, to a width of some twenty-five miles at the spot
occupied by the islets, and stretching away in a westerly direction to
the very verge of the horizon, and possibly farther still.  The four
islets lay in a group, about four miles apart, nearly equidistant from
each other, and ran in a direction approximately North-North-East, and
South-South-West, the most southerly islet standing quite close to the
edge of the shoal.  The one next it to the northward, which was the
largest of them all, was only a very small affair, being about half a
mile long by about a quarter of a mile broad.  But it was the
northernmost islet that chiefly appealed to George.  All of them were
low and shaggy with stunted bush, but this one stood higher out of the
water than any of the others, being some twelve or fifteen feet high at
its highest part; moreover it had a few coconut trees upon it, which the
others had not, and the young captain was quick to see how usefully
these might be employed as landmarks in the event of his determining to
bury the treasure there.  Accordingly, as soon as he and his companion
had familiarised themselves with the features of the place, George
descended to the deck and took command of the ship, leaving Dyer perched
aloft to act as pilot and con the ship to her anchorage.  Half an hour
later the _Nonsuch_, having slid round the tail of a reef that jutted
out about half a mile from the southern extremity of the island, clewed
up her canvas and came to an anchor at a distance of less than a quarter
of a mile from the beautifully smooth, sandy beach, and all hands went
below to breakfast.

As George more than half-expected, there was a very marked disposition
to murmur and to betray strong dissatisfaction when it came to be known
that the captain had called a halt at this little group of desolate,
uninteresting islets with the express object of burying the rich booty
that had been so easily acquired, some of the malcontents going so far
as to express aloud their firm conviction that when once the islets had
been lost sight of it would be impossible to ever find them again.  And
such a fear was by no means ill-founded, for it must be remembered that
when George Saint Leger embarked upon his great adventure the science of
navigation was in a very different condition from what it now is.
Latitude was only determinable very roughly by means of one or another
of two crude instruments, one of which was called the _astrolabe_ and
the other the _cross staff_, while there was no method of determining
the longitude at all, save by what is now known as the "dead reckoning,"
that is to say, a more or less careful record of the courses steered and
the distances sailed; hence when mariners ventured out of sight of land
their only means of reaching any desired point was to sail north or
south until they reached the latitude of their port, and then steer east
or west, as the case might be, until they arrived at their destination,
this plan being further complicated by the intrusion of obstacles in the
shape of headlands and what not in the way.  But George Saint Leger
happened to be better equipped in this respect than perhaps any other
man of his time; for as has already been mentioned, he was a lad of
ideas, and one of those ideas was that there ought to be some way of
ascertaining the longitude of a ship, if one could but hit upon it; and
further, that such a way having been found, a mariner might fearlessly
venture out of sight of land, remain out of sight of it as long as he
pleased, and go whither he pleased, with the certainty of being able to
find his way back again.  Then, with this postulate firmly fixed in his
mind, he had set himself to work in his leisure time to thrash out the
question of accurately determining the longitude of an unknown place in
relation to a known place.  He was convinced that the world was round,
globular in shape, although there were many learned men who disputed
this assertion, and he also knew that the world revolved on its own axis
once in twenty-four hours.  Also he knew that when the sun, in the
course of its apparent passage round the earth, attained its highest
point in the heavens, it was noon at that place, and his astrolabe
afforded him the means of determining that moment.  Then, still
following the train of thought connected with the earth's diurnal
revolution upon its axis whereby the sun was brought to the meridian
every day at noon, he had not much difficulty in reasoning out the fact
that it cannot possibly be noon at any two or more places at the same
moment unless they happen to be situated on the same meridian, or, in
other words, are of the same longitude.  From this to the assurance that
the difference in time between any two places was equivalent to the
difference in longitude between them was an easy step, and led naturally
enough to the next, which was that, if he happened to possess a time-
piece showing, say, the time at Plymouth, he could, by comparing this
with the moment of noon somewhere else, as ascertained by his astrolabe,
determine the exact distance of that place east or west of Plymouth.
The rest was easy; he went to a certain watchmaker in London and ordered
the best watch that could be made for money, the cost of it absorbing
most of his savings; and this watch, carefully regulated and rated,
showing Plymouth time, he took with him when he embarked upon his great
adventure in the _Nonsuch_, and by means of it he had succeeded in
ascertaining pretty accurately the longitude of Barbados, Trinidad, and
Margarita, and intended also to ascertain the longitude of the islet
upon which he proposed to bury his treasure.  All this he explained to
his crew as well as he could drive so abstruse a matter into their thick
heads, and although it is more than doubtful whether any of them
understood his explanation, they understood at least that "the Cap'n"
was assuring them that he possessed some occult means of finding the
islets again, and with that they were fain to be satisfied.  It never
occurred to them, poor souls, that if the captain lost his watch, or
allowed it to run down, his means of finding the islets again would be
gone, otherwise it is exceedingly unlikely that they would ever have
agreed to his taking the risk.

As soon as breakfast was over, one of the boats was lowered, and George,
accompanied by half a dozen men provided with pickaxes and shovels, went
ashore, to prepare a suitable hiding-place for the treasure, while Dyer,
and Heard, the purser, assisted by the sailmaker, swathed the chest
containing the pearls in several folds of tarred canvas, the outer coat
of all being thickly smeared with pitch, in order to preserve the
delicate gems from injury through being buried in more or less damp
earth.  The shore party had no difficulty in selecting a suitable spot
for the burial, the precise point being determinable again at any time
by a series of carefully taken and equally carefully recorded cross
bearings; and by the time that a hole of suitable dimensions and depth
had been excavated, a signal was flying on board the _Nonsuch_ that all
the preparations there had been completed and that the treasure was
ready for removal, with the result that before the arrival of mid-day
the whole of the treasure was safely deposited in its hiding-place, the
soil shovelled back into the hole and well rammed down, and all traces
of the excavation carefully obliterated.  Then all hands returned to the
ship just in time for George to make his noontide observations for the
determination of the position of the islets.  The anchor was then hove
up and the _Nonsuch_ stood out to sea again, while, despite their
captain's assurances to the contrary, most of the crew were more than
half convinced that they would never again set eyes upon the treasure
which they had taken so much trouble to put out of sight.

Three uneventful days later land was sighted on the larboard bow, and
late in the afternoon the headland at the north-eastern extremity of
Yucatan peninsula was passed at a distance of some twelve miles, and the
course was altered to due west for the run along the northern coast of
the peninsula.  It was near this spot that, just a year earlier, the
squadron under Captain Hawkins' command had encountered the two
successive hurricanes which had played such havoc with them as to compel
them to run to San Juan de Ulua to refit, with the result that
irremediable disaster had overtaken them; and Dyer, who had looked
forward with considerable trepidation to the time when he would again be
called upon to sail those treacherous seas, was loud in his
thanksgivings for the good fortune which had thus far attended them, for
nothing could be more satisfactory and delightful than the weather which
the voyagers were now experiencing, the only drawback to their content
being an unaccountably heavy sea into which they ran about midnight, and
which Dyer was inclined to regard as the forerunner of the much dreaded
hurricane.  With the passage of the hours, however, the violence of the
sea manifested a tendency to moderate, which caused the more experienced
ones among the crew to arrive at the conclusion that, instead of being
the forerunner of a hurricane, the turbulent sea was merely the
aftermath of one which had very recently blown itself out.

And this conclusion was abundantly verified on the following day, for
about mid-morning a floating object was sighted on the starboard bow
which, as the _Nonsuch_ drew nearer, proved to be the hull of a small
ship, dismasted, floating low in the water, and rolling horribly in the
trough of the sea.  Then, as now, the sight of a ship in distress always
appeals irresistibly to the humanity of the British seaman and no sooner
was the character of the floating object identified than the helm of the
_Nonsuch_ was shifted and she was headed for the wreck.  Shortly
afterwards the Spanish ensign was hoisted half-way up the ensign staff
of the stranger, thus declaring not only her nationality but also that
she was in distress, a fact which was sufficiently obvious to all with
eyes to see.

When the _Nonsuch_ had arrived within about a mile of the heavily
labouring craft, George ordered sail to be shortened, and announced to
his officers his intention to stand by the wreck until the sea should
moderate sufficiently to enable boats to be lowered, when he would take
off the crew, and every preparation was made accordingly.  The English
ship was so manoeuvred as to enable her to pass athwart the stranger's
stern and heave-to close under the lee of the latter; and presently, as
the space between the two craft rapidly narrowed, George was enabled to
distinguish, painted in large letters, the name _Dona Catalina_.
Springing into the weather main rigging of his own ship, the young
commander waited until but a few fathoms separated the two vessels, and
he was able to clearly distinguish the features of the three men who
were clinging desperately to the shattered poop bulwark rail of the
wreck, and then, with his hand placed trumpet-wise to his mouth as he
stood with his back supported by the rigging, he hailed in Spanish:

"Ho! the _Catalina_, ahoy!  Do you wish to be taken off?"

"_Si, Senor, si, si_," answered a short, stout, black-bearded individual
who formed one of the trio on the stranger's poop, "we are full of water
and sinking.  Take us off, for the love of God!  We have pumped until we
can pump no more, our strength being completely exhausted, and the leak
is gaining on us rapidly."

"Very well," returned George.  "I will remain near you until the sea
goes down sufficiently to launch a boat.  Until then you must do the
best you can."

"But, Senor," shrieked the black-bearded one, "if you wait until then it
will be too late.  It will be hours before the sea goes down enough to
permit of a boat being launched, and meanwhile our ship is filling fast.
Cannot you devise some means of taking us off at once?  See how we are
rolling, and how the sea is breaking over us!  Every moment I am in fear
that a heavier sea than usual will strike us and roll our vessel
completely over.  Holy Mother of God!  Do not leave us to drown like
rats in a trap, Senor!"

But by this time the two craft had drifted so far apart that further
speech just then was impossible, and as George descended from the
rigging he gave orders to fill the main topsail and get way on the ship
again.  Then he ascended to the poop and joined Dyer, who was already
there.

"Well, Cap'n, what be us goin' to do?" demanded the pilot, whose
knowledge of Spanish was just sufficient to enable him to gather the
drift of what had passed.  "Shall us wait a bit longer, and chance the
hooker stayin' right side up till the sea do go down a bit more; or
shall us try to launch a boat?  I don't doubt but what, if us watches
carefully and works quickly, we can get a boat afloat and unhooked; but
us couldn't get alongside the wrack to take her people off--they'd have
to jump overside and trust to we to pick mun up.  Then how would us all
get out of the boat a'terwards and get mun hoisted up again?  But it do
surely look to me as though we must do some'at pretty soon, because I
don't believe as that wrack'll last so very much longer.  Look to mun,
how her do roll, and look how the sea do breach her!  There must be tons
o' water a-pouring down into her hold every minute, and--Lard be
merciful--there a goeth.  She be turnin' over now, as I'm a livin'--No,
no; 'tis all right; her be rightin' again, but Cap'n, her can't live
much longer to that rate."

"No," agreed George, who, like Dyer, had been breathlessly watching the
outrageous antics of the waterlogged craft, and had seen how very nearly
she had come to capsizing as the sea flung her up and hove her over on
her beam ends--"I'm afraid she cannot.  As you say, something must be
done if we are to save those poor wretches; but the only thing that I
can think of is to at least make the attempt to launch a boat.  We will
get to windward of the wreck, and then, everything having been
previously made ready, we will lower a boat and--if we can get away
without being stove--run down to the wreck in the `smooth' of the
_Nonsuch's_ lee; get under the lee of the wreck; and her people must
jump overboard, two or three at a time, and trust to us to pick them up.
I will take command of the boat, and as soon as you see us safely under
the lee of the wreck you must fill and keep away, pass to leeward of the
wreck, and heave-to as close to her as you can, when we will come round
under your lee and get the people aboard one at a time by means of a
`whip' from the lee mainyard-arm, trusting to luck for the chance to get
the boat aboard again without smashing her to staves.  Now try her
about, Dyer; I think we ought to be able to fetch well to windward of
her now.  And I believe the starboard quarter boat will be the easiest
to lower and unhook."



CHAPTER SEVEN.

HOW THEY CAME TO SAN JUAN DE ULUA.

Having explained to Dyer his proposed scheme of operations, George left
to the pilot the task of attending to the necessary manoeuvring of the
ship, and, going forward, called for four volunteers to go with him in
the boat to handle her and assist, if it might be, in saving the
unfortunate crew of the Spanish ship.  As he had anticipated, he met
with no difficulty in obtaining a sufficient number of men for his
purpose, four of his old _Bonaventure's_ at once stepping forward at his
call.  Directing these men to follow him, he then returned aft to where
the boat he intended to use hung swinging from the davits and, pointing
to her, instructed his volunteers to enter her, remove the plug from her
bottom to allow all the water to run out of her, and, while this was
doing, pass out the masts, sails, and all other gear not absolutely
required in the execution of the task which the intrepid quintette were
about to undertake.  Then, these things being done, the plug was
returned to its place and driven well home, the oars were unlashed, the
thole pins shipped, the tackle falls well-greased, the coils cast off
the belaying pins, and every preparation made for the delicate operation
of launching.  While these matters were being attended to the young
captain stood looking on, directing the men's movements, and pondering
upon the difficulty which he foresaw in connection with the quick
release of the boat from her tackles as soon as she should become water-
borne.  It was absolutely necessary that this should be infallibly
accomplished at precisely the right instant, otherwise there was the
risk on the one hand of the boat being smashed to staves by being
violently dashed against the side of the heavily rolling ship; or, upon
the other, of her being released at one end only, in which case the
unreleased end of the boat would be lifted high out of the water again
by the counter roll of the ship and her crew all flung into the water.

Suddenly he saw his way clear; the solution of the difficulty had come
to him, and he issued his orders rapidly, for time was pressing, the
_Nonsuch_ had been hove about, and was now bearing down to take up a
position just to windward of the wreck.  First of all, the boat was
temporarily slung by stout ropes from the davit ends; then the tackles
were let go and unhooked.  Next, two stout rope strops were passed
through the ringbolts by which the boat was suspended from the tackles
and one bight passed through the other and secured in place by a well-
greased toggle, or piece of wood capable of being easily and quickly
withdrawn; and finally the bights thus formed were passed over the hooks
of the blocks, the tackles, were boused taut and made fast again, and
the temporary supports were cast off, thus leaving the boat once more
suspended by the tackles.  George explained the device to the men, and
when he was satisfied that they perfectly understood the working of it,
ordered them into the boat, himself following them and stationing
himself at the craft's tiller, when a short wait occurred during which
the _Nonsuch_ was working her way toward the position necessary for the
success of the experiment which was about to be made.

At length the critical moment arrived; the _Nonsuch_ rolled and plunged,
with creaking timbers and groaning yards, up to windward of and some
fifty fathoms distant from the wallowing Spaniard, and, the mainyard
having been backed with perfect judgment by Dyer, came to a standstill
exactly abreast the dismasted hulk, thus affording a lee and
comparatively smooth water in which her boat might make a dash for the
wreck; then, taking advantage of a heavy lee roll, the boat was very
smartly lowered away upon an even keel, and struck the water with a
resounding splash.

"Let go!" yelled George, as he felt the boat take the water, and prompt
at the word the two men who were stationed at the tackles drew the well-
greased toggles, releasing the boat, oars were thrown out, and away
dashed the boat right down to leeward, heading to pass under the stern
of the wreck and come up in the comparatively sheltered water under her
lee.  The passage was but a short one, and some three minutes later the
small craft, tossed buoyantly aloft upon the great foaming surges, had
safely passed under the stern of the _Dona Catalina_ and rounded-to
under her lee.  Then the _Nonsuch_, which had by this time driven down
perilously near to the wreck, filled away again and just managed to
handsomely draw clear.

The three Spaniards were still clinging for their lives to the broken
bulwarks, and as George looked up he caught a momentary glimpse of some
seven or eight other heads peering over the rail down in the vessel's
waist; but there was nothing to indicate that anything had been done by
those on board to help those who were risking their own lives to save
theirs.  There was no time for argument or discussion, however;
therefore George simply hailed the trio on the poop, tersely explaining
that he dared not attempt to lay the boat alongside, and that
consequently those who were anxious to have a chance for life must
simply jump overboard and trust to those in the boat to pick them up.
And at the same time he directed the two bow oarsmen to lay in their
oars and hold themselves ready to pick up those who cared to jump while
the other two oarsmen paddled the boat up as close to the heaving and
staggering wreck as it was prudent to go.

Then ensued a long and heated debate among the Spaniards themselves, not
one of whom seemed to possess the courage necessary to trust himself
even momentarily to the raging sea, during which the crew of the boat
patiently maintained their position within a fathom or so of the
wallowing hulk; but at length some sort of a decision seemed to have
been arrived at, for the short, stout, black-bearded man suddenly made
his appearance at the gangway, grasping a handspike, and, having first
inquired whether those in the boat were ready, and receiving an
affirmative reply, sprang outward, feet foremost.  He struck the water
within less than half a fathom of the boat, vanished beneath the surface
for a moment, and re-appeared, coughing and spitting, still convulsively
clutching the handspike, close enough to enable those in the boat to
instantly seize him by the collar and haul him in over the gunwale, none
the worse for his plunge and dip.  He was at once hustled aft into the
stern sheets, out of the way, and his rescue had been effected with such
absolute promptitude and simplicity that there was now no further
hesitation on the part of those left behind, who, one after another,
presented themselves at the gangway, some provided with handspikes, some
with oars, and one or two with short lengths of planking, or a grating,
and leaped, with the courage of desperation, into the swirling foam, to
the number of just a dozen.  Then, as no more appeared, George inquired
where the remainder were; upon which the black-bearded man, after
counting heads, informed him that all the living had now left the ship,
the rest of the crew having been either killed or washed overboard when
the ship became dismasted.

And now came the most difficult part of the whole undertaking, namely,
getting the boat and its cargo safe aboard the parent ship.  The
_Nonsuch_ was just then about a mile distant from the derelict, hove-to
on the larboard tack, awaiting a signal from George indicating that the
rescue had been effected and that he was now ready to make the great
attempt.  That signal was now made by lashing a handkerchief to the end
of a boathook and waving it wildly in the air; upon seeing which, Dyer,
who had been manoeuvring the ship with the most consummate judgment,
filled upon her and brought her close up under the derelict's lee.
Then, and not until then, George gave the word, and the now heavily
loaded boat, floating deep in the water, headed out from under the
sheltering lee of the derelict, made a dash across the short space of
turbulent surges that separated her from the _Nonsuch_, accomplished the
passage safely, slipped round under the stern of the ship, now once more
hove-to on the larboard tack, and rounded-to in the comparative "smooth"
of her lee.

But now that she was there, how were the people to be got out of her?
For it was just as dangerous to attempt to lay her alongside the
_Nonsuch_ as it had been to make the same attempt with the _Dona
Catalina_.  But Dyer had seen to this; for while the boat had been
absent on her errand of mercy the pilot had ordered a block to be lashed
to the starboard mainyard-arm, a whip rove through it, a boatswain's
chair made fast to the end of the whip, and a hauling line bent on to
the boatswain's chair; and when the boat ranged up under the _Nonsuch's_
lee, there was the whole apparatus dangling in the air, ready to effect
the transfer.  To manoeuvre the boat under it and to lower the chair
into the boat was an easy matter, when all that remained was for a man
to get into the contrivance and be hoisted aloft and hauled into safety.
The transfer of the twelve rescued Spaniards was safely accomplished in
considerably less than an hour; and now all that remained was to hook on
the boat and hoist her up to the davits.  Yes; that was all; but it was
the most difficult and delicate part of the whole undertaking; yet the
seamanship of George and Dyer proved equal to the task, and another
quarter of an hour saw the boat once more safely dangling at the davits,
with scarcely a scratch on her paint to show what a trying ordeal she
had passed through, and the _Nonsuch_ was again speeding away to the
westward, leaving the derelict to her not long delayed fate.

The quarter boat safely hoisted, George at once turned his attention to
his guests.  The black-bearded man, it appeared, was the captain of the
ill-fated _Dona Catalina_, and he introduced himself as simply Captain
Robledo Martinez, without the pretentious prefix of "Don" or anything
else.  Him, George took under his own wing, ordering a cot to be slung
for him down on the half-deck, with a screen of canvas triced up round
it to insure privacy.  The poor fellow, like all the rest of the rescued
Spaniards, had, of course, only the clothes that he stood up in, and
they were dripping wet; but, fortunately, the _Nonsuch_ was well
provided in the matter of slop chests, and Captain Martinez, together
with the other survivors of the _Dona Catalina_, was soon rigged afresh.

It transpired that the Spanish vessel was on her way from Cartagena to
San Juan de Ulua, with despatches to the Viceroy of Mexico, when she
encountered the hurricane that had overwhelmed her, and that, before
being rescued, her crew had been exposed to the full fury of the
elements for twenty-six hours, in momentary expectation that the vessel
would founder under their feet; they were therefore given a warm meal,
and then dispatched below to make up their arrears of rest and recover
from the exhaustion induced by prolonged exposure.

But the conjunction of the names Cartagena and San Juan de Ulua,
casually mentioned by Martinez in his brief conversation with George
before retiring below, set the young Englishman thinking hard.  The
conjunction was suggestive, to say the least of it; for Cartagena was
the city from which the plate fleet convoy started upon its annual long
ocean voyage to Spain, accompanied by the Cartagena contingent of plate
ships, with which it proceeded to Nombre de Dios--regarded as "The
Treasure-House of the World"--to take charge of the ships which
proceeded thence annually, loaded with treasure of incalculable value
for the replenishment of the Spanish coffers; while from thence the
combined fleet was wont to proceed to San Juan, there to be joined by
the ships carrying the Mexican contribution of treasure, of scarcely
less value than that shipped from Nombre.  George Saint Leger had not
been for so many months intimately associated with Dyer, the pilot of
the expedition, and a survivor of the disaster which had overtaken
Admiral John Hawkins at San Juan de Ulua only a year previously, without
hearing all about the twelve large treasure galleons which the Devonians
had found lying defenceless in the harbour of that city when they
arrived there, torn and shattered by such a hurricane as that which had
reduced the _Dona Catalina_ to a waterlogged and sinking hulk, and he
wondered whether perchance it might be his good fortune to find another
such fleet in the harbour upon his arrival there.  If so--well, Admiral
Hawkins had spared the treasure which he found there, for the best of
all reasons, namely, that his own ships were in no condition to engage
in a fight with the shore batteries, which it would be necessary to
silence before he could seize the plate ships, while, on the other hand,
it was imperative that he should enter the harbour to refit, and he
could not do so without the consent of the Spanish authorities;
therefore he had been obliged to sign a convention whereby in
consideration of his receiving permission to refit in peace and without
hindrance, he was to leave the plate ships unmolested.  Hawkins had
scrupulously adhered to his part of the agreement, but the Spaniards had
deliberately broken theirs; and George was determined that now they
should dearly pay for their treachery, if Dame Fortune would but favour
him.  He talked the matter over, first with Dyer, and then they together
discussed it with Basset, the captain of the soldiers, and Heard, the
purser; with the result that it was unanimously agreed among them that
they would make a determined attempt upon the fleet, if it should happen
to be in harbour upon their arrival.

But, in order to insure the success of their daring project, it was
necessary that they should be possessed of the fullest information
possible; therefore when Martinez came on deck that evening, after
several hours of refreshing sleep, George informed the unfortunate man,
in a perfectly friendly way, that he and the survivors of his crew were
prisoners; and demanded to know what had become of the despatches with
which he had been entrusted.  Martinez, who proved to be quite a simple
straightforward sailor, at once replied that he had them in his pocket;
and upon Saint Leger demanding them he handed them over with merely a
formal protest; whereupon George found himself possessed of a small
packet carefully enveloped in several folds of oiled silk in which the
honest skipper had wrapped them prior to jumping overboard, when
escaping from his wrecked ship.

Of course George opened the despatches forthwith, to find that they
consisted, for the most part, of documents which possessed no interest
at all for him; but there was one letter which furnished him with
precisely the information that it was most important for him to possess.
It was from the Governor of the city of Cartagena, and was addressed to
"His Excellency Don Martin Enriquez, Viceroy of his Most Catholic
Majesty's Province of Mexico, etcetera, etcetera, etcetera," and was to
the effect that, news having reached the writer from Lima that an
epidemic of sickness had broken out among a large body of soldiers due
to return home with that year's plate fleet, the sailing of the Lima
contingent had been postponed, to allow time for the epidemic to exhaust
itself; and that therefore the departure of the convoy from Cartagena
had likewise been postponed.  The object of this letter, the writer went
on to say, was to acquaint His Excellency with the fact of, and reason
for, the delay, that he might not be rendered unduly anxious, through
the non-arrival of the convoy; and to request that on no account should
the plate ships be allowed to proceed to sea until the arrival of the
convoy under the protection of which they were to make the homeward
voyage.  Which meant, as George pointed out to his officers when he
translated the document to them, that upon their arrival at San Juan de
Ulua, they would assuredly find a certain number of plate ships in the
harbour, laden with treasure, and quite defenceless, save for such
protection as the shore batteries might be able to afford.  It was the
chance of a lifetime, _if_ they could but render those shore batteries
innocuous; and an informal council of war was at once held in the great
state cabin of the _Nonsuch_ to decide how this most desirable end might
be achieved.

To start with, Dyer, who was the only man among them who had ever been
in the harbour of San Juan de Ulua, was furnished with pencil and paper,
and commanded to draw a chart of the place, to scale, as nearly as he
could, from memory; and after half an hour's arduous labour--for chart
drawing was not one of Dyer's strong points--he produced a sketch that,
rough as it was, promised to be of the utmost value to the adventurers.
For it showed how, owing to the conformation of the land, Hawkins, with
his small squadron, had, a year ago, been able to keep the whole of the
Spanish fleet from entering the harbour until he had concluded an
agreement with the treacherous Viceroy to permit them to do so; and how
a small, well-found fleet outside might, if not driven off by bad
weather, effectually blockade the port and prevent the escape of all
shipping from it.  Further than that, it disclosed to the more acute
perceptions of George and Basset, the fact, which Dyer's denser
intellect had failed to grasp, that the much dreaded batteries had been
mainly constructed, not so much to defend the place from an attack by
sea, but to render a land attack by Indians practically impossible.  For
if the chart were correctly drawn--and Dyer was very straitly questioned
upon this particular point--it showed that there was a certain spot in
the harbour where, if a ship were moored, she would be sheltered from
the fire of both batteries while at the same time the entire town,
which, after all, was but a very small place, would be fully exposed to
the artillery fire of the ship.  Once completely satisfied upon this
point, Saint Leger and Basset believed they saw their way to the capture
and subjugation of the town, and laid their plans accordingly.

Three days later, shortly after noon, they made the land and, as soon as
Dyer had verified his bearings, hove-to for the night, some ten miles
off-shore and well out of sight of the town, the day being by then too
far advanced to permit of decisive action.  But with the first
appearance of dawn on the following day, sail was made, and the
_Nonsuch_ stood boldly into San Juan de Ulua harbour and came to an
anchor in the spot previously determined upon, where, as Dyer's chart
had indicated, she was safe from the fire of the two batteries which had
been constructed to defend the northern and southern extremities of the
town, which were its most vulnerable points, from a land attack.  Twelve
large plate ships were riding at anchor in the harbour, of which ten
appeared to be fully loaded, while cargo was being actively transferred
from the shore to the other two when the English ship ran in and
anchored between them and the shore.

The appearance of the _Nonsuch_ in the harbour was immediately
productive of something very nearly approaching to panic, both in the
town and on board the plate ships; for she had entered with the cross of
Saint George flaunting from her ensign staff, and the first impression
of the Spaniards was that their dreaded enemy, Drake, had returned; the
bells of the cathedral clanged out a wild alarm; and it was seen that
the crews of some of the plate ships were making hasty preparations to
get under way, with the evident object of attempting to escape to the
open sea.  This last, of course, had to be at once put a stop to;
therefore the moment that the anchor was down, George caused a boat to
be lowered, and, with its crew armed to the teeth, pulled round the
Spanish fleet, hailing each ship belonging to it, and informing the
captains that any ship seen to be getting under way would at once be
fired into and sunk.  This threat, backed up as it was by the display of
the English ship's ordnance, had the desired effect, and there were no
further attempts at flight just then on the part of the plate ships.

George's next act was to send Captain Martinez, of the wrecked _Dona
Catalina_, ashore in one of the _Nonsuch's_ boats, under a flag of
truce.  The captain was handed his dispatches, and was instructed to
either deliver or forward them to the persons to whom they were
addressed; and he was also given a letter addressed to the governor or
chief magistrate of the town, summoning that functionary, together with
twelve of the most influential inhabitants of the place, to a conference
on board the English ship, upon a matter of vital import; the conference
to begin not later than noon that day; the penalty of non-attendance
being the bombardment of the town.  Then, every preparation having been
made to carry into effect the threatened bombardment, the English sat
down and patiently awaited developments.

Half an hour before the expiration of the specified time a large boat,
flying a flag of truce, was seen to leave the wharf, and some ten
minutes later she came up to within a few fathoms of the _Nonsuch_
gangway, when it was seen that, in addition to eight oarsmen, she
carried in her stern sheets thirteen men, most of whom had passed beyond
middle age, while all were, in appearance at least, and so far as dress
was concerned, men of position and substance.

Arrived within easy hailing distance, the oarsmen ceased their efforts
at a sign from the man at the tiller, and an elderly individual, attired
in what might be supposed to be robes of office, rose to his feet and,
doffing his plumed hat, bowed to the little group of officers mustered
on the ship's poop.  Then, hat in hand, he remarked:

"Noble senors, I am Juan Alvarez, the alcalde of San Juan de Ulua, very
much at your service; and in response to your somewhat imperatively
worded letter I and my fellow townsmen have come out to confer with you.
But before we board your ship I should like to ask you just one
question.  I see by your flag that you are English.  Come you in peace,
or in war, senors?"

"That," answered George, stepping forward, "is for you and your fellow
townsmen to decide.  But meanwhile I give you the assurance of an
Englishman who has never yet broken his word to friend or foe, that you
may come aboard without fear, and that when our conference is at an end
you shall all be permitted to return to the shore without molestation--
unless it becomes apparent that hostages are necessary."

The old gentleman bowed and, still with his hat in his hand, ventured
upon a further inquiry.  "And pray, noble senor, who is to determine
whether or not hostages are regarded as necessary?" he demanded.

"I and my officers will determine that point," answered George.  "But,"
he continued, "I give you the further assurance that, should we decide
upon the necessity to retain any of you as hostages, their persons will
be as safe, and they will be treated with as much honour, on board this
ship, as in their own houses--unless treachery of any kind be attempted,
in which case I will hang them at my yard-arms as a wholesome warning to
others."

This statement caused the utmost perturbation to the alcalde and his
companions, as might easily be seen, for they all at once started to
their feet and burst into excited conversation.  But, as is usual in
such cases, there were two or three--of whom the alcalde was one--who
soon obtained an ascendency over the rest, quieting them and themselves
carrying on the discussion; and after some ten minutes of earnest debate
the rest sat down, leaving the alcalde standing alone to propound a
still further question.

"Illustrious senor," he said, addressing himself to George, "my
companions and I feel that, before we proceed further, or place
ourselves altogether in your power, it is very necessary that we should
know what acts you would be likely to construe as treachery on our
part."

"The reply to such a question is not difficult," replied George.  "We
should regard as an act of treachery any attempt on the part of either
of those ships to put to sea; and also any attempt to attack us at
disadvantage and without due warning, such as was perpetrated last year,
in this very harbour, on my countryman, Admiral Hawkins."

This answer was received with much shaking of heads and uplifting of
hands, followed by further eager consultation and debate, which ended at
last by the alcalde putting a further and final question:

"And, in the event of our refusing to board your ship under such
conditions, senor, what will happen?"

"You will be permitted to return to the shore without molestation,"
answered George.  "But," he continued, "as soon as you shall have
arrived and are landed, I shall seize every ship in this harbour; and,
that done, shall proceed to bombard your town until you see fit to
surrender it to me unconditionally!"

More perturbation, more shaking of heads and agitated waving of hands,
followed by further excited discussion lasting for close upon a quarter
of an hour, after which the alcalde, standing in the midst of his
companions and again addressing himself to George, observed:

"Most illustrious senor, we, the alcalde and twelve of the
representatives of the inhabitants of the city of San Juan de Ulua, have
decided to rely upon your assurances, and now declare ourselves ready to
board your ship, there to listen with all deference and attention to
such communication as you may desire to make to us."  And therewith the
old gentleman, bowing with much dignity, seated himself, replaced his
hat, and gave an order to the steersman of the boat, who repeated it to
the oarsmen; whereupon the boat got under way and pulled up alongside to
where the gangway ladder already hung over the side for the
accommodation of the Committee.  And while this was doing, George,
followed by his little knot of officers, descended from the poop to the
main deck and grouped themselves about the gangway in readiness to
receive their by no means willing visitors.

Don Juan Alvarez, the alcalde of San Juan de Ulua, was the first to
ascend the side and pass through the _Nonsuch's_ gangway, when, again
removing his hat and bowing profoundly to the little group of
Englishmen, he stood aside until his twelve companions had joined him,
when he proceeded to ceremoniously introduce them, one after the other,
until he had named them all.  Then George followed suit in like fashion,
first introducing himself and then each of his officers to the group of
visitors.

This ceremony duly performed, the alcalde once more took up the tale.

"Most illustrious senors," he said, bowing to the Englishmen
collectively, "touching the exceedingly delicate matter of treachery,
you have the assurance of myself and colleagues that, so far as the city
is concerned, you may absolutely depend that nothing of an overt nature
shall be permitted to occur until an understanding of some sort--an
amicable one, we all trust--shall have been arrived at between us.  But
with regard to the ships in the harbour, we feel that we cannot
undertake to be answerable for the conduct of their captains and crews,
since we have had no opportunity to communicate with them; we therefore
venture to suggest that, in order to avoid anything in the nature of an
untoward event, I, as chief magistrate, be permitted to write and
dispatch to each ship an order embodying the instructions contained in
the communication received by me, through your courtesy, this morning,
from the governor of Cartagena."

"Or, perhaps, what would be still better," replied George, "I would
advise that you write an open order to the captain and chief officer of
each ship, commanding their immediate presence here.  I will then place
them in honourable confinement until our negotiations are concluded,
when we will, of course, release them.  By adopting such a course I
think we may make quite sure that none of them, through mistaken zeal,
will do anything to interrupt the smooth course of our rather delicate
negotiations.  What say you?"

The idea at once strongly commended itself to the party, who, it was
quite evident, were more deeply interested in the preservation of their
own skins than in anything else, and who, it was equally evident, were
mortally afraid that some over-zealous individual might be tempted to do
something for which this stern-faced young Englishman would hold them
accountable; accordingly the order was written in the cabin of the
_Nonsuch_, summoning the commanding officers and their immediate
subordinates to at once assemble on board the English ship to assist in
the arrangement of a matter of vital importance to themselves and the
city; and when it had been submitted to and approved by George and his
officers, the alcalde's boat was despatched with instructions to go the
round of the plate ship fleet, show the order, and bring the officers
back upon her return.  That done, refreshments--including a liberal
service of wine taken out of the _Santa Maria_--were placed upon the
table in the state cabin, and the alcalde and his companions were
invited to partake thereof pending the arrival of the men from the
ships; but they were much too anxious to do justice to the viands spread
before them, and would fain have forthwith proceeded to the business
which they had been summoned to discuss.  But George refused to say a
word until the officers of the plate ships were safe under hatches; and
a long interval now elapsed during which the anxiety and apprehension of
the alcalde and his associates visibly increased, which was precisely
the effect that the astute young captain desired to produce.  At length,
however, certain sounds from the deck outside reached the ears of those
in the cabin, announcing the arrival of the men from the fleet, while
other sounds, especially those of Spanish voices raised high in angry
protest, proclaimed, a little later, that the new arrivals were being
conducted below somewhat against their will; and finally Dyer appeared
in the doorway with the information that the Spanish sailors had been
taken below and were safe under guard; whereupon George rose to his feet
and, addressing his visitors in his best Spanish, said:

"Now, senors, every precaution that we could think of has been taken to
insure the undisturbed discussion of the business which has brought me
and my compatriots to San Juan de Ulua; with your permission, therefore,
we will proceed."



CHAPTER EIGHT.

HOW GEORGE PROCEEDED TO DEAL WITH THE AUTHORITIES OF SAN JUAN.

An uneasy stir among his audience followed this brief introduction,
showing clearly the highly-wrought condition of the Spaniards' nerves as
they leaned forward in their seats and fixed their eyes intently upon
the speaker's face.  To still further increase the tension betrayed in
the faces and attitudes of his audience, George paused impressively for
a few seconds, and then resumed:

"A year ago," said he, "seven ships, storm torn and shattered, put into
this harbour in order to refit.  They were manned by Englishmen, fellow-
countrymen of my own and those with me.  They had been engaged in lawful
and peaceful trade with various ports along the Main, and entered this
harbour with the utmost confidence, secure in the conviction that,
having committed no offence, they might implicitly rely upon Spanish
honour.  When they arrived, they found twelve defenceless plate ships,
laden with gold and silver, in the harbour; and had they been so
disposed my countrymen could have seized those ships, or as many of them
as they chose to take, and sailed away in them, leaving their own
damaged craft behind them; and nobody could have said them nay.  But my
countrymen were traders, not pirates; and great though the temptation
must have been, they left those galleons alone, asking only the
hospitality of your harbour and permission to refit their ships without
molestation.  Also when, upon the day after the arrival of the English
ships, the remainder of your plate fleet and its convoy appeared off
this port, my countrymen could have kept them outside, had they so
chosen, with the result that every ship would have been lost in the next
gale that might arise.  _You_ knew, as well as did my own countrymen,
the tremendous risk and peril to which those enormously rich ships would
have been exposed, had they been prevented from entering the harbour;
and you hastened to arrange a convention with the English whereby your
own ships were to be permitted to enter the port, while the English were
to be allowed to refit their vessels without hindrance or molestation.
Is all this true, senors, or have I misstated any part of the story, so
far?"

George paused for a reply; but for a full minute or more there was no
response.  Then at last the alcalde slowly rose to his feet and
stretching forth his right hand deprecatingly toward the young captain,
said:

"Most illustrious senor, all that you have said is absolutely true.  But
before--"

"Pardon, senor," interrupted George.  "I have not yet finished.  When I
have done so I shall be quite prepared to listen courteously and with
patience to whatever you may be pleased to say.

"In accordance with the terms of that convention the English were
permitted to work for three days at the dismantling of their ships in
preparation for the work of refitting--and then, senors, without a word
or hint of warning, at the very instant when they were least able to
defend themselves, you treacherously fell upon them; with the result
that more than three hundred Englishmen were slain, four of their ships
were either captured or destroyed, many Englishmen were taken prisoners,
and the residue were driven to sea in their least dismantled ships,
short of food and water, to sink or swim as the fates might decide.  One
of the ships which effected her escape afterward sank, and with her went
the entire proceeds of the voyage, while the other two, riddled and torn
by Spanish shot, treacherously fired, only reached England after a
voyage of incredible difficulty, toil, and suffering.  Now, senors, the
object of my visit to San Juan de Ulua is to avenge that treacherous
attack upon my fellow-countrymen, to exact ample compensation therefor
and for all the loss and suffering attendant upon it, and to demand the
release of those who fell into your hands upon that occasion.  If you
have aught to urge by way of excuse for, or justification of, your
treachery, I am willing to hear it and give it my most careful
consideration."

Again silence, tense and electric, prevailed in the cabin at the
conclusion of the young English captain's indictment, the alcalde and
his companions staring helplessly at one another as each groped for
something, some sign or suggestion, upon which to frame a reply to the
charges which they knew only too well to be true.  At length one of the
party, seemingly unable to any longer endure the tension, rose slowly to
his feet and, addressing George, said:

"Senor Capitano, it is not possible for us to deny the truth of the
charges which you have brought against us; to our shame and sorrow we
are obliged to admit that all you have said is only too true.  Yet,
senor, in self-defence, I submit that, individually, none of us who are
here assembled is to blame for the occurrence to which you have
referred, and therefore I contend that you cannot, in justice, hold us,
or any one of us, responsible for it.  We, who now sit here in the cabin
of your ship, were all present in San Juan de Ulua when the attack upon
your countrymen took place, and I am confident that I am expressing the
opinion of my fellow-citizens as well as of myself in saying that we one
and all deplored and were ashamed of it, and would have prevented it,
had it been possible.  But, senor, the citizens of San Juan had no voice
in the matter; we were not consulted; we were not even informed of what
was about to happen; the whole affair was the conception of his
Excellency the Viceroy, and the attack was organised and carried out at
his instigation and order by the military and naval forces under his
command; the citizens took no part in it, so far as I am aware; or, if
any of them did so, it was only the comparatively few lawless ones who
are to be found in every community.  Therefore, senor, I contend that
your quarrel, which I admit to be just, is not with the peaceful and
law-abiding citizens of San Juan, but with his Excellency the Viceroy,
who ordered the attack, and the military and naval officials who carried
it out."

A low murmur of approval and agreement ran round the assembly as the
speaker resumed his seat, and then there ensued a pause while George
waited to see whether anyone else had anything to say.  Presently, in
response to the glance of inquiry with which he regarded the various
members of the assemblage, first one and then another arose and briefly
remarked that he fully concurred in what his compatriot had so well
said, until nearly, if not quite, all had expressed approval.

"Very well, senors," responded George, when at length he found that no
one had anything to add, "I am willing to accept your collective
assurance that the citizens of San Juan as a whole are guiltless of all
participation in, or approval of, the treacherous and unjustifiable
attack upon my countrymen of which I complain; therefore it follows that
the local representatives of the Spanish Government are the responsible
parties, and it is with them that I must settle the account.  As I have
already informed you, I am here to demand the fullest and most ample
reparation for the outrage of which I complain, and for all loss and
damage attendant upon it; and I ask you, do you think it in the least
degree probable that the Viceroy will peaceably concede my demands?  If
he will not, I shall exact them by force of arms; and in that case I
warn you all that it will be very difficult, if not indeed impossible,
for me to discriminate between public and private property; it will
therefore be for you, senor"--bowing to the alcalde--"to use your best
efforts to induce the Viceroy and those under him to arrange an amicable
settlement with me; for otherwise it may be necessary for me to, among
other measures, bombard your town!"

"Nay, nay, senor; not that, not that, I pray you!" exclaimed the
alcalde, starting to his feet in great agitation.  "Think, most
Illustrious, think of the many innocent lives, of the women and
children, who must inevitably perish if you resort to such a bar--such
a--an--extreme measure as that which you threaten."

"I do think of it, senor alcalde," answered George; "but I think also of
my fellow-countrymen who died here as a consequence of Spanish
treachery, and also of those others who are at this moment lying captive
and pining in your dungeons; and the latter thoughts render me
inflexible.  I will not fire a single shot at your town if I can help
it; and it must be your task, senor, to so conduct matters and represent
them to the Viceroy, that it shall be unnecessary for me to resort to
such an extreme measure."

"I will gladly do my utmost, most noble senor, to carry out such
instructions as you may be pleased to give me," answered the alcalde.

"That is well," said George.  "I want you to convey to the Viceroy--by
the way, where is the Viceroy?  Are you here as his representative?"

"Nay, not so, senor," answered the alcalde.  "His Excellency is at
present in the city of Mexico.  The Commandant of the military lies in
his house, sick of a fever and quite unable to transact business; and
that is why I am here."

"Um!" commented George.  "That makes it rather awkward--for you, I am
afraid, senor."  He considered a little, and then asked: "How long would
it take a well-mounted messenger to proceed to the city of Mexico with a
message, and return with an answer?"

"Six days at the very least, senor; the roads are very bad," was the
reply.

"Then that rules the Viceroy out of the question," said George, "for I
cannot spare the time to send messages backward and forward a six days'
journey.  Now, as to the military Commandant: you say that he is too ill
to transact business.  Is there not a sub-commandant, or some such
official, with whom I can deal?"

"There is, of course, the Captain of Soldiers, senor," answered the
alcalde.  "But I come next in rank to the Commandant."

"Then," said George, "it is clear that you, senor, are the official with
whom I must deal; and if you are unwilling to bear the entire
responsibility, you must e'en share it with the military captain.  Now,
these are my demands, which I will presently embody in a written
document, in order that you may have something to show when the time
comes for you to reckon with the Viceroy.

"First: I claim one million _pezos_ of gold to cover the loss of ships
and treasure resulting to my countrymen through the Viceroy's
treacherous attack upon them.  Stay a moment, senor, that is only the
beginning of my demands,"--as the alcalde half rose to his feet,
protestingly.

"Secondly: I will put down the number of Englishmen slain on that
occasion at, let us say, three hundred and fifty.  For the benefit of
those who were dependent upon those men I demand one thousand gold
_pezos_ each, or three hundred and fifty thousand in all.

"Thirdly: I demand the release of every Englishman now in your hands,
with certain provisos concerning them, which I will make known when they
have been delivered into my hands.

"And lastly: I will retain these twelve gentlemen, your companions, as
hostages on board my ship, to guard against any further treachery; the
understanding being that upon the first sign of anything of the kind, I
hang them, one after the other, at my yard

As one man the unhappy thirteen sprang to their feet, and for a few
minutes the cabin was vociferous with their protests.  Saint Leger stood
listening with perfect calmness to the storm as it raged around him, and
his absolute imperturbability seemed at length to have a tranquillising
effect upon his unwilling guests, for, finally, realising that what they
said produced not the slightest visible effect upon him, they resumed
their seats one after another, and eventually peace was restored, the
party waiting eagerly to hear what reply might be forthcoming.  Then
George once more spoke.

"I think, senors," he said, "that you are alarming yourselves quite
unnecessarily--unless indeed you feel that you are unable to rely upon
the good faith of your fellow-countrymen.  For your safety depends
entirely upon that.  So long as they can be content to deal
straightforwardly with me, no harm shall happen to you; it is only in
the event of treachery that you will have anything to fear, and surely
you can trust to your friend the alcalde to take all the steps needful
to prevent anything of that kind."

"I will do my very utmost in that direction," interposed the alcalde.
"It is only the injudicious activity of the soldiery that we really need
fear; and I think it will be well, Senor Capitano, for you to permit my
colleagues here to prepare a joint letter setting forth the fact of
their detention by you as hostages for the good behaviour of all, and
the unhappy consequences which must result to them from ill-advised
action on the part of any one; so that I may have documentary evidence
to exhibit in confirmation of my own statement, if I find such
confirmation needful.  As to your demands, senor, it will, of course, be
impossible for me to concede any of them upon my own unsupported
authority; in the absence of his Excellency, the Viceroy, and in view of
your refusal to afford time for communication with him, I must discuss
the situation with such of the authorities as are immediately
accessible, and abide by their decision, whatever it may be.  There is
one matter, however, to which I may as well refer at once, since it will
have to be dealt with sooner or later, and that is, the release of the
prisoners taken upon the occasion of the ill-advised attack upon your
countrymen last year.  I approach the subject with the utmost
reluctance, for I fear that what I have to say will be very ill received
by you.  I must say it, however; and it is this: it will be quite
impossible for us to comply with that condition in its entirety, for the
best of all reasons, namely, that only a very small number of them still
remain in our hands."

"What, then, has become of the others?" demanded George, in a low, tense
voice, the significance of which caused a visible shudder to thrill
through his audience.

"I very deeply regret to say, most illustrious senor--and I beg you at
the outset to understand that no one here is in the very remotest degree
responsible for the deplorable fact which I have to state--that some of
them are--dead, while others have been condemned to the galleys and
are--I greatly fear--completely lost sight of by this time," replied the
alcalde, in great trepidation, which was fully shared by his twelve
companions.

For a few moments that seemed ages to the quaking Spaniards sitting
there, George remained silent, his burning gaze searching face after
face questioningly, and more than one present, knowing the nature of the
revelation that must now very soon come, seemed to already feel a rope
tightening about his neck.

At length, when the silence had become almost intolerable, George spoke
again, still with ominous calmness and quietness.  Leaning forward
across the table, with his eyes steadfastly fixed upon those of the
alcalde, he said:

"Your reply, senor, sounds curiously significant, and impels me to
demand further information.  Can you, by any chance, inform me how many
of those men are dead, what were their names, and what was the cause and
nature of their death?"

"No, senor, I cannot answer your question categorically at the present
moment," replied the alcalde.  "All that I can tell you, now, is that
some of them died of the wounds which they received in the fight, some
died of disease, and the rest--perished--in the--Inquisition--or linger
still within its walls.  But records, of course, exist from which it
will no doubt be possible to furnish you with all details."

"So," commented George, after another terrible silence, "some perished
in the Inquisition--or linger still within its walls.  Can you tell me,
senor, how they chanced to get into the power of the Inquisition?"

"Certainly, senor," answered the alcalde, with alacrity, believing that
he saw his way to clear himself and his colleagues from blame.  "Upon
their capture, they were naturally at first confined in prison by order
of the military authorities.  From thence some of them--a few--were sent
to the galleys, some--as I just now had the honour to mention to you,
died in prison of their wounds, and the remainder were claimed by the
Chief Inquisitor."

"I see," commented George.  "Yes, I think I begin to understand, and see
my way.  Now, senor, I will furnish you with pens and paper, and you can
proceed to draft the document to which you just now referred, while I
place on record the nature and extent of my claims.  When we have done
that, I will go ashore with you, taking with me a party of armed men,
accompanied by whom I purpose to call at your Inquisition and remove
from thence any Englishmen whom I may find within its walls.  I have
decided to take this step, not only to save time, but also because,
having seen something of your fellow-countrymen in Old Spain, I know the
extreme reluctance with which you would regard any suggestion of mine
that you should bring pressure of any kind to bear upon your own clergy,
therefore I will relieve you of all embarrassment on that score by
personally assuming the responsibility.  It will also probably be
necessary that I should have an interview with the commander of your
military forces, as I presume that he is the official who will be able
to furnish me with the names of the Englishmen captured, with
particulars of the manner in which they were disposed of.  Indeed, upon
second thoughts, I am inclined to believe that he is the man upon whom I
ought first to call; and since I presume that it will be necessary for
you also to call upon him--in the interests of your friends here--we
will make the call together."

So saying George produced writing materials, and, handing a liberal
supply to the alcalde, seated himself at the table and proceeded to
enumerate in writing the several demands which he had already made by
word of mouth, quite undisturbed by the excited discussion which was
proceeding among the Spaniards as to the precise terms in which their
own document should be worded so as to render it as impressive as
possible to those to whom it might be necessary to exhibit it.  His own
work was soon done, and a copy taken for retention and reference, if
needful; and then he sat patiently for nearly half-an-hour until the
hostages' letter had been drafted to their satisfaction, and duly
signed.  Next, having formally handed his written demand to the alcalde,
he invited the latter to follow him out on deck, where, summoning
Basset, the captain of the soldiers, and Dyer, the pilot, he issued to
them certain instructions.  Then, turning to the alcalde, who had stood
by, listening, but understanding nothing of what was being said, George
remarked:

"Senor Alvarez, as you have just seen, I have issued certain
instructions to two of my officers, and they are these.  Don Ricardo
Basset, my military commandant, I have instructed to muster ten of his
soldiers, fully armed and equipped, to accompany me ashore, under him,
as a body guard.  And to Don Roberto Dyer, my lieutenant, I have given
instructions that the gentlemen whom I have considered it necessary to
retain as hostages are to be treated with the utmost possible courtesy,
so long as all matters go well, but that upon the slightest sign or
indication of treachery upon the part of your countrymen, either ashore
or afloat, he is to hang them, one after the other, at those yard-arms,
up there.  Also, he is to keep his guns trained upon the town and, in
the event of none of the landing party returning before sunset, open
fire upon it forthwith.  I have explained these matters to you in order
that you may realise that upon you, and upon the success with which you
are able to impress upon your compatriots the absolute necessity for
complete submission, depends the lives of the hostages whom you are
leaving behind you.  Ah! here comes Senor Basset with his guard; and I
see that the boat is also ready; therefore, as there may be much to be
done between this and sunset, we will go as soon as you are ready,
senor."

Whereupon Don Juan Alvarez, the alcalde of San Juan de Ulua, hurried
back to the great state cabin to reassure and bid farewell to the
hostages, and then, returning to the deck, accompanied George to the
boat, where Basset and his men had already taken their places; and the
party pushed off and headed for the landing place.

Although it was a city, San Juan was, at this period of its history, but
a very small place, of little more than a square mile in area, with only
two streets at all worthy of the name, these two streets traversing each
other at right angles and crossing in the centre of the city, the
junction of the two being at the Grand Plaza, or Square, one side of
which was occupied by the Cathedral, while the other three sides were
given up to the Government and Municipal Buildings.  It was to one of
these last, a large and imposing building with the arms of Spain boldly
sculptured upon its pediment, that the alcalde conducted the little
party of Englishmen, and which he entered alone, after apologising
elaborately for doing so, upon the plea that it would greatly facilitate
matters if he were permitted to first see Don Manuel Rebiera, the acting
Commandant, and explain to him the situation.  George agreed with him
that this might be so, and patiently took up his stand outside, waiting,
in company with Basset and his squad of soldiers, in the shadow of the
building until he should be summoned to enter.  And meanwhile the party
became objects of curiosity and by no means friendly comment to a
rapidly increasing crowd, chiefly of men of the labouring class, who
came to gaze curiously upon the little knot of resolute-looking
Englishmen who returned their gaze so fearlessly, blowing their lighted
matches occasionally and handling their muskets in significant fashion
when the mob showed signs of becoming rather too demonstrative.

At length, after an absence of nearly twenty minutes, the alcalde re-
appeared and, with further apologies, this time for his prolonged
absence, invited George to accompany him into the building for the
purpose of being presented to Don Manuel Rebiera, the acting Commandant.
This gentleman was found installed in a room which partook, in about
equal proportions, of the characteristics of an office and a barrack-
room, with a sentry outside the door, who stolidly saluted the pair as
they passed in.

Captain Rebiera proved to be a typical Spanish soldier of the period,
bluff and hearty, but exceedingly courteous in manner, with, according
to his own account, a profound respect and admiration for the English,
so far as his knowledge of them extended, yet George quickly came to the
conclusion that the good man was suffering from a certain feeling of
soreness at the idea of the city, for the safety of which he was
responsible, being to all intents and purposes in the power and at the
mercy of the exceedingly young man to whom he was introduced.  He
greeted George courteously, yet with a certain suggestion of restrained
antagonism, and then said:

"Senor, my friend, Don Juan Alvarez, has very briefly acquainted me with
the extraordinary circumstances of your visit to our port, and of the
still more extraordinary demands which you have seen fit to make.  Now,
I may as well mention that, so far as those demands are concerned, it
will be quite impossible for me to concede them without first
consulting--"

"Pardon me, Don Manuel," interrupted George, who was already beginning
to suspect a disposition on the part of this individual at least to set
up a system of delay and retardation of proceedings, "I do not think we
need enter upon a discussion of my demands as a whole just now.  The
object of my visit to you is to obtain a list of the names of the
Englishmen who fell into your hands last year as a result of your
unprovoked attack upon the squadron of my countryman, Admiral Hawkins,
and a statement of what has become of them.  I presume you can furnish
me with this information, can you not?"

"No doubt--yes, no doubt I can," replied Don Manuel, with deliberation.
"A search of the records should certainly enable us to discover the
information which you require; but of course it will take time.  Still,
I think I may promise you that in a week from now--"

"A week!" exploded George, "_A week_!"  Then he turned to the alcalde,
and, calming himself with an effort, said: "Senor, I am afraid that your
friend Don Manuel, here, does not realise the urgency of this matter, or
the extreme seriousness of the situation.  I want the information asked
for, _now, at once_, within the hour at least.  Will you have the very
great goodness to make this clear to him?"

Whereupon the alcalde drew Don Manuel away into a far corner of the room
and, with every evidence of extreme agitation, addressed himself
earnestly to the soldier for some five minutes or more, at the end of
which the pair returned to where George was standing by the table,
fidgeting with his sword-hilt.  The arguments and remonstrances of the
alcalde seemed to have been effective, for upon their return Don Manuel
said:

"I crave your pardon, most noble senor; I certainly did not understand
that the matter was anything like so urgent as it appears to be.  I beg
that you will be seated, senor, and I will do my best to have the
information found for you forthwith."

Then, as George seated himself, the acting Commandant rang a bell, in
response to which a messenger appeared, to whom he gave certain
instructions, whereupon the man vanished, and Don Manuel, taking a chair
on the opposite side of the table to that at which George was sitting,
began a somewhat constrained conversation upon indifferent subjects,
which was interrupted by the appearance of a servant with wine and three
handsome cups of chased silver.  Saint Leger, however, coldly but
courteously declined refreshments of any kind; he resolved that he would
do nothing which could by any possibility be construed into either tacit
consent to methods of delay or an acceptance of proffered friendship; he
was there as an enemy and an avenger, and he was determined to keep this
fact prominently to the fore; consequently the constraint rapidly grew
until, so far as Don Manuel at least was concerned, it became
unendurable, and, rising, he begged that his visitors would excuse him,
upon the plea that he desired to expedite matters by personally
directing the search for the required information.

And apparently the stimulus of his presence was successful, for after an
absence of about a quarter of an hour he returned, bearing in his hand a
book between the pages of which slips of paper had been inserted to mark
the positions of certain entries.

"There," he exclaimed, in a tone of satisfaction, as he laid the book
upon the table and opened it, "by a stroke of singular good fortune,
senor, we have been able to at once lay our hands upon the record which
will furnish you with the information you require.  Here, for instance,
is the first entry, giving the names of the Englishmen who were captured
upon the occasion to which you refer.  They number forty-three, and
their names are as follows."  He proceeded to read out the names of the
unfortunate ones, among which occurred that of Hubert Saint Leger--"a
namesake of your own, senor," commented Don Manuel.  "Was he, perchance,
a relative of yours?"

"He was my brother, senor," answered George, tersely.  "Read on, if you
please."

The end of the list was soon reached; and then George said: "I am
obliged to you, senor.  Now, in the first place, I must trouble you for
a copy of that list, with a statement opposite each name setting forth
the manner in which that person was dealt with."

"Certainly, senor," answered Don Manuel, politely; "that information
also I believe we can afford you.  If you will permit me I will summon
my clerk to prepare the list you require."

George bowed his acquiescence; the clerk was sent for; and after about
an hour's work the list was completed and handed to the young
Englishman, who took it and, having glanced carefully through it, said:

"I am obliged to you, Don Manuel.  I see that, of the forty-three
prisoners taken, ten died of their wounds, in prison; seventeen, of whom
my brother was one, were sentenced to the galleys, and sixteen were
claimed by your Inquisition.  Can you afford me any further information
with regard to the seventeen who were sentenced to the galleys; as, for
example, the name of the galley to which each man was consigned, and
where those galleys may be looked for at the present moment?"

"No, senor," answered Don Manuel, "I regret to say that I cannot.  They
were all put on board a ship called the _San Mathias_, and sent in her
to Nombre de Dios, where, if you will hear more of them, you must e'en
go and enquire."

"I thank you, senor," answered George quietly, ignoring a certain
suggestion of insolence in the other's concluding remark.  "And now, as
to the sixteen who were surrendered to the Inquisition.  What can you
tell me concerning them?"

"Nothing, senor," answered Don Manuel, at length displaying some signs
of uneasiness.  "When the Holy Office claims a man, that man disappears
from the public ken, generally for ever; or if he is seen again it is
only when he figures in the _auto-da-fe_, dressed in a San Benito.
Pardon, Senor Capitano, but this is a matter upon which I can afford you
no information, and which I must absolutely refuse to discuss with you,
or anyone."

"Very well," said George, "be it so.  But I suppose you will have no
objection to inform me whereabout the Inquisition building is to be
found?"

"Where it is to be found?" reiterated Don Manuel.  "Why assuredly--.
But stay.  What is your object in requiring that particular bit of
information, senor?"

"Merely that I have business there, a call to make," answered George,
imperturbably.

"Business! a call!" reiterated the soldier.  "Surely, senor, it is not
possible that you, a heretic, intend to force your sinful way into the
presence of the holy fathers, and to--to--.  Saints and angels!  I will
be no party to such a blasphemous proceeding.  If that be your
intention, senor, seek your information elsewhere; I will not imperil my
soul by assisting, in ever so indirect a manner, an act of sacrilege."

"As you will, senor," answered George, calmly.  "But I would have you
remember that by delaying me in the performance of the task which I have
undertaken, you are jeopardising the city and all in it.  If I am
delayed--"

"Pray say no more, noble senor," interrupted the alcalde.  "There is
nothing to be gained, Don Manuel, by withholding from the illustrious
Adelantado the information which he seeks; for if you will not give it,
others will.  And--a word in your ear, senor.  If anything should happen
to these Englishmen while they are in the city, their comrades will most
fearfully avenge themselves upon us.  They have left us no room to doubt
what will happen in such a case, and they are the kind of men who will
carry out their threats to the very last letter.  Therefore, see to it,
my friend, that steps are taken to prevent your soldiery from
interfering with or molesting them in any way.  For, should anything
untoward happen, you will be held responsible.  Now, I have warned you.
See to it!"

"_Bueno_! senor alcalde, you are my superior, and since those are your
orders, I will obey them," answered Don Manuel.  "Nevertheless," he
continued, "if the Commandant were well enough to take the command, I
know what he would do.  He would arrest and imprison these audacious
strangers, and defy their comrades to do their worst.  Moreover, senor,
I should not like to be in your shoes when the news of this disgraceful
business reaches the ears of his Excellency the Viceroy."

And, so saying, he bowed with exaggerated politeness to George and the
alcalde, and with a fierce twist of his moustache strode swaggeringly
out of the room.



CHAPTER NINE.

HOW GEORGE VISITED THE HOLY INQUISITION AT SAN JUAN.

"A good man, in many respects; a very excellent man, indeed," observed
the alcalde, nodding toward the door by which Don Manuel had just
quitted the apartment, "and admirable in the position which he occupies.
As a soldier merely, he is all that one could possibly desire, brave to
recklessness, and an admirable leader.  But after all he is only a
soldier fighting is his trade, but he knows nothing whatever about
diplomacy; he does not understand that there is not only a time when men
should fight but also a time when, if they are wise, they should
forbear.  It is a fortunate thing for us all, illustrious senor, that I
and not he happens to be in authority at the present juncture; and I beg
that you will not permit his cavalier-like behaviour to influence you in
the slightest degree.  And now, noble Capitan, if you have quite
completed your business here, I will point out to you the way to the
Inquisition, for time is pressing, and I am most anxious that no
untoward accident shall occur to interfere with or delay your business
in San Juan.  And--I know not what may be the nature of your errand with
the Holy Office, but, if I may be permitted to offer a suggestion, I
would very strongly advise--nay more, I would most earnestly entreat--
that you do nothing to wound the religious susceptibilities of the
inhabitants, who regard the Inquisition, and all connected with it, with
the utmost veneration and dread."

"Probably with even greater dread than veneration, eh, Don Juan?"
remarked George, as he took up his hat and prepared to follow the
alcalde out of the building.

"Possibly, senor; possibly," replied the alcalde, with reservation, as
he led the way.

Nothing more was said until the pair reached the street and rejoined
Basset and his little band of armed men, who stood placidly facing a
crowd of nearly a hundred men principally composed of the more lawless
and ruffianly element which is to be found in the lower quarters of
every city.

The alcalde regarded this sullen-looking, but as yet merely passively
hostile crowd for some moments with an expression of considerable alarm
and misgiving; then, moved by the urgency of the occasion, he waved his
hand to claim attention, and made a little speech in which he first
rebuked the gathering for its discourtesy to the visitors by standing
gaping at them as though they were so many wild beasts, after which he
commanded them to disperse, warning them at the same time to interfere
with the strangers at their peril, informing them that he would very
severely punish any person who should dare to do so, and at the same
time reminding them that the said strangers, though few, were trained
soldiers, fully armed, who would themselves be quick to avenge the
slightest interference or insult.  He stood there until the last of the
surly, scowling ruffians had moved slowly and unwillingly away, their
movements finally hastened by the emergence of a party of soldiers from
another wing of the building, and then, when they had all vanished, he
furtively indicated to George the way to the Inquisition, and hurriedly
removed himself from the scene.

The Inquisition was situated at a distance of some ten minutes' march
from the Grand Plaza, and proved to be, when the party of Englishmen
reached it, an extensive forbidding-looking, prison-like structure built
of massive masonry, and apparently strong enough to withstand anything
short of an attack by ordnance.  The entrance consisted of an archway
some twelve feet wide fitted with a pair of enormously thick iron-
studded oaken doors, in one of which was a small wicket fitted with a
grille.  An iron chain, with a hand grip attached to its lower
extremity, depending from a hole in the wall, indicated the means of
communication with the interior, and this George tugged at violently,
with the result that a loud bell immediately set up a furious clanging
somewhere in the interior of the building.  After an interval of nearly
a minute this summons was replied to by a hooded friar who, having drawn
the slide of the grille, peered out through the opening and querulously
demanded to know who it was who raised such a clangour, and what was his
business, to which George, who was the only person visible from the
aperture of the grille, replied that he was a stranger who had urgent
business of a strictly private nature with the Father Superior.
Whereupon the slide of the grille was sharply closed, and the party
faintly heard the shuffling footsteps of the friar receding.

After an absence of nearly ten minutes the friar re-appeared at the
grille, with a demand to be informed of the stranger's name and the
precise nature of his business with the Holy Father, to which George
replied that it was useless for him to give his name, since it was quite
unknown to the Father Superior, and that his business was not only most
urgent but was for the Holy Father's ear alone, and that it was
imperative that he should be admitted without an instant's unnecessary
delay.  A further and somewhat longer wait then ensued, and Basset was
strongly urging the desirability of an attempt to burst the wicket open
when the friar appeared for the third time and, shooting certain heavy
bolts on the inside of the wicket, flung it open.  To push his way in
was for George the work of but a moment, when, to the dismay and
indignation of the gatekeeper, he was instantly followed by eleven
soldiers, armed to the teeth.

"The keys!" exclaimed George, to Basset.  "Take his keys from him, lock
the gate, and station two men here as sentries, with orders to allow no
one to leave the building.  That is well," as his orders were obeyed.
"Now, the rest of you, follow me.  Lead the way, old man, to the
quarters of the Father Superior; I must see him forthwith.  Are you the
keeper also of the keys which give access to the cells?" to the friar
who had admitted them.

"No," answered the cowering creature.  "The gaoler carries those.  But
what would you with them, thou man of violence?  No one is permitted to
enter the cells without the permission of the Father Superior."

"Lead me to him, then," repeated George.  "Captain Basset," he
continued, "I will take two men with me.  Take you the remainder and
secure every door giving access to the exterior of this building.  No
man must on any account be allowed to leave it, for if that should
happen, they will raise the inhabitants of the town upon us, and there
will be bloodshed, which I wish to avoid, if possible.  Now, sir," to
the friar, "lead the way."

While Basset marched off the remaining half-dozen of his men to execute
George's order, the latter, accompanied by two soldiers, followed his
unwilling guide into the main building and down a long corridor to a
door, at which the friar knocked with a trembling hand.

"Enter!" responded a voice in Spanish, whereupon George, gently pushing
his guide aside and beckoning the two soldiers to follow him, threw open
the door and passed into the apartment.  It was a large and very
handsomely furnished room, containing a table, sofa, several lounging
chairs, and a large book-case, full of books, facing the two wide and
lofty windows which lighted the room and which looked out upon a
spacious, beautifully kept garden.  On one wall hung a large crucifix,
the cross made of ebony while the exquisitely carved figure of the
crucified Christ was of ivory, fastened to the cross with golden nails,
while the crown of thorns which encircled the drooping head was also
made of gold.  Two large pictures, one of which represented the Descent
from the Cross, and the other the Entombment, hung on either side of the
crucifix; and the opposite wall was occupied by a very large and
beautiful painting depicting the Apotheosis of the Virgin Mother.

At the entrance of the three armed men a tall and dignified figure clad
in priestly garments rose from the table and, with a ringer inserted
between the pages of a book which he had been reading, haughtily
demanded, in Spanish:

"Who are you, sir; and what is the meaning of this unseemly--this
audacious--intrusion upon my privacy?"

George replied to this question by asking another.  "Am I right," he
demanded, "in supposing you to be the Right Reverend Father Superior of
this institution?"

"And if I am, what then?" demanded the other.

"Only that you are the man I happen to want," replied George.  "I am an
Englishman," he continued, "and the captain of a ship which holds this
city at her mercy.  I and my companions have come all the way from
England to avenge the most foul and treacherous attack made by your
Viceroy upon a fleet of English ships in this harbour, last year; and,
incidentally, to call you, sir, to account for your treatment of certain
of the prisoners taken upon that occasion, who were delivered into your
hands.  I have here--"

"But--but--" interrupted the Father Superior--for such was the
individual upon whose privacy George had so unceremoniously intruded--"I
do not understand.  Why have you been permitted to come here?  Where are
our soldiers, and what are they doing--?"

"Have I not already explained that the town is at my mercy?" interrupted
George in his turn.  "What further enlightenment do you need?  As to
your soldiers, they dare not interfere with me, for my ship's guns
command the town, and my crew have orders to destroy the place if any
attempt is made to resist me.  Now, I have a list here"--drawing it from
his pocket--"containing the names of sixteen men who, I am told, were
claimed by this Inquisition; and my business with you is to demand an
account of them.  Where are they, and what have you done to them?"

"How, in the name of all the saints, can I possibly answer your
question, senor, unless you furnish me with the names of the men you
refer to?" demanded the priest, with a valiant attempt to brazen the
matter out, but there was a quaver in his voice which betrayed that he
was beginning to feel anxious, if not actually apprehensive, concerning
the outcome of this astounding business.

"There is the list, senor," answered George, laying the document on the
table.  "Take it, I pray you, and let me have an instant reply to my
demand."

The Father Superior took the list and ran his eye over it, ponderingly.
Then he laid it down again and said:

"Senor Englishman, I cannot possibly answer your question offhand, for I
do not tax my memory to recollect exactly how every person who enters
the walls of this building has been dealt with.  But if you will suffer
me to ring for my secretary I have no doubt that, with his assistance, I
can furnish you with the information you require."

"By all means," assented George; and the Father Superior thereupon
turned to the wall and jerked a bell rope.  A slight interval followed,
and then a very frightened priest entered.

"Holy Father," he began, "the building is in the possession of armed
men--" and then, catching sight for the first time of George and the two
soldiers, who were standing somewhat in the shadow, he stopped short, at
the same time making the sign of the Cross.

"Yes, proceed, Fray Matthew," exhorted the other.  "You were saying that
the building is in the possession of armed men.  What else?"

"They have taken the gaoler, your Eminence, locked him in one of his own
cells, and are now liberating the prisoners including one whom they have
taken out of the very torture chamber itself."

"Is this true, senor?" demanded the Father Superior.  "And, if so, is
this sacrilege being committed by your orders?"

"I know not whether that man's story is true or not," said George, "but
I think it exceedingly probable; and, if so, it is certainly being done
by my orders.  As to the sacrilege of the thing--" the young man
shrugged his shoulders expressively.

The Holy Father also shrugged his shoulders, as though to say--"Well, if
you are struck dead, don't blame me; it will only be what you richly
deserve."  Then he turned to Fray Matthew.

"Fray," he said, "bring me hither the book containing the record of
persons admitted to the Inquisition during the past year, with
particulars of the manner in which they have been dealt with."

The priest, with another frightened glance at George and the two stolid-
looking soldiers, hurriedly retired; and as he vanished through the
doorway the Father Superior coolly turned his back upon the Englishman
and, sauntering to the nearest window, stood gazing contemplatively
through it into the garden, which, George observed, was all ablaze with
tropical flora.  And there he remained, taking not the slightest notice
of his self-invited visitors until, after an absence of some ten
minutes, the Fray returned, bearing two enormous books under his arm,
the which he laid upon the table.  Then, sauntering back to the table as
leisurely as he had left it, the Holy Father took up the list which
George had handed to him, considered it for a moment, opened one of the
two books which had been brought to him, referred to an index, and then
turned over the pages of the book until he found the one which he
wanted.  Then he ran his finger down a column, paused, and looked up.

"Here," he said, looking up and addressing George, "is the entry
referring to the first man on your list.  It states that, after having
been put to the question in various ways, he died, on--such a date, in
his cell."

"Thank you," said George.  "Now, before we go any farther, I must ask
you to kindly explain exactly what you mean when you speak of a man
being `put to the question.'"

For the first time the Father Superior exhibited distinct symptoms of
uneasiness.  He hesitated perceptibly, and at length replied:

"The expression refers to certain means which are adopted in extreme
cases when, for instance, the subject displays great obduracy, to
persuade him to renounce his heresy, accept the canons of the true
faith, and humbly sue for admission into the bosom of the Catholic
Church."

"But that only partially answers my question," retorted George.  "You
speak of `certain means which are adopted in extreme cases.'  What,
precisely, is the nature of those means to which you refer?"

The Holy Father's uneasiness visibly increased, and he began to fence
with the question.

"I take it," he said, after some consideration, "that you, my son, are a
heretic, otherwise you would not be ignorant of the meaning of the
expressions which I have used.  That being the case, it seems necessary
for me to explain that the Holy Inquisition is an institution which has
been established for the especial purpose of saving the souls of
heathens and heretics, even at the expense of their bodies, if need be.
The human soul is of infinitely greater value than the human body; and
it has been found that physical pain exerts a most beneficent influence
upon those obdurate ones who evince a disinclination to accept the--
the--"

"Thanks," interrupted George; "I will not trouble you to go on, for I
think I now clearly understand what putting a person to the question
means.  It means, does it not--in plain, unvarnished language--the
infliction upon an individual of such excruciating, such diabolical,
torment that in most cases the individual will agree to anything you
choose to suggest, will accept any kind of doctrine you choose to thrust
upon him, rather than submit to further tortures?"

"Well--of course--that is putting the matter very, very crudely,"
admitted the Father Superior; "still, regarding the statement broadly,
it is--well--in the main--very nearly true.  But there is this to be
said, this very important--"

"Quite unnecessary, I assure you," interposed George.  "The broad fact
is that you convert by means of bodily torment; and in some cases--
where, as you say, `the subject displays great obduracy,' the torment is
so extreme and so protracted that the unhappy wretch dies under it.  Is
not that so?"

"Yes--if you choose to so put it," answered the Father Superior, "that
is so.  But again I must protest against the extreme crudity, the--"

"And," interrupted George, "this poor unfortunate fellow, the first on
my list, is one of those who so died, is he not?"

"Really, senor," protested the Holy Father--"you--you--are not--are not
giving--this matter--quite--quite fair--"

"Answer me, senor, without equivocation; did, or did not this man, of
whom we are now speaking, die as the result of your hellish torments?"
rapped out George, suddenly becoming exasperated and heavily smiting the
table with his clenched fist.

"Reverend Father," here interposed Fray Matthew, who could scarcely
articulate because of his chattering teeth, "I pray you give me leave to
retire.  The violence of this heretic, this man of blood, frightens me."

"No," answered George, before the other could speak.  "Being here, you
will remain.  It is possible that I may need you to supply me with
information which your superior may be unwilling or unable to give.
Now, senor"--turning to the Father Superior--"answer me."

"Then--since you insist," replied the Father Superior, "I can only reply
that the man certainly did die as the result of being put to the
question."

"Very well," returned George, taking up the list and making a note upon
it.  "Now, as to the next one?"

And again the long, tedious process of question and equivocation was
gone through, over and over, until every name upon the list had been
dealt with, when it finally appeared that, of the sixteen unhappy
Englishmen who had become involved in the meshes of that terrible
institution, the Holy Inquisition, no less than six had been burnt alive
at the stake in the last _auto-da-fe_, seven had died miserably as the
result of the torments to which they had been subjected, and a poor
residue of three only still languished in their cells!

"And," demanded George, when he had studied and fully digested the
details of this terrible list--"who is responsible for this tremendous
accumulation of ghastly human suffering and these hellish murders?
You?"

"No, thank God! not I," asserted the Father Superior, now trembling for
his life, and with all his recent arrogance completely evaporated.  "I
am merely the Head of the strictly ecclesiastical section of the
institution; I have nothing whatever to do with the proselytising, which
is undertaken by, and is entirely in the hands of, the Grand Inquisitor
and his assistants."

"And where," asked George, "are these people to be found?"

"They are probably in--the--the--room--where--in which--persons are put
to--to--the question," was the stammered reply.

"Ah!" exclaimed George.  "I presume you mean the place which the fray,
here, has more briefly designated as the `torture chamber.'  Very well;
I must see the place, and also the Grand Inquisitor and his assistants;
I have something very important to say to those--'m--people.  Lead the
way, reverend senor, if you please."  Then, turning to the two armed men
who guarded the door, he added--"Take charge of these two men.  For the
present, they are prisoners."

The Father Superior possessed a certain knowledge of English, for as the
last words passed George's lips the terrified ecclesiastic quavered:

"Prisoners, senor?  Prisoners?  What--what--do you mean?  How dare you
interfere with my liberty?  This is downright, rank sacrilege; and if
you dare to treat any of the inmates of this institution--and especially
any members of the Holy Office--otherwise than with the utmost
deference, you will--will--suffer severely for it."

"Pray lead on, senor," retorted George, waving the agitated man toward
the door.  "Surely you must realise by this time that the institution
and all within it are in my power.  And I am what you please to term a
`heretic'; the thunders of your Church have no terrors for me; I regard
you and your associates merely as men who have been guilty of certain
most atrocious crimes, and I am here for the express purpose of
punishing the guilty ones."

The Father Superior evidently realised that, after this, there was no
more to be said, and, between the two men-at-arms, and closely followed
by the shivering fray, he accordingly passed out of the room and down a
long corridor, into another, until a small door was reached, which, with
evident fear and reluctance, he at length threw open, disclosing a most
remarkable scene.

The chamber thus revealed was a very large and lofty one, lighted by
three large windows set high in the wall and heavily grated outside.
And although the windows were all wide open, the atmosphere was
oppressively close, and it was also charged with a very peculiar odour,
evidently arising in part at least from the fumes of an ignited charcoal
brazier, containing several curious-looking iron instruments thrust deep
into its glowing heart.  Immediately under the windows, and running the
entire width of the chamber, was a platform or dais, some three feet
high, the front portion of which was occupied by a long table, behind
which were ranged nine chairs, the middle chair being of a much more
ornate character than the rest, the carving of it being ecclesiastical
in character, and upon the table, before each chair, was a supply of
paper, pens and ink.  The dais was a wooden structure, and was carpeted
with black material; the tablecloth also was black, with the sacred
monogram I.H.S. above a cross and surmounted by a crown of thorns
embroidered upon it in silver thread.  The floor of the remaining part
of the chamber was flagged with paving slabs, and was bare, while the
walls and ceiling were coloured black.  In the centre of the wall behind
the dais, between two of the four windows, hung an enormous crucifix,
the figure of the Redeemer, very finely carved in wood and realistically
painted in the colours of nature, being life-size.  At the end of the
room opposite the dais was an engine or machine which even those who had
never seen such a thing before might easily have identified as a rack;
and there were four chairs, two on either side of the room, of such
elaborate and sinister construction that there could be no question as
to their being designed for the purpose of inflicting various kinds of
ingenious and exquisite agony upon the unhappy occupants; while, in
addition to these there was an instrument which clearly betrayed itself
as a specimen of the notorious "boot."  Hung here and there upon the
walls were other curious-looking instruments, the uses of which were not
so readily determinable; and there were also a number of suggestive and
sinister-looking ropes and pulleys depending from the ceiling.

Such a room, so furnished, could not possibly fail to fix the attention
of any person entering it for the first time, even in the character of a
mere spectator, and George Saint Leger gazed about him for quite a
minute with a feeling of keen curiosity that rapidly changed to mingled
horror and anger as he began to recognise the character and purpose of
the several objects that met his gaze; and then he turned to its
occupants; for although, in order to present a clear and unconfused
picture of the chamber, only its inanimate contents have thus far been
referred to, the room was by no means empty of human occupants.  On the
contrary, in addition to those who had already entered, immediately
inside the door, one on either side of it, stood two of Basset's men-at-
arms, with drawn swords and cocked pistols in their hands, while the
nine chairs on the dais were occupied by nine motionless figures
completely shrouded in garments of black cloth, wearing upon their heads
a curious pointed head-dress, also of black cloth, which completely hid
their heads and faces, but in which two holes were cut for them to see
through.  Seated in one of the torture chairs, but with the torturing
apparatus now thrown out of gear, was a most dreadful-looking object
bearing the semblance of a terribly emaciated man, worn to mere skin and
bone by privation and suffering, clad in rags, his hair and beard long
and unkempt, his skin and features white and bloodless, his eyes dim
with anguish, the sweat of keen protracted agony still pouring out of
him, while three ruffianly-looking men clad in scarlet ministered to him
under Basset's supervision.  A fourth figure in scarlet lay motionless
upon the nagged floor, his attitude proclaiming that death had suddenly
overtaken him, while a blue-rimmed puncture in the centre of his
forehead, from which blood still trickled, told clearly enough the
manner of his death.

For a long minute young Saint Leger gazed about him with fast increasing
horror as he realised the diabolical purpose of the several engines that
met his eye; then, gaspingly, he spoke.

"So!" he ejaculated.  "This is the chamber in which you torture your
fellow creatures until in their agony they are fain to say whatever it
pleases you that they should say, even to denying their faith, is it,
senor?"

"Nay, senor," answered the Father Superior, "say not that it is _I_ who
do these things.  I have already repudiated all responsibility for what
happens in this chamber.  It is the Grand Inquisitor and his Assistant
Inquisitors who reign supreme here.  There they sit; ask them."

George stalked across to the middle of the chamber, and wheeled about,
facing the row of nine motionless figures occupying the chairs.

"I mean to do so," he said, tersely.  Then, addressing the nine, he
said:

"Senors, I have somewhat to say to you.  But, first of all, be good
enough to remove your hoods, that I may see your faces.  I like not to
talk with men whose features are hidden from me."

For a moment there was silence in the room, broken only by the low
murmurings of Basset, who was speaking to the unfortunate "subject" in
the chair.  Then the figure occupying the middle chair on the dais rose
to his feet and, stretching forth a long bony arm which projected to
beyond the wrist from the loose sleeve of his black robe, said:

"Depart, presumptuous youth!  Go hence quickly, and take those misguided
men, thy minions, with thee, lest I call down the wrath of Holy Mother
Church upon thy sacrilegious head--and theirs.  Who art thou, that thou
should'st dare to--"

"Reverend senor," interrupted George, unceremoniously, "a fig for you
and your sacrilege"--and he snapped his fingers contemptuously.  "The
wrath of thy Holy Mother Church has no terrors for me, though--
understand me--I can respect any man's religion, so long as he is
sincere, and so long as he is willing to respect that of others and
permit them to worship God in their own way.  But, enough of this; I am
not here to discuss theological questions, but to right a great wrong
and to avenge fiendish crime and cruelty perpetrated in the sacred name
of Him whose effigy hangs upon yonder cross behind you.  Therefore I say
once more, uncover, and let me see your faces--unless indeed you prefer
that we should lay our sacrilegious hands upon you and remove your head-
coverings ourselves!"

"The Saints forbid!" ejaculated the Grand Inquisitor in horror.
"Anything rather than that!"

Then, turning to his companions, right and left, he added--"Uncover, my
Brothers, since this heretical Englishman will have it so.  It is not
meet that we, the pillars of the Holy Catholic Church, unworthy though
we be, should submit to insult and indignity at the hands of a pack of
godless Lutheran dogs."  And, so saying, he seated himself and proceeded
to remove his own head-covering, disclosing lean, ascetic features,
cold, cruel, and domineering, crowned by the monk's tonsure.  At the
same time the others did the same, and with very similar result, the
dominant expression of the faces thus disclosed being that of cold,
stern ruthlessness, tempered, it must be confessed, in some cases, with
very evident signs of fear.

"So! that is better," commented George.  "Now, senors," he continued, "I
am not going to make a long business of my talk with you, for we have
already wasted far too much time in this accursed building.  I have but
a few questions to ask; and you will do well to answer them briefly and
to the point.  This chamber, I perceive, is what is usually termed in
the outside world, `the torture chamber'; and I gather that it is here
you subject those whom you stigmatise as heretics to unspeakable
torments for the purpose of compelling them to forswear themselves and
embrace your religion against their will.  Now, which of you is
responsible for the hellish suffering that goes on from time to time
within these four walls?"

"Since you insist upon our replying to your insolent questions,"
answered the Grand Inquisitor, contemptuously, "know, young man, that
none is more responsible than another.  We whom you see seated here are
appointed by our Order to promote the honour and interest of the Church
of which we are most humble and unworthy members, by winning souls to
her, and converting the heathen and heretics generally to the true
faith.  We have various methods of doing this.  In the first instance we
use teaching, persuasion, exhortation; and sometimes these methods
suffice.  But when they fail--as they do sometimes, in the case of the
contumacious, there is a blessed power in bodily suffering which, loath
as we are to employ it, we force ourselves to resort to, convinced that,
by saving the soul at the cost of the body, we are doing a righteous and
merciful thing.  But even in inflicting suffering we are merciful, for
we regulate the amount and quality of the suffering by the extent of the
contumacy of the subject, making it light and transient at the first,
and only increasing it in sharpness and duration when we find the other
insufficient.  And in all cases the character of the punishment is the
subject of long and anxious deliberation, in which we all join, and no
punishment of any kind is ever inflicted until we all--I and my eight
Brothers here--are agreed as to its expediency, character, and amount.
Also we are always present upon such occasions, in order that the
punishment may be stopped upon the instant that conversion takes place."

"I see," said George.  "Are you all agreed"--addressing the assistants,
"that what your Grand Inquisitor has stated is the exact truth?"

"_Si, si_; yes, we are all agreed," came first from one and then
another, until all had spoken.

"Then," continued George, "I am to take it that you are all alike
equally responsible for what is done in this chamber?"

It was evident that a large proportion of the Assistant Inquisitors were
inclined to jib at the word "responsible"; but the young Captain
insisted upon each man giving a categorical reply to the question; and
in the end, stimulated further by the stern looks of the Grand
Inquisitor, they all replied in the affirmative.

"Very good," commented George.  "Now, I have but one other question to
ask.  Is it you, as a body, who condemn certain of your victims to the
hideous fate of being burnt alive in the _auto-da-fe_?"

Even the Grand Inquisitor, hitherto in a great measure blinded by his
bigotry, and his absolute faith in the sanctity of his office and the
complete protection which it afforded him, blanched at the directness
and significance of this last question; but still, unable even now to
fully realise the awful danger in which he stood, he gave a somewhat
rambling and excusatory reply which, however, was a full admission of
responsibility for the deed with which George charged him and his
associates.

"Good!" said George; "you have now afforded me all the information which
I desired to obtain.  All that remains for you, senors, is to make your
peace with God as best you can; for I have constituted myself the
avenger of all the accumulated agony that the walls of this chamber and
the stones of the Grand Plaza have witnessed; and within the next half-
hour _you die_!"



CHAPTER TEN.

HOW THE PLATE SHIPS SOUGHT TO ESCAPE FROM SAN JUAN.

"We die?" reiterated the Grand Inquisitor, now at last fully awakened to
the tremendous gravity of the situation.  "And pray, senor, at whose
behest do we die?"

"At mine, most reverend senor," answered George, simply.  "Have I not
yet succeeded in making that clear to you?"

"That means, then, that you intend to murder us?" demanded the Grand
Inquisitor, with pale, tremulous lips.

"Senores," replied George, in a tone of finality, "it matters not to me
how you choose to designate your impending execution.  Call it murder,
if the expression affords you any satisfaction.  _I_ call it an act of
stern justice, the richly merited punishment due to a long series of
atrociously inhuman crimes committed by you, if not actually with your
own hands, at least by your orders.  Such crimes as you and your
associates have most callously and cold-bloodedly committed under the
cloak of religion deserve a far more severe punishment than the mere
deprivation of life, and if I were constituted like yourselves I should
make that deprivation of life a long, lingering agony, a slow death of
exquisite torment, such as you have inflicted upon countless victims;
but torture is indescribably repugnant to the mind of an Englishman,
therefore I intend to carry out the death-sentence which I have passed
upon you, as mercifully as possible, by causing you to be shot--with one
exception, that exception being in the case of the Grand Inquisitor,
whom I purpose to hang, as an example to others.  And I have taken upon
myself the terrible task and responsibility of execution, for the simple
reason that there is no other who will do so; and justice _must_ be
satisfied.  And now, having said all that there is to be said, I leave
you all to prepare for death as best you may."  Whereupon, the young
man, with stern, set face, turned away and walked over to Basset, who
was still doing what he could to alleviate the sufferings of the latest
victim to the Inquisition's merciless methods of conversion.

"Well, Basset," he said, indicating the unfortunate individual in the
chair, "whom have we here?  He looks to me something like an
Englishman."

"So he be," answered Basset.  "He says his name be Job Winter, and that
he was one of the crew of Admiral Hawkins' ship, the _Minion_.  He've
been in this hell upon earth since last August, and all that time they
fiends in human form up there," indicating the occupants of the dais,
"have been trying their hardest to make a good Catholic of him.  And
this is how they've been doing it.  Look to mun."  And very gently and
tenderly the soldier disclosed certain horrible and blood-curdling
injuries very recently inflicted, together with a number of healed and
half-healed scars which bore eloquent testimony to a long period of
dreadful torment.  So frightful was the sight that both the beholders
fairly reeled under the horrible qualm of sickness and repulsion induced
by it, and if anything further was needed to confirm the young Captain
in his full determination to make an example of the Inquisitors, he
found it in the revolting spectacle before him.

"My poor dear man," he said, his voice quivering with compassion, "what
you must have suffered!  But, cheer up; we are Englishmen and Devon men,
like yourself, and one of our purposes in coming here was to deliver you
out of the hands of these Spanish devils, and we'll do it, too.  We've a
good surgeon aboard our ship, and you shall be in his hands this very
day, please God.  Are there any more of you in this place?"

"He doesn't know, poor soul," answered Basset, interposing, "but I do;
there be two more Englishmen that we've found in the cells; and they'm
almost so bad as this man.  We found 'em safely locked up; but they'm
out now and being taken care of by our men."

"Can they walk?" demanded George.

"A few yards, perhaps," surmised Basset, "but not so far as the wharf."

"Then they must be carried," decided George.  "And these men,"
indicating the scarlet-garbed individuals, whose business it evidently
was to actually carry out the fiendish commands of the
Inquisitors--"shall help to do it.  I dare say we can find all the
additional help we need somewhere in this building.  I will go out and
see to it; and, meanwhile, you will remain here and see that none of
these persons escape."

"Ay, ay," responded Basset, "I'll take care of that, trust me.  I don't
think there'll be any trouble, after the example I made of that fellow,"
pointing to the prostrate figure on the paved floor.  "The rascal
presumed to dispute my authority when I came in here and told everybody
that they were prisoners, and--there a be!  No, I don't think there'll
be any more trouble."

Whereupon George passed from the terrible chamber with its fearful
evidences of the dreadful lengths to which misguided fanaticism will
occasionally carry men, even in the cause of religion, and proceeded to
busy himself in making all the arrangements necessary for the
comfortable conveyance of the three unfortunate victims of Inquisitional
cruelty down to the ship.

The thing was done!  Righteously, or unrighteously, it was done at last,
and the little party of stern, inflexible-visaged Englishmen emerged
from the Inquisition building of San Juan de Ulua grouped protectively
round the three litters in which lay the quivering, emaciated, anguished
bodies of their fellow-countrymen, delivered, against all hope, from a
fate a thousand times worse than any ordinary kind of death, while
within the gloomy, forbidding walls of the building they left behind
them nine corpses as a warning and example that, even in that far-off
land, Englishmen might not be tortured to death with impunity.  It was a
terrible demonstration of crude, primitive justice; and whether or not
it was as effective in inculcating a lesson as it was intended to be, it
is now impossible to say; but one thing at least is certain, that from
that time forward there is no record of any Englishman having ever been
received into the Inquisition at San Juan.

The party reached the ship unmolested, although they naturally attracted
a great deal of attention during their passage through the streets.  How
it would have been with them during that short march if the inhabitants
of the city had been aware of the terrible tragedy which had just been
enacted within the walls of the Inquisition can never be known, possibly
it might have resulted in a still more terrible tragedy in the streets,
with far-reaching results upon the city itself, but Saint Leger believed
that he had taken every possible precaution against such an occurrence.

As events proved, however, there was one precaution which he had omitted
to take; he should have insisted upon the arrest by the alcalde of Don
Manuel Rebiera, the acting Commandant, upon that individual's display of
hostility at the termination of their interview with him; and this
George had not done.  Now, Don Manuel was both a bigoted Catholic and a
Government official.  He was one of those who held that the Church--and
in his case the term included every individual belonging to the Church--
could do no wrong; even the atrocities of the Inquisition, which many
devout Catholics secretly reprobated, were to him perfectly justifiable,
and the institution itself as sacred as the cathedral; and the suspicion
aroused within him by George's question as to the whereabouts of the
building--that this little band of autocratic, domineering heretics
meditated an invasion of its sacred precincts, possibly with the
intention of perpetrating some act of violence therein, and in any case
desecrating it by their intrusion--stirred his fanatical religious
rancour to boiling point, while the fact that those same heretics held
the town--a possession of his Most Catholic Majesty--at their mercy, was
not only as great an offence from his patriotic point of view, but he
also felt that it inflicted a deep stain upon his honour as a Spanish
soldier, which he was resolved to wipe out, if possible.

These feelings he had wit enough to understand he must conceal from
George and the alcalde, and he contrived to do so pretty successfully;
but the effort only caused them to gall and rankle the more intolerably,
and when, at the termination of his interview with them, he quitted
their presence with a certain scarcely veiled hint of insolence in his
manner, he was in the throes of a perfect frenzy of anger and
humiliation; in the precise frame of mind, in fact, as that of the man
who, forgetting everything but his own grievances, is ready to commit
any crime, however atrocious, in order to avenge himself and salve his
wounded feelings.  Too often, unhappily, reflection does not come until
it is too late, and the crime has been perpetrated, and Don Manuel's
first impulse was to muster his soldiers, follow after the Englishmen,
and slay them, if possible, before they should reach the Inquisition
building.  But as he hurried toward the barracks with this fell
intention, he realised that what he meditated was impossible; before he
could muster his soldiers and put them upon the track, the Englishmen
would have reached their goal; and once within the massive walls of the
building, they would be safe.  But there was no reason, he told himself,
why they should not be attacked as they came out--and here his
meditations came to a sudden halt.  There _was_ a very good reason,
which was that, even if his meditated attack should prove successful,
only a paltry dozen of Englishmen would fall, and their comrades would
remain to wreak a terrible retribution, in the course of which he, among
others, would have to pay the full penalty.  No, that would not do at
all; it was not that Don Manuel Rebiera was a coward; very far from it;
but with the speed of thought he pictured to himself the happenings that
must inevitably follow the perpetration of an act of such base treachery
as he meditated; he saw in imagination the execution of the hostages--
among whom, he suddenly remembered, were one or two very dear friends of
his own; the bombardment of the town, with the concomitant slaughter of
women and children as well as men; the exasperation of the citizens at
the author of the deed which had brought such a frightful calamity upon
them, and his own arrest and summary execution.  No; that would not do;
he was not in the least afraid to face death in fair fight, but to be
arrested by his own countrymen, handed over by them to the hated
English, and publicly hanged by the latter from one of the yard-arms of
their ship--No; he could not face that ignominy.

Then what was to be done--for something he was determined to do?  He
somehow found his way back to the private room in his quarters, and
there, flinging himself into a chair, set himself to think.  And
gradually from out the chaos of his thoughts there emerged an idea, a
plan, a mad, desperate plan that, if successful, would mean the
destruction or capture of the _Nonsuch_ and every Englishman aboard her,
which was what Rebiera wanted; while, if it failed--!  But it must not,
should not fail; no, he would see to that.  So presently he took pen and
paper, and proceeded to jot down his plan of campaign, altering its
details here and there as he went on, until finally he had evolved a
scheme that commended itself to him as eminently satisfactory.  Then he
proceeded to jot down a number of names of persons whose co-operation it
was necessary to secure; and, this done, he called for an orderly, who
forthwith proceeded to ride hither and thither about the city, calling
at this house and that and leaving instructions that the persons whom he
named were to present themselves without fail at the Commandant's office
at a certain hour, namely, four o'clock in the afternoon, which just
gave the Commandant nice time to complete his plans before the arrival
of the persons whom he had summoned to meet him.

And in due time, with very commendable punctuality, those persons turned
up and were ushered into the Commandant's private office.  There were
some thirty of them in all, and when the whole of them were present Don
Manuel proceeded to address them, at first in quick, tense tones, which
gradually changed to the fiery, impassioned language and gestures
characteristic of an invocation.  For a man of his parts he was rather
an able orator, moreover he was more profoundly stirred than, probably,
he had ever before been in the whole course of his life.  It is not to
be greatly wondered at, therefore, that before he ended he had wrought
his audience up to almost as high a pitch of ferocity and enthusiasm as
himself; and when at length he reached his peroration and concluded by
making a certain demand, the men who had hitherto sat listening to him
sprang to their feet with one accord and vowed, by all they held sacred,
that they would obey him and perform his behest, or die in the attempt.
And they were all resolute, determined men, too, of the seafaring class,
who looked as though they might be safely counted upon to keep their
word; wherefore, as soon as their excitement had subsided sufficiently
to permit of a return to business, Don Manuel drew toward him a bundle
of documents which he had already prepared, and which were, in fact,
temporary commissions, and distributed them, one to each man present.
Then, selecting a particular memorandum from a number which were lying
upon his desk, and referring to it for guidance from time to time, he
proceeded to give specified instructions to each person, who, having
received them, at once rose and bowed himself out, by which arrangement
the party gradually dissolved and left the building one man at a time,
thus reducing to a minimum the chances of attracting undue attention.

The afternoon was well advanced when at length George Saint Leger and
his party returned to the _Nonsuch_, and handed over to Jack Chichester,
the surgeon, the three human wrecks whom they had rescued from the
clutches of the Inquisition, with special instructions that no pains
were to be spared, no trouble to be regarded as too great, nothing that
the ship contained too precious for the mitigation of their suffering
and, as all hoped, their ultimate restoration to something approaching
as nearly as might be to perfect health.  It was pitiful to witness the
almost incredulous joy and transport manifested by the unfortunates at
finding themselves once more in the midst of their fellow-countrymen,
and especially of men who spoke in the accents of that beloved Devon
whose scented orchards, winding lanes, swelling moors, and lonely tors
they had utterly despaired of ever again beholding.  But they were
sturdy fellows, too, and even broken down as they were, with their
strength sapped and their courage almost quelled by long months of
protracted agony and privation, they quickly recovered spirit when once
they found themselves outside the gloomy precincts of the Inquisition
building; and though, despite the utmost precaution and the most tender
care in getting them out of the boat and up the ship's lofty side, the
pain they suffered in the process must have been excruciating, they made
light of it, declaring, with a laugh that moved those who heard it to
tears--so hollow and pathetic was it--that such pain was less than
nothing compared with the awful long-drawn-out torments to which they
had almost grown accustomed!

And if the three rescued Englishmen were glad to find themselves once
more, against all hope, delivered from the power of their tormentors,
and comparatively safe under the shelter of the glorious Cross of Saint
George, the hostages who had most unwillingly remained on board the
English ship to insure the good faith of their countrymen--in which, if
the truth must be told, they had no very profound belief--were scarcely
less so when they saw the little party of adventurers return in safety
from their desperate errand; for that return meant that one great danger
at least had been safely passed, and surely now they might rely upon the
citizens of San Juan to do nothing foolish.  So they plucked up heart of
grace, and became quite cheery and affable with the Englishmen until
Heard, the purser, rather maliciously reminded them that the matter of
the indemnity still remained unsettled and that many things might happen
before the citizens consented to part with such an enormous sum of
money.  And the hostages would have felt very much more disconcerted at
his remark than they actually were, had they dreamed that the Englishman
was speaking truer than he knew.

By the time that the excitement attendant upon the safe return of the
Captain and his escort had begun to simmer down a little, night had
fallen, and those who were not on duty began to think of retiring to
rest, for the day had been a long and rather trying one to all hands,
and especially so to those who had been of the shore-going party.  But
George did not forget, nor would he allow anyone else on board to
forget, that the ship was in a hostile port, surrounded on all sides by
enemies; and that although, for the moment, a truce prevailed, nobody
could possibly say how long that truce might last, or at what moment it
might be broken.  He reminded his compatriots that the harbour of San
Juan de Ulua, where they now lay, was the scene of that act of
stupendous treachery which it was a part of their business to avenge; he
pointed out that it was the very people who now surrounded them who had
perpetrated that act of treachery and were therefore quite capable of
perpetrating another if they believed that they saw the opportunity to
do so successfully, and he drew their attention to the fact that
although, thank God, they had a sound ship under them, they were very
much fewer in numbers than those who were the victims of the tragedy of
a year ago, and were consequently at least as tempting a mark as those
others had been; and finally he issued his commands that the same
watches should be maintained as though the ship were at sea, and that
the utmost vigilance should be observed by the look-outs and especially
by the officers, that the ordnance should be kept loaded, that no man
should lay aside his arms, even to sleep; and that, lastly, if any craft
or boat of any kind were seen to be approaching the ship during the
hours of darkness, she was to be first challenged, and then fired upon
if she did not immediately reply.

The night fell dark and overcast, with a brisk easterly breeze and
occasional heavy rain squalls, taxing the vigilance of the look-outs to
the utmost, and causing young Saint Leger to frequently quit his cabin
to personally assure himself that his instructions were being carried
out in their entirety.  But nothing in the slightest degree suspicious
was observed until shortly after three o'clock in the morning, when
Dyer, the pilot, whose watch it then was, suddenly presented himself at
the door of George's cabin with the startling intimation that two of the
plate ships, if not three, seemed to have slipped their cables and were
getting under way.  "There baint a light to be seed aboard any of 'em,"
he reported, "and it's so dark as Tophet, but I be certain sure that two
of they ships is settin' their canvas, and there be another that, to my
mind, be adrift."

"But how can that be, when we have the officers of the ships aboard
here?" demanded George as he sprang from his cot and followed Dyer out
on deck.

"Don't know, I'm sure," answered Dyer; "but it's a fact that some of 'em
be gettin' under way."

As the pair emerged from the poop cabin, they were met by Drew, the
boatswain, who reported:

"There be four of 'em on the move now, Cap'n; and I baint at all sure
but where there's one or two more of 'em makin' ready for a start,
though the light be that bad--"

"Mr Dyer," interrupted George crisply, "let our cable be buoyed, ready
for slipping, and call all hands, if you please, to fighting stations.
Also, let the sail-trimmers be sent aloft to loose the canvas.  We will
get under way at once.  It is too dark for me to see anything just now,
coming directly from the lighted cabin, but I'll take your word for it
that things are as you say.  Evidently, there is treachery afoot again,
somewhere; and it will never do to allow any of those plate ships to
escape.  Rather than permit that to happen, I'll sink them!"

Thereupon there ensued on board the _Nonsuch_ a brief period of intense
but almost silent activity, during which the severely strict discipline
which Saint Leger had imposed upon his crew amply justified itself, for
every man exactly knew his station and the duty which the exigencies of
the moment demanded of him, and did it without the need of a single
superfluous order.  A few cries there were, of course, demanding that
this or that rope should be let go, or intimating that such and such a
sail was ready for setting, for the darkness was so intense that it was
impossible to see exactly everything that was happening even aboard
their own ship, nor was the work executed with quite that automatic
precision and astonishing speed that is characteristic of the Navy of
the present day, yet the work went forward so smoothly and rapidly that
within ten minutes of the delivery of George's first order the _Nonsuch_
was under way and turning to windward in pursuit of the plate ships that
were cumbrously attempting to effect their escape from the harbour.

Within the next five minutes it became evident that the Spanish sailors
were no match for the English, nor the Spanish ships for the _Nonsuch_;
for although the former had secured a pretty good start of the latter,
they had slipped their cables with only just enough canvas set to give
them steerage way and enable them to avoid colliding with other ships,
slowly increasing their spread of canvas as they went, whereas the
_Nonsuch_ hung on to her anchor until practically the whole of her
working canvas was set, wherefore no sooner had the ponderous hempen
cable gone smoking out through her hawse pipe than she came under
command, when her extraordinary speed at once told, and she began to
rapidly overhaul the ships of which she was in chase.  But it was
nervous work threading her way out of that crowded anchorage in the
intense darkness, for there were fully fifty sail in the port, apart
from the plate ships, and for some unknown reason--but probably in
accordance with orders received--not one was showing a light,
consequently there were several occasions when a collision was avoided
only by the remarkable working qualities of the ship herself and the
instantaneous response of the mariners to the orders issued from time to
time from the quarter-deck.

To avoid collision with a craft lying passively at anchor was, under the
circumstances, quite sufficiently difficult, but it was infinitely worse
when it came to steering clear of the plate ships beating out of the
harbour; and indeed something more than a mere suspicion soon took
possession of the minds of the English that a deliberate attempt was
being made by the Spaniards to either run them down or disable them, for
whenever, in the course of manoeuvring, they drew near a Spanish ship,
the latter seemed to alter her course and come blundering headlong at
them, when, if a collision had chanced to have occurred, the English
ship must of necessity have been the greatest sufferer, because of her
inferior size.  But here again the nimbleness of the _Nonsuch_ and the
activity of her crew sufficed to avert disaster, and ship after ship was
overtaken and passed in deadly, ominous silence, for it was George's
intention to make no demonstration until he had overtaken and weathered
the leading ship, when he was determined to administer such a lesson as
should not be readily forgotten.

And at length the fateful moment arrived, about half an hour after the
_Nonsuch_ had slipped her cable and slid away from her anchorage.  She
had overtaken and passed every ship but one, and that one was now
approaching her, the two ships being on opposite tacks.  It was
difficult, just then, to determine which ship would weather the other;
but as the distance between the two narrowed it presently became
apparent that neither would weather the other, and that a collision was
inevitable, unless one of the two gave way.  George issued certain
orders, and then walked forward, climbed the forecastle, that he might
see the better, and intently fixed his gaze upon the approaching ship.
She was then about a point on the lee bow of the _Nonsuch_, and was
steering such a course that, unless one or the other gave way, the
stranger must certainly strike the English ship somewhere between her
stem and foremast, probably bringing down the latter, most certainly
carrying away the bowsprit, and in any case rendering the _Nonsuch_
unmanageable.  On she came, a blot of deeper blackness upon the black
background of the night, and it was clear to George that those on board
her were deliberately manoeuvring to strike the English ship.  But Saint
Leger had already made his plans, and when presently the space between
the two craft had narrowed until only a few fathoms separated them, and
still there was no sign of the Spanish ship giving way, the young man
put a whistle to his lips and blew a shrill blast, whereupon the helm of
the _Nonsuch_ was put hard up, and as she bore broad away the whole of
her starboard broadside was poured into the approaching ship, within
biscuit-toss, and the discharge was instantly followed by a dreadful
outcry aboard her, mingled with the sound of rending timbers; and as the
two ships drove close past each other it was seen that her foremast had
been shot away.  Then, to the amazement of all on board the English
ship, an order in Spanish was shouted, and the next instant a straggling
but heavy musketry fire was opened upon the former from the decks of the
latter, in the midst of which George hailed the Spaniard with:

"_Hola_! there.  How dare you, senor, quit your anchorage without
orders, and attempt to leave the harbour?  Return at once, or I swear to
you that I will sink you forthwith.  If you are not round and heading
for the anchorage by the time that I am again alongside you, I will give
you another broadside.  And--arrest the man, whoever he is, who issued
the order to you to open fire upon us, for somebody will have to be
punished for that outrage."

Whether or not the Spaniards were able to assimilate the whole of his
instructions, George could not tell, for the two ships were fast driving
apart; but when at length the _Nonsuch_ was hove about and once more
approached the Spaniard's weather quarter, with guns run out, a figure
leaped up on the plate ship's taffrail, frantically waving a lighted
lantern, and as he did so, he hailed:

"Do not fire upon us again, senor, for the love of God!  We are busily
engaged in clearing away the wreck of our foremast, and as soon as that
is done and the ship is once more under command, I give you my word,
upon the honour of a Spaniard, that we will return to the anchorage."

"The honour of a Spaniard!" retorted George, contemptuously.  "How much
is that worth, after the specimen of it which you have given me this
night?  However, you cannot possibly escape, so I will spare you for the
present.  Have you arrested the man who ordered your musketeers to fire
upon us?"

"No, senor," was the answer.  "Do you wish him to be put under arrest?"

"That was part of my order when I just now hailed you," retorted George.
"But," he continued, "possibly you did not hear me; wherefore I repeat
the order now."

"It shall be done," replied the stranger.  "And, senor," he continued,
"although the evidence against us be strong, I beg you not to think that
all Spaniards are liars and faithless.  There are some--of whom I am
one--who know how to keep faith as well as an Englishman; and I will
keep faith with you."

"See that you do so, senor," retorted George, as the ships again drew
apart.  "It will be better for you and those with you."

It was at this moment that the weather suddenly cleared, the clouds
drove away to leeward, and the stars shone forth with that mellow lustre
and brilliancy which renders a starlit night in the tropics so
inexpressibly beautiful; in an instant the intense darkness which had
hitherto enveloped the scene was rolled away like a curtain, and objects
which a moment before had been invisible were now seen with
comparatively perfect distinctness, the several ships which comprised
the plate fleet--the whole of which were by this time under way--and
even the wharves and houses of the town gleaming faintly and ghostly
against the darker background of the country beyond and the blue-black
of the star-spangled heavens.  And now, too, lights suddenly began to
appear in the two batteries which guarded the town.  A few seconds
later, as the _Nonsuch_ was steering to intercept and order back to her
anchorage the second of the escaping plate ships, first one and then the
other of those same batteries opened fire, and that their ordnance was
levelled against the English ship immediately afterward became apparent
from the fact that several heavy shot came hurtling immediately
overhead, one or two of which passed through the _Nonsuch's_ canvas, but
fortunately without inflicting any more serious damage.

"Spanish treachery again!" growled George to Basset, who was now
standing on the poop beside him.  "It would appear that the scoundrels
know not what keeping faith means.  I felt fully convinced that by
securing possession of a dozen of the most important citizens as
hostages, we should effectually protect ourselves from all possibility
of attack; but it is clear that there is somebody ashore there who cares
not what happens to the hostages, if he can only find a chance to strike
at us a treacherous blow.  Now, then, to deal with this rascal,"
indicating the approaching plate ship.  "Severe measures are best in
such cases as this, and if we deal with this fellow sharply, perhaps the
others will take the hint, and return to the anchorage without waiting
to be shot at.  Starboard your helm, Mr Dyer"--to the pilot; "we will
pass under this fellow's stern, shaving him as closely as may be and
pouring a raking broadside into him as we pass; and if that does not
make him bear up, we will follow him and give him another.  Now, gunners
of the starboard battery, stand by your ordnance, and discharge when we
are square athwart this big ship's stern."

The two craft were by this time within hailing distance of each other,
but perfect silence was maintained on board both until the _Nonsuch_, by
hauling her wind to pass under the plate ship's stern, exposed
practically the whole of her deck to those aboard the bigger ship, when
an order suddenly rang out, and the whole of the Spaniard's bulwark
instantly flashed into a hundred points of flame as a party of
musketeers aboard her discharged their weapons at close range.  At such
an exceedingly short distance it was inevitable that a certain number of
casualties should occur, and George, with rage in his heart, saw several
figures collapse and fall upon the deck of his own ship, Dyer's among
them, while a bullet rang sharply upon his own steel headpiece, causing
him to stagger slightly.

"The villains!" he muttered savagely; "they shall pay dearly for this.
Hold your fire, men; do not discharge your ordnance until we are square
athwart his stern.  Then let him have it and rake him fore and aft!"

Some five seconds later, the starboard broadside of the _Nonsuch's_
ordnance, great and small, crashed out, one piece after another in rapid
succession; and mingled with the roar of the guns there arose a dreadful
chorus of shrieks and yells from the Spaniard's crowded decks.  At the
same instant the shore batteries renewed their fire, and so eager,
apparently, were the artillerymen to destroy the English ship that they
seemed to care little though their own countrymen shared her
destruction, for at least half the shot fell on board the ship that had
just sustained such a punishing broadside from the English, which still
further added to the confusion on board her.  And when, a moment later,
the _Nonsuch_ hove in stays, with the evident intention of repeating the
dose with her larboard broadside, the mere threat proved quite enough,
for the big craft hurriedly put up her helm and bore away again for the
anchorage, with her scuppers streaming blood.  The lesson seemed to have
sufficed for the rest also; for, one after the other, as they saw the
_Nonsuch_ heading toward them, they, too, bore up and headed back toward
the anchorage, while the artillerymen manning the batteries plumped shot
into them indiscriminately, apparently unable to distinguish between
friend and foe, so that, as they ran in again, those who had hitherto
escaped the broadsides of the Englishmen received a pretty severe
castigation from their friends ashore.  At length, however, the whole
fleet got back to the anchorage, well peppered on the one hand by their
own batteries, and, on the other, receiving an occasional reminder from
the _Nonsuch_, until they were all once more at anchor, when the
Englishmen, as they passed to their own sheltered berth, stood close
inshore and poured a couple of broadsides into the nearest battery, so
well directed and with such deadly effect that it was effectually
silenced, while, as for the other, she soon passed beyond the range of
its guns and dropped her anchor as near to the spot which she had
previously occupied as could be determined by the elusive light of the
stars.



CHAPTER ELEVEN.

HOW THEY EMPTIED THE STRONG ROOMS OF THE TWELVE PLATE SHIPS.

The first thing done aboard the _Nonsuch_, as soon as she and the other
ships had come to an anchor, was to ascertain the amount of loss and
damage attendant upon this fresh display of Spanish treachery, and this
proved, upon examination, to be very much less than might reasonably
have been expected.  The most serious were the casualties resulting from
musketry fire, but even these were by no means considerable, the loss
amounting only to three killed and seven wounded--two of the latter,
however, being reported by Chichester as serious cases.  The ship
herself had escaped damage in a manner that was little short of
miraculous, a few shots through her canvas and two in her hull covering
the full extent of her injuries; but this was probably due to ignorance
on the part of the artillerymen in the batteries, who, unused to
distinguishing one ship from another, had failed to identify the
_Nonsuch_ in the uncertain starlight, and had expended most of their
ammunition upon their friends, with disastrous results to the latter, as
subsequently appeared.

Meanwhile, the hostages, startled out of a light and troubled sleep upon
the first alarm that the plate ships were attempting to escape, had sat
huddled together in the great state cabin throughout the succeeding hour
and a half, quaking at every command which reached their ears from the
deck above, quaking still more when the firing began, roundly denouncing
and execrating the criminal folly of those, whoever they might be, who
were responsible for this fresh breach of faith, and anxiously debating
the question as to whether the young English Captain would hang the
whole of them in reprisal, or whether he would spare a certain number,
and if so, how many, and who.  The alcalde had not returned to the ship
after leaving her in company with the Captain and his armed guard on the
previous day, having parted with George outside the Government building
when the Englishmen set out to visit the Inquisition, which circumstance
had been duly communicated to the hostages by Saint Leger upon his
return; and some of his fellow townsmen now manifested a disposition to
lay the blame for the affair upon his shoulders; the majority, however,
were of the contrary opinion, and it was this opinion upon which they
grounded the hope which ultimately arose that some of them at least
might be spared.  For, they argued, if he were not guilty, he would take
immediate steps to discover who was, and having found the guilty party,
would cause his prompt arrest, after which they might hope for his
return to the ship to surrender the guilty one.  But everything was most
horribly uncertain; and the more they debated the matter the worse
complexion did it assume; so that by the time that the ship was back at
the anchorage and the anchor let go, they were all in a most pitiable
state of distress and fright.  And this state was in nowise relieved
when, as day was on the point of breaking, George entered the cabin, and
they noted the stern, set expression of his features.

He gazed slowly round at the quaking company for some moments in
silence, and then said:

"Well, senores, you were yesterday convinced of the ability of your
countrymen to keep faith with an honourable enemy, or I suppose you
would not have consented to guarantee their fidelity with your lives.
What think you of them now?"

"Ah, noble senor," exclaimed one of them--a certain Don Martin de
Sylva--"be merciful, I pray you, and do not hastily wreak upon us, who
are innocent, the vengeance so justly provoked by the act of another.
This is not the treachery of a whole community, senor, believe me, but
is the deed of some mad zealot--and, by all the Saints!  I believe I can
name him, too," he suddenly broke out, wheeling eagerly round upon his
fellow hostages and excitedly addressing them.  "What say you, senores;
does not the whole complexion of this unforgivable outrage point your
suspicions almost irresistibly toward one particular man?  Are we to
believe that our worthy alcalde is capable of imperilling the lives of
his fellow townsmen, as ours have been imperilled this night, by an act
of such base, wanton betrayal as all this amounts to?  I say no, most
emphatically; for, apart from every other consideration, what would he
gain by it?  No; this is the deed of a man anxious to curry favour at
any cost with the Viceroy--who, we know, hates the English, and justly
fears them, too, after his atrocious act of last year; and what man so
anxious to win favour in that direction as--I say it with deliberation,
senores--Don Manuel Rebiera, the acting Commandant of the military
forces?  That, in my humble opinion, noble Capitan, is the man whom we
have to thank for this latest outrage; and I think--nay, I _hope_--
that--Heavens!  I wonder whether the alcalde will have the courage--or,
rather, the _power_--to arrest him, Don Manuel having the soldiery at
his back."

"I had an interview with Don Manuel Rebiera, yesterday," remarked
George; "and I feel bound to admit that I observed a certain something
in his manner which to some extent justifies your suspicion of him.  But
whoever may be the person responsible for last night's--or, rather, this
morning's--proceedings, I most fervently hope, for your sakes, senores,
that he will be speedily found and delivered into my hands; for I tell
you that somebody will have to pay very dearly indeed for them.  I shall
do nothing rashly or hastily, senores--you may reassure yourselves upon
that point--but an act of basest, foulest treachery has been
perpetrated, and retribution must follow.  If you can in any way,
whether by suggestion or otherwise, assist me to lay my hands upon the
culprit, or culprits, I strongly advise you to do so, for your own
sakes; for, failing the actual guilty parties, _you_, senores, are the
persons who will have to pay the penalty."  And, so saying, George
passed on and into his own cabin, leaving the hostages almost as
profoundly perturbed as before.

Meanwhile, Basset, acting under Saint Leger's instructions, had caused a
boat to be lowered and manned by a strong crew, fully armed, and in her
had proceeded to board the plate ships, one after the other, with the
view of ascertaining who had been in command during the futile effort to
take them to sea, also to arrest those persons, whoever they might be,
and bring them aboard the _Nonsuch_.  This task occupied fully two
hours; so that it was drawing well on toward breakfast time when at
length the boat returned, bringing with her seven men--the remainder
having somehow contrived to effect their escape to the shore--who
admitted having been in temporary command of the ships during the night.
These men George questioned immediately upon their arrival; when the
suspicion given expression to by one of the hostages an hour or two
earlier, was fully confirmed; the prisoners asserting that their written
orders--which they produced in confirmation of their story--had been
given them on the previous afternoon by Don Manuel Rebiera, the acting
Military Commandant of the town and the representative of the Spanish
Government; those orders being to get the ships under way at a certain
hour, with the twofold object of escaping to sea, if possible, and of
enticing the English ship to follow them into the open, where she would
be exposed to the fire of the batteries, when it was hoped that she
would be destroyed, and the remnant of her crew captured.  Upon
receiving this information George at once sat down and wrote a letter to
the alcalde, informing him of what had transpired, and demanding the
immediate arrest and surrender of the acting Commandant, the penalty for
non-compliance with the command before noon, being the bombardment and
sack of the town.  This letter he entrusted to one of the hostages--
chosen by lot--who forthwith left the ship in a shore boat which had
been called alongside, promising that he would leave no stone unturned
to secure submission to the English Captain's demands.  Then all hands
went to breakfast.

Meanwhile, with the strengthening of daylight it was discovered that the
_Nonsuch_, upon returning to the roadstead after her pursuit of the
plate ships, had brought up so close to the spot where she had slipped
her buoyed anchor, that the cable could be recovered by the simple
process of running out a warp to it; and this was therefore the first
job undertaken when breakfast was over, the second anchor being at the
same time weighed and secured; after which there was nothing to be done
but to wait until noon--or the arrival of a reply from the alcalde.

It was, however, not necessary to wait for noon; for about half-past ten
o'clock a boat was seen approaching the _Nonsuch_ from the shore; and
when she presently drew near enough to permit recognition of the faces
of those in her it was seen that the alcalde was her solitary passenger;
and very shortly afterwards she ranged up alongside the English ship,
and Don Juan Alvarez climbed the side ladder in an evident state of
profound trepidation.  He brought momentous news, to the effect that it
had indeed been Don Manuel Rebiera who had taken upon himself to arrange
the whole affair of the preceding night; and that when at daylight he
had discovered how completely his scheme for the destruction of the
English ship had failed--and had also realised, it is to be presumed,
all that his failure involved, the terrible retribution that the English
would be certain to exact, and the whole responsibility for which must
rest upon his shoulders--the unhappy man had retired to his private
office in the Government building, and, after writing and signing a
document acknowledging himself to be the sole culprit, had shot himself
through the head.  To this piece of news the alcalde added the further
information that the soldiers, some eight hundred in number, infuriated
at the suicide of their chief, and the terrible affair of the previous
day at the Inquisition, for both of which occurrences they held the
English equally responsible, were practically in a state of mutiny, and
were parading the streets, fully armed, loudly announcing their
intention to kill any Englishman who dared to leave the shelter of his
ship and venture ashore.  Further, it appeared that the citizens, about
equally alarmed at the violence of feeling displayed by the soldiers,
and the fear that the town would be bombarded in reprisal for the
outrage perpetrated by Don Manuel, had taken refuge in the cathedral and
the various churches, where, under the leadership of the priests, they
were offering up especial prayers for protection and deliverance.

"Very well, senor alcalde," said George, when that official had
completed his report; "you have made the state of affairs ashore
sufficiently clear for all practical purposes.  Now, touching the matter
of the indemnity which I have demanded, what has been done with regard
to that?"

"Nothing--definite--so far--I regret to say," answered the alcalde,
haltingly.  "Of course," he continued, "I have discussed the matter with
Don Manuel Rebiera, the late acting Commandant; but I found him
exceedingly difficult and untractable to deal with.  When I first
broached the subject to him, I regret to say that he immediately fell
into a most violent rage, and declared, with quite unnecessary vigour,
that he would have nothing whatever to do with the payment of any
indemnity, however small; and when I pointed out to him that the lives
of twelve of our most important and valued citizens hung in the balance,
and might very possibly be sacrificed unless he displayed a very much
larger measure of pliability--well--I will not offend your ears, most
illustrious Capitan, by repeating his exact words, but I may tell you
they were to the effect that he would rather every hostage were hanged,
and the town itself laid in ruins, than suffer the humiliation of being
compelled to pay an indemnity for an action which he, personally,
regarded as perfectly righteous and justifiable.  On the whole, senor, I
am inclined to think that it is just as well for all concerned that Don
Manuel is dead; for I am convinced that, had he continued to live, he
would have proved an insuperable bar to every kind of negotiation, and,
quite possibly, have precipitated a further catastrophe.  For he was a
Government official, and was possessed, in a very marked degree, of all
the arrogance, the tyrannical, overbearing manner, the blind,
intolerable pride, and the immeasurable contempt for everybody and
everything not official, that so strongly characterises the
representatives of Government in these territories.  Yet, on the other
hand, his death places me in a dilemma from which I can see no way of
extricating myself; for the Commandant is so ill that it is impossible
for me to discuss business with him; I dare not act upon my sole,
unsupported authority; and if I have understood you aright,
_illustrissimo_, you will not give the time necessary to communicate
with the Viceroy.  So what am I to do?"

"I quite recognise the difficulty of your position, Don Juan," answered
George; "and perhaps the simplest way will be for us to act entirely
upon our own initiative, and so relieve you of all responsibility in the
matter.  Therefore, if you will kindly excuse me, I will leave you for a
little while, and will discuss the situation with my officers.  And
while I am absent, you will have an opportunity to talk matters over
with these worthy gentlemen, your fellow-citizens, who are in the
unfortunate position of being hostages for a good faith that has been
wantonly broken.  Perhaps when I return you may find yourselves able to
make a proposal, or at least offer a suggestion."

Having said which, the young Englishman bowed to his involuntary guests,
and went out on deck, where he invited Basset and Heard to accompany him
to the poop for the purposes of a consultation.  That same consultation
proved to be but a very brief affair; for George opened it by clearly
explaining to his fellow adventurers the distinctive features of the
situation, as it then existed, and giving his own views as to the manner
in which it might best be met; whereupon his companions at once agreed
to his suggested course of procedure, daring though this was, and the
conference, if such it might be called, broke up, having lasted less
than a quarter of an hour.  Then, while Basset and the purser resumed
the duties upon which they had previously been engaged, Saint Leger
returned to the state cabin to announce to the anxious alcalde and his
companions the decision which had been arrived at.

"Well, senores," he remarked cheerfully, glancing round at the expectant
faces so eagerly raised to his, as he entered the cabin, "I have
discussed with my officers the difficulty which confronts us all, and we
have resolved upon a course of action which I trust will be acceptable
to you.  We have come to the conclusion that it is not the inhabitants
of San Juan who are responsible for the occurrences of last night; and
therefore it would be unjust for us to punish them, through you, for
what happened.  Therefore if nothing further of an untoward character
occurs during the stay of the _Nonsuch_ in your harbour, your own lives
are safe, and your town will be spared by us--."  Here a sigh of
profound relief floated round the cabin, accompanied by a little stir as
the hostages' tense attitudes relaxed and they settled themselves into
more comfortable positions.  "But," continued George, "the fact remains
that a daring and treacherous attempt to effect our destruction was made
last night, as of course you are all fully aware; and that attempt must
be very severely punished, and ample compensation exacted.

"Now, it is perfectly clear, from what your respected alcalde has told
us, that the outrage--for I can call it nothing less--was instigated by,
and carried out under the direction of, an official representative of
the Spanish Government; therefore, since that official has placed
himself beyond the reach of punishment, the Government of which he was a
representative, and on behalf of which we are to assume he acted, must
pay the penalty.  Fortunately for you and us, who are the parties most
intimately concerned, the means whereby your Government can be most
severely punished, and an ample penalty paid, lie close to hand, in the
plate ships at present in your harbour; and it is our intention to avail
ourselves of that circumstance by confiscating the whole of the treasure
now on board them; and I have accordingly issued orders that they are to
be brought alongside this ship, one after another, and the treasure
removed with all expedition from their strong rooms to our own.  In this
way your Government will be the only loser, your own lives and property
will be spared; and we trust that the plan will consequently commend
itself to you.  The only feature of the plan which may perhaps be
distasteful to any of you is that I shall feel myself compelled to keep
Don Juan Alvarez, your worthy alcalde, as well as yourselves, a prisoner
until the transfer has been effected; and I do this solely because he
happens to be the only person among you who wields any authority, and it
may possibly be necessary for him to exercise that authority from time
to time, in order to restrain the crews of the various ships from
causing trouble.  Now, senores, what think you of my plan?"

For a few moments dead silence reigned in the cabin, the fact being that
the Dons were literally smitten speechless by the paralysing enormity of
the proposed insult and injury to the dignity of that Government which,
in their eyes, was only a shade less sacred than the Church, and their
first emotion was one of overwhelming indignation against those whose
colossal insolence and audacity rendered them capable of such an
overwhelmingly humiliating proposal.  But the offence to their national
pride was quickly swamped by considerations of their own personal
safety, and as one man they soon came to the conclusion that anything--
yes, _anything_, even the humiliation of their king, was better than the
sacrifice of their own lives and the destruction of their own property
which would be involved in a retaliatory bombardment and sack of the
town.  If the Government chose to leave San Juan de Ulua in so
defenceless a condition as to render such an outrage possible, then let
Government suffer the humiliation and the loss!  Such were, in
substance, the dominant thoughts in the minds of the alcalde and his
fellow prisoners; and at length, perceiving that none of the others were
willing to speak, one, Don Martin de Sylva, the oldest as well as the
most prominent and important of the hostages, rose to his feet and said,
slowly and impressively:

"Senor Capitan, you have asked for our opinion of your most astounding
proposal; and I will give you mine, which I put forward as my own
exclusively, and which I do not pretend to advance as in the slightest
degree representative of those of my companions.  In the first place, I
must be permitted to remind you that, although one of the avowed
purposes of your visit to our city is to avenge and exact compensation
for an attack upon your countrymen in our harbour, last year, which we
all deplore and deprecate, you have as yet offered us no proof of your
authority for such action, which, for all that we know, may have been
taken actually without the knowledge of those who are legitimately
entitled to regard themselves as the injured parties; therefore I think
you must acknowledge that it is not surprising if we and our Government
have been slow to recognise your claims.  You may have been duly
accredited by Her Majesty the Queen of England to exact the reparation
which you demand; but, if so, I think you ought to have submitted your
credentials when you made your claim, and that claim, I venture to
suggest, should have been made in proper diplomatic form, instead of
being, as it was, a mere threat.  But if you hold no credentials from
Her Majesty, and your authority is self-imposed, the conduct of which I
complain is quite comprehensible, and although it may be in the highest
degree irregular I am prepared to admit that it is not altogether
unjustifiable, since I understand that your own brother was, and indeed
still is, a sufferer from the attack upon Admiral Hawkins' fleet.  Your
claim on his behalf I am willing to admit is not outrageously
unreasonable, and I deeply regret that it was not immediately _met_ and
promptly discharged.  The most unfortunate feature of the whole affair
is of course the action which that misguided and over-zealous fool,
Rebiera, took during the early hours of this morning.  That action
completely disarms us and perhaps--I only say _perhaps_--justifies you,
in a measure, in the stupendous demand which you are now making.  For my
own part, I have no hesitation in expressing the opinion that, as
reparation only, your demands are excessive and far beyond all
reasonable bounds.  But if they are intended--as I gather they are--to
be regarded also as a wholesome chastisement of our Government for an
act of treachery on the part of one of its officials, then I have
nothing further to say.  You have the power to exact what terms you
please, and if you choose to exercise that power, we have not the means
to prevent you.  For myself, all I can say is that I am very grateful to
you that you have been so fair-minded as to admit the innocence of
myself and my fellow hostages in connection with an affair over which we
have had no control, yet for which you might, had you so chosen, have
exacted our lives as a penalty."  Having thus delivered himself, the old
Don bowed gravely and resumed his seat.

"Thank you, Don Martin," answered George, good-humouredly.  "I asked for
an opinion, and you have given me yours, frankly and fearlessly; and I
imagine, from the expression of approval which I seem to read upon your
compatriots' faces, that their opinion coincides with your own pretty
closely.  Well, be it so; naturally, you and I regard this whole matter
from two very different points of view.  Now, what says your worthy
alcalde?  Is he willing to exercise his authority over the crews of the
ships, if necessary, in order to avert further trouble and
complications?"

The alcalde rose to his feet and bowing, with the native grace of the
high-bred Spaniard, to George, replied:

"Assuredly I will, senor; for the power is in your hands, and you can
enforce obedience if you see fit.  And anything will be preferable to
the useless slaughter which I foresee would inevitably result from
ineffective and ill-advised action on the part of our mariners.  To
avoid that deplorable waste of life, therefore, I am prepared to
intervene, should the necessity unhappily arise.  At the same time,
senor, I feel it due to myself to join my protest to that of my friend,
Don Martin de Sylva, and, I think I may add, the rest of us here
present, against what I cannot avoid regarding as the tremendously
excessive penalty which you are about to impose in retaliation for the
ill-judged action of one man, who has already paid with his life for his
mistake."  And therewith Don Juan resumed his seat, to the accompaniment
of approving murmurs from his companions.

"Very well, then," said George, composedly; "that matter is also
settled.  And now, senor, I think it will be advisable that you should
accompany me out on deck, and hold yourself ready to act, if required;
for, from the sounds which reach me, it would seem that the first of
your ships is being hauled alongside; and your intervention may
therefore be needed at any moment."

As it happened, however, no intervention on the part of the alcalde was
required; possibly his presence on the poop of the _Nonsuch_ beside
George, where he could be distinctly seen by everybody, may have
exercised a wholesome restraint upon the Spanish crew; or the sight of
the entire crew of the English ship, mustered on deck, armed to the
teeth, the gunners standing by their ordnance with lighted matches, may
have had something to do with it; be that as it may, the Spanish seamen
offered no resistance when it became apparent that the English were
about to transfer the treasure from the plate ships' strong rooms to
their own; nay more, they even assisted in the transfer, when commanded
to do so, although it must be confessed that they worked with sullen
countenances, and many muttered threats and grumblings.

There were twelve plate ships in the harbour, of which number ten were
fully loaded; but when it came to inspecting the strong rooms of these
ships it was found that all twelve of them had received their full
complement of treasure, consisting of silver bars, gold bricks--each
separately sewn up in its casing of hide, as transported from the
mines--and one large chest of pearls, the proceeds of the whole previous
year's fishing in the adjacent waters.  The gold and silver also
represented a whole year's produce of the mines; and so enormous was the
quantity of the precious metals that its transfer to the _Nonsuch_
occupied six entire days; while, when at length the task was completed,
the _Nonsuch_, stout ship as she was, floated the deeper by a good five
strakes!

The work was completed on a certain day, about an hour after sunset; and
at the very urgent request of the alcalde and his friends the hostages,
George arranged to leave the port forthwith; for although no actual
demonstration had been made against the ship, news had come off from the
shore, from time to time, to the effect that the whole town was seething
with indignation at the sight of such an enormous amount of treasure
being seized by the hated English, while the soldiery were going about
the streets breathing fire and slaughter and doing their utmost to
incite the town folk to unite with them in a determined effort to
recapture the treasure and annihilate the English pirates; while, as the
time went on, it became perfectly evident that only the fear of
bombardment restrained the civilians from entertaining the proposal;
and, even so, the alcalde was in a perfect agony of fear lest, despite
all the efforts of his friends ashore, some rash act on the part of the
soldiery and the rougher element among the civilians, should yet
precipitate a catastrophe.  Therefore, no sooner was the last gold brick
transferred than the alcalde and his fellow prisoners overwhelmed George
with most urgent solicitations that, having now accomplished all he had
planned, he would proceed to sea forthwith; which, there being no reason
to the contrary, the young captain willingly consented to do.
Accordingly, the canvas was loosed, the anchor hove up to the bows; and,
the alcalde and his friends having been transferred to the ship
alongside, the fasts were cast off, the topsails sheeted home, and under
the impulse of a gentle off-shore breeze the _Nonsuch_ stood out of the
harbour of San Juan de Ulua, after a sojourn of a full week pregnant
with events of great and far-reaching importance.  It afterwards
transpired that the English had only got away from the port by the bare
skin of their teeth; for within twenty-four hours of their departure the
belated convoy arrived with the plate ships from Cartagena and Nombre de
Dios; and when the Spanish Admiral was made acquainted with the details
of George's daring raid--which was within an hour of his arrival--he was
so convulsed with rage that in the height of his passion he ordered the
entire convoy to weigh and put to sea again--leaving the newly-arrived
plate ships to take care of themselves and their precious cargoes as
best they might--with instructions to the captains that they were on no
account to return without the English ship.  The result of this mad
order was that the convoy was absent for three full weeks, during which
George, had he only known it, might have returned and filled the
_Nonsuch_ with treasure until she would hold no more.  But while the
Spanish captains were straining their ships to pieces by threshing to
the northward under a heavy press of sail, under the conviction that the
English were homeward bound and were heading north to avail themselves
of the assistance of the Gulf Stream, the heavily-laden _Nonsuch_ was
steadily working to windward across the Gulf of Campeche, making for the
northern coast of Yucatan, on her way back to the little desert island
off the southern coast of Jamaica, where the adventurers had buried
their first haul of treasure.

For now that the _Nonsuch_ was loaded down with so fabulously rich a
freight, the first consideration of its new owners was to temporarily
deposit it in some place of safety while they pursued their quest of the
missing Hubert Saint Leger, lest haply misfortune should befall them
and, losing their ship, they should lose their treasure also.  And now
it was that George had his eyes opened, for the first time, to one at
least of the disadvantages of so stupendous a stroke of good fortune as
had been his and his companions'.  For their haul of treasure had been
so enormous that the men had got tired of handling it before its
transfer had been completed; nay more, they were actually _satisfied_
with the amount of their wealth; and when George first announced his
intention of burying it with the rest, prior to pursuing his search for
his lost brother, there were those among his crew who loudly protested
that they were now rich enough to return at once to England with what
they had; that it would simply be a tempting of Providence to pursue the
adventure further, and that, for their part, they had had quite enough
of the Indies.  But Saint Leger speedily quelled these murmurs by
mustering the crew and reading to them the Articles of Agreement which
all had signed, and which clearly set forth the objects with which the
voyage had been undertaken, among which was distinctly specified the
finding and deliverance of Mr Hubert Saint Leger.  And having read
these Articles, George proceeded to inform the crew of his determination
to hold all hands to their bargain, reminded them of the pains and
penalties provided by way of punishment for breaches, or even attempted
breaches, of any Article of the covenant, and wound up by declaring
that, rather than abandon his search for his brother, he would maroon
the malcontents and leave them to find their way back home as best they
could.  And, as the malcontents proved after all to be but a small
proportion of the crew, this threat quietened them, at least for the
time being, and no further murmurs were heard.

On the morning of the ninth day after their departure from the harbour
of San Juan de Ulua the adventurers sighted Cape Catoche, the most
northerly point of the Peninsula of Yucatan, broad on the lee bow,
tacked two hours later and made a stretch off the land until sunset,
when they tacked again to the southward; and on the following day at
noon their reckoning showed that they had accomplished their passage
through the Strait of Yucatan and were once more in the Caribbean Sea.
Eight days later the treasure island was sighted from aloft at sunrise;
and by noon the _Nonsuch_ with her cargo of treasure was safely at
anchor under the lee of the island, and as close to the beach as it was
prudent to take her.  As soon as the canvas was furled and everything
made snug aloft, all hands were piped to dinner; and at the conclusion
of the meal two boats were lowered and manned, their crews well provided
with mattocks, shovels, and other implements for digging, and were
dispatched to the shore under the command of Dyer, who had by this time
sufficiently recovered from his hurts to be able to sit in a chair and
supervise the operations of the working party.  And while these were
busily engaged in the excavation of a pit capacious enough to receive
the enormous amount of treasure in the hold of the _Nonsuch_, George
with the remainder of the crew was as busily employed in getting the
treasure up on deck in readiness for its transfer to the shore, and
making such preparations as they deemed necessary for its adequate
protection.

The particular part of the treasure about which Saint Leger was most
anxious was the chest of pearls.  He had not the most remote idea as to
its value, but he knew that it must be almost fabulous; and he knew also
how easily the delicate gems might be injured by damp penetrating to
them from the surrounding earth; he therefore took the most elaborate
precautions for their protection, those precautions being initiated
immediately after the departure of the ship from San Juan.  His first
step was to have the junction of the lid with the box carefully and
effectively caulked with cotton; and when this was done to his
satisfaction he caused the exterior of the box to be painted several
coats of thick paint, with the object of rendering the wood damp-proof.
But, not content with this, he further caused the sailmaker to make two
canvas coats to fit tightly over the chest, one coat over the other, and
each coat securely fastened by a lacing.  Then, when the paint on the
chest itself was quite dry, the first canvas coat was slipped on,
carefully laced, and then painted four coats, each coat of paint being
allowed to dry before the next was applied.  Then the second canvas coat
was put on, the reverse way of the first, and secured.  This was then
coated several times with Stockholm tar, to preserve it from decay; and
finally, when the last coat of tar was quite dry, the exterior was
thickly coated with boiling pitch, as a culminating precaution, after
which George decided that he had done everything possible for the
preservation of the pearls and that they must now be left to take their
chance.

It took the crew a full fortnight to transfer to the shore, bury, and
cover up the treasure in such a manner as effectually to obliterate all
traces of their operations; and on the morning of the fifteenth day
after their arrival they hove up the anchor and made sail southward for
Nombre de Dios, where George hoped to obtain some clue to the
whereabouts of his brother Hubert.



CHAPTER TWELVE.

HOW THEY LOST TWO MEN, AND ENCOUNTERED A HURRICANE.

It was with a feeling of deep, indeed, almost perfect, satisfaction that
George Saint Leger stood upon the poop of his vessel that day, and
watched the tops of the coconut trees on "Treasure Island," as the men
had come to name the place, gradually sink beneath the northern horizon;
for not only had he insured the financial success of the expedition--so
far as human effort could insure it--by gaining possession of an
enormous amount of treasure, but he had placed that treasure beyond the
possibility of loss by the chances of battle and shipwreck at least
until the time should arrive to shape a course for home.  Also, having
accomplished these things, he was now absolutely free to prosecute that
object which, in his eyes at least, had been the most important one
connected with the voyage, namely, the search for and deliverance of his
brother Hubert.  There was also one other reason why the young captain
rejoiced to find himself once more out of sight of land, and that was
the state of the weather.  Shortly after sunset on the previous day he,
in common with others of the ship's company, had noticed a gradual
lessening of the strength of the trade-wind, but everybody had then been
too busy to do more than just casually comment upon it; moreover the
decline had at first been no greater than had been before observed upon
more than one occasion.  But the lessening process had continued very
gradually all through the night and was still continuing, to such an
extent indeed that by the time that the last signs of the island's
whereabouts had vanished, the speed of the ship had sunk to a bare four
knots, and that, too, with the wind broad abeam.  It was not, however,
the mere softening of the trade-wind that caused George to congratulate
himself upon having secured an offing; it was the aspect of the sky,
which was beginning to awake within him--and Dyer, too, for that
matter--a certain feeling of uneasiness.  For the _Nonsuch_ was now
within the limits of the hurricane area, the hurricane season had
arrived--as Hawkins and Drake had learned to their cost just a year
earlier, when, not very far from the spot where the _Nonsuch_ then
floated, their fleet had been caught in and all but destroyed by two of
those devastating storms that, for three months of the year, sweep,
raging, over the face of the Caribbean, leaving death and destruction in
their wake--and there were indications that a change of weather was
impending.  The rainy season had long set in, and skies overcast by
great masses of slate-blue cloud surcharged with rain and electricity
were no new thing to the _Nonsuch's_ crew, but the aspect of the sky on
this particular day was of an altogether different character.  It had
begun with a paling of the brilliant azure, and had been so gradual that
it was quite impossible to say when it had begun; the only thing certain
was that a change was taking place and that a film of thin, transparent
vapour was overspreading the entire sky and gradually reducing the sun
in its midst to a shapeless blotch of dull yellow, while the wind
continued steadily to decrease in strength.  Two hours before the time
of sunset the great luminary had become so completely obscured that all
trace of him was lost; yet nothing in the shape of a cloud was to be
seen, nothing but the veil of colourless vapour which obscured the sky,
yet left the whole expanse of ocean almost unnaturally clear from one
horizon to the other; and all the time the wind was falling, so that
when at length the night suddenly closed down about the ship and she
became enveloped in a darkness that might almost be felt, she had no
more than bare steerage way; while by eight o'clock in the evening even
this was lost, and the _Nonsuch_ lay breathlessly becalmed and slowly
swinging with the low heave of the swell, with her head first this way
and then that.  And with the cessation of the wind, the heat, which had
all day been stifling, became so intolerable that the idle crew could no
nothing but lie about the decks, gasping, for to go below was altogether
out of the question.

Thus matters continued until close upon midnight, when a sudden flicker
of sheet-lightning lit up the scene for perhaps a couple of seconds,
revealing a sky packed with clouds of so threatening and portentous an
aspect that Gorge, suddenly smitten with the apprehension that he had
already delayed too long, gave the order for the fore and main topsails
to be close-reefed and all other canvas to be furled with the utmost
expedition possible, and the men, with much grumbling, crept out from
their secluded corners and slowly proceeded to drag their relaxed and
sweating bodies up the rigging.  To shorten sail in such opaque darkness
as then enveloped the ship was a lengthy task, and it was nearly one
o'clock in the morning before that task was completed and the exhausted
men were once more down on deck.

It was about half an hour later that there came to the crew of the
_Nonsuch_ the first premonition of a happening so extraordinary and so
gruesome that the historian hesitates to record it, yet, after all, the
story but adds one more to the already innumerable confirmations of the
statement that "truth is stranger than fiction."

The men had distributed themselves here and there about the main deck,
after searching with some care for such spots as were favoured with a
light draught of wind set up by the slow roll of the ship upon the oil-
smooth swell, and had disposed themselves to court sleep, if
peradventure it would visit them and so bring relief from the heat and
closeness of the suffocating night, while the young captain and Dyer,
the pilot, occupied chairs on the poop, where they sat patiently
watching for what might next happen--but it is safe to say, never
dreaming of what that happening was to be, for their thoughts went not a
step beyond the matter of weather.

The night was still intensely dark, so dark indeed that the feeble
glimmer of the low-turned lamp in the main cabin, shining through the
skylight and faintly irradiating the deck planks in its immediate
vicinity was almost irritatingly dazzling, since it effectually blinded
the sight to everything outside the irradiated area, and at length
George rose to his feet with the intention of calling an order to have
the skylight masked by a tarpaulin, when, as he stood upright and his
head rose above the level of the bulwark rail, a faint whiff of a
strange but peculiarly disgusting and offensive odour assailed his
nostrils.

"Phew!" he ejaculated, forgetting all about the tarpaulin in the
sensation of wonder evoked by the strangeness of the effluvium--"what in
the world doth this mean?  Dost catch it, Dyer?"

"Catch what?" demanded Dyer, also rising to his feet.  "Phew!" he
continued, as the smell struck his nostrils--"Catch it?  That do I, with
a murrain on it!  Now, what doth this portend?  There's no land nearer
to us than our treasure island, and it cometh not thence, I dare swear,
the smell's too strong for that; indeed I'd say that it cometh from
close alongside--and maybe it doth, too; the smell's not unlike to
stinking fish, yet there be something else to it beside.  And it 'tis a
dead fish, cap'n, then all I can say is that it's a mighty big one.
Maybe 'tis a dead whale, yet I don't exactly think it.  I've passed to
leeward of a dead whale, wi' a cloud o' gulls and what not feedin' upon
un, and the smell was different from this; just so strong, but
different, and if my memory sarves me--even wuss.  And if 'twas a whale,
the gulls'd be swarmin' about un, fillin' the air wi' their cries, but I
don't hear a sound.  And, as to seein'--well, I wish 'twould come on to
lighten a bit, then us might--"

"Aft there!" came a hail at this moment from the fore deck.  "Do 'e
happen to smell anything strange in the air, sir?"

"Ay, ay, we do," answered George; "the odour is strong enough, goodness
knows.  Who is it who is hailing?"

"Drew, the bo's'un, sir," came the answer, with a sharpness in it which
effectually prevented its recognition by the two officers upon the poop.
There was a note of alarm in the voice, and it was apparent that the
men who had been endeavouring to sleep had risen to their feet and were
excitedly discussing the phenomenon, for a low murmur of many voices
came floating aft from the forecastle.

"Light a lantern, Drew," ordered George, "bend it on to a rope's end,
and sling it overside.  Maybe the light will show us something."

"Ay, ay, sir," floated back the answer, with that faint, elusive
suggestion of sadness in its tone which seems to characterise the human
voice when heard in the midst of the lonely ocean on a night of darkness
and calm.  There followed a slight scuffling of feet, another subdued
murmur of voices, a pause of a few moments, then the sharp clink of
flint and steel, a tiny spark of light, and finally the mellow glow of a
ship's lighted lantern.

"Sling it over the bows, to start with," ordered George, "and then, if
you can see nothing, walk slowly aft with it."

Another "Ay, ay," was quickly followed by the disappearance of the
lantern over the fore extremity of the topgallant forecastle, and then
in the faint upward sheen from the lamp the dimly illuminated outline of
the boatswain's face and form appeared, his outstretched right hand
grasping the line to which the lantern was attached, while his left held
the spare coil.  His eyeballs gleamed as his gaze went out searching to
its utmost confines the small space of illuminated water, apparently
without result, for he presently began to move slowly aft, pausing for a
short space of time in the foot of the fore-rigging, outside which he
passed.  Then, as he paused and the light grew steady, the two men on
the poop caught wavering glimpses of a long line of very faintly lighted
figures leaning over the larboard rail, from the after extremity of the
forecastle to the fore end of the poop, all eagerly scanning the
gleaming, oil-like surface of the water, while here and there one
pointed as though he believed he saw something.  But although both
George and Dyer were straining their eyesight to the utmost they could
find nothing to reward their search, nay, even although at that moment a
flicker of sheet-lightning gleamed for an instant along the north-
western horizon.  But the ship was at that moment swung with her head to
the south-west, consequently the lightning was on the wrong side of her
to afford any assistance.  Moreover, it was no sooner come than it was
gone again, yet not so soon but that George, and perhaps half a dozen
others, raising their heads at the momentary illumination of the sky,
saw, suspended overhead, an enormous mass of black, impending cloud,
with jagged, ragged edges so wonderfully suggesting rent and tottering
rocks about to fall upon and crush the ship and all in her, that quite
involuntarily he uttered a low cry and cringed as though to escape an
expected blow.  And at that precise moment, as the young captain cowered
and crouched, he felt a slight movement in the stagnant air about him,
very much as though a great wing had swept immediately over his head so
close that it had all but touched him, indeed he believed that it--
whatever it might have been--_had_ actually touched him, for unless his
imagination had begun to play tricks with him he could have sworn that
he felt the cap on his head move as though it had been grazed by some
passing object.

"What was that?" he gasped, starting back from the rail over which he
had been leaning, and flinging up his hand to his head.  "Dyer, did you
see or feel anything?"

"I saw the sky for a second, if that's what you mean; and I don't at all
like the look o't; I've never see'd a sky quite like that avore--"
answered Dyer.

"No, neither have I," interrupted George; "and I like the look of it as
little as yourself.  I believe it means that a hurricane is brewing.
But I was not referring to the sky.  At the moment when that gleam of
lightning came I fancied that I felt something sweep through the air
just above my head, and--"

"Hush! hark! what be that?" interrupted Dyer in his turn, placing a
restraining hand on George's arm as he spoke, and in the silence that
ensued there came to their ears from behind them a low, intermittent,
grating sound, like--like what?  Well, as much like some rough substance
being slowly dragged over the poop rail, immediately behind them, as
anything to which they could compare it.

"Who be you, and what be 'e doin' there?" demanded Dyer, dashing across
the deck.  But he was just too late, for a moment before he reached the
rail the sound ceased, and he found nothing.  But the horrible odour--
something between putrid fish and decaying seaweed--was stronger than
ever.

"You, bo's'un, haul up thicky lantern and bring un along here, quick,"
yelled Dyer.  "Whatever 'tis that's raising this here smell, 'tis
alongside the ship, and 'tis _alive_!  And come up here, half a dozen o'
you men down there in the waist--and bring axes wi' ye."

The boatswain quickly hauled up his lantern, and, accompanied by some
ten or a dozen of the bolder spirits among the crew--the latter having
hastily armed themselves with axes and pikes from the racks--hurried up
to the poop, and a few moments later George and Dyer were curiously
examining with the aid of the lantern's feeble light certain fresh
excoriations on the poop rail which looked as though they might have
been produced by a large and very coarse rasp forcibly drawn over it,
while the men with pikes and axes crowded close up behind them, peering
eagerly over their shoulders.  They were still thus engaged when there
suddenly flashed up over the rail a long slim, snake-like object, the
precise nature of which it was impossible to determine in the intense
darkness only faintly dissipated by the inefficient light of the
lantern, and while all hands stood gaping dazedly at it the thing curled
in over the rail, lightly touched the boatswain upon the chest, and
instantly with a lightning-like movement coiled itself tightly about his
body, encircling his arms and shoulders.

The man gave vent to a yell of dismay as he felt the coil of the
horrible thing tighten round him, and the next instant screamed, in a
voice hoarse and sharpened by terror:

"He've a-got me!  He've a-got me and 's dragging of me overside!  Hold
on to me, dear souls, and don't let mun take me.  Oh!  I be goin'--he'm
squeezin' the very life out o' me--save me, shipmates, save--"

_Crunch_!  George had snatched an axe out of the hand of one of the
paralysed seamen near him and, exerting all his strength, had brought it
down upon the writhing, straining thing where it crossed the stout
timber rail of the poop, with the result that the keen blade had
completely severed the thing, and the boatswain, with some eight or nine
feet of the creature still clinging to his body, and the three men who
had seized him in response to his terrified cries, went reeling backward
from the rail and fell together in a heap upon the deck, taking the
lantern with them, which was smashed and extinguished by the fall.  At
the same moment a terrific commotion arose in the water alongside,
George received a violent blow which swept him off his feet and flung
him heavily to the deck, and two men shrieked out the startling news
that the thing--whatever it was--had got them and was dragging them
overside, while confusion reigned supreme, not only on the poop, where a
general stampede ensued, but also down on the main deck, where men were
hastily arming themselves in defence from--they knew not what.  And the
sickening odour which had first announced the presence of the creature
arose with redoubled strength, pervading the ship from end to end.

For perhaps five or six minutes the confusion and panic aboard the
_Nonsuch_ was of a character to defy description; men rushed, yelling,
hither and thither in the darkness, colliding with each other and
screaming under the impression that the convulsive embrace of their
shipmates was the encircling grip of the unknown monster, heavy blows
resounded here and there upon the deck, as though a giant cable was
threshing the planking, causing the ship to quiver from stem to stern,
the two men actually caught in the coils of the creature were shrieking
horribly as they clung with tenacious grip to the rail over which they
were being inexorably dragged; and over all rose the voice of Dyer
calling for more lanterns.

Then suddenly there came a final despairing shriek from the two
unfortunate men as they were dragged overboard, carrying with them a
length of the stout rail to which they had been desperately clinging,
the smashing blows upon the deck ceased, together with the turmoil in
the water alongside, and presently four men came hesitatingly along the
deck, carrying lighted lanterns.  With still greater hesitation they at
length permitted themselves to creep up the poop ladder, when the first
object revealed by the light of their lanterns was the senseless body of
the boatswain, his arms and shoulders still encircled by a snake-like
object of light brownish-grey colour.  The poor man had apparently
swooned with terror, or, perhaps, the revulsion of feeling from it when
he felt the sudden relaxation of the awful drag upon his body; and near
him sat the captain upon the planks, bareheaded, his cap having fallen
off, and somewhat ruefully rubbing his aching head where it had come
into violent contact with the deck.  He looked dazed, and, upon being
questioned by Dyer, admitted that he believed he had been momentarily
stunned by his fall.  And all about him were wet sinuous marks upon the
deck which sufficiently accounted for the furious banging sounds that
had been heard, and which also conclusively demonstrated that the young
captain had experienced an almost miraculous escape from the violent
blows which had rained on the deck all round him.

The first thing done was to set about the restoration of the boatswain,
and this task was undertaken by Chichester, the doctor, while Dyer,
assisted by two of the men who had come aft with the lanterns, proceeded
to free the senseless body from the curious serpent-like thing that
still enwrapped it.  And when this was presently done, not altogether
without difficulty due to muscular contraction, Dyer stood for some
moments thoughtfully and somewhat doubtfully regarding the object by the
light of the lanterns.  Then he bent down and began to handle it,
turning it over on the deck and spanning its girth with his two hands.
Finally he straightened himself up and, with the outer extremity grasped
in his hand, turned to George and observed:

"Now I know what 'tis, though I'd never ha' believed it if I hadn't seen
it wi' these here two good eyes o' mine.  'Tis the arm of a cuttle-fish;
that's what 'tis, and nothin' else.  Feel to the skin of un, cap'n, and
look to the suckers o' mun.  I've see'd exactly the same sort o' thing
caught by the fishermen over on the French coast about Barfleur and
Cherbourg, and I've heard that the things--squids, they calls 'em--
actually attacks the boats sometimes and tries to pull the men out o'
them; but they was babies--infants in arms--to this here monster.  I've
knowed 'em wi' arms so much as ten or twelve foot long, but the arm that
this belonged to must ha' measured all o' forty foot, and maybe more.
Bring along a couple of they lanterns, two of you, and let's see if the
brute be still alongside."

The men received the order with visible trepidation, and were none too
ready to execute it; but at length Dyer, who was certainly not lacking
in courage, snatched a lantern from one of the men, threw the coils of
the main topgallant brace off the pin, bent the lantern to the end of
it, and climbing into the mizen rigging, lowered it over the side until
it hung close to the surface of the water.  But there was nothing to be
seen; and it was now noticed that the exceedingly offensive odour which
had recently pervaded the ship was no longer perceptible, apart from
that which emanated from the severed tentacle, which was promptly hove
overboard.  Then the hands were mustered and the roll called, when it
was found that two of the crew were missing, and there could no longer
be a shadow of doubt that two of the ship's company had actually been
dragged off the deck and drowned, if not devoured by the creature!

But the crew of the _Nonsuch_ were not allowed much time wherein to
dwell upon this amazing tragedy, for scarcely had the boatswain been
restored to his senses and conveyed below to his hammock to recover from
the shock of his terrible adventure, when a low, weird, moaning sound
suddenly became audible in the air all about the ship, the canvas of the
close-reefed topsails, which had been flapping monotonously with the
heave and roll of the ship, shivered and slatted violently for a moment,
and a gust of hot wind from the north-west swept wailing over the ship
and was gone.  Then with equal suddenness a flash of vivid lightning
rent the sky low down in the northern board, and presently, coincidently
with the muttered booming of distant thunder, another blast of hot wind
struck the ship and swept away to the southward in the wake of the
first.  Then, almost before the sound of the second blast had died away
in the distance, there again arose those strange moaning and wailing
sounds in the air, seemingly right overhead, louder and more prolonged
this time, and accompanied by queer shuddering rustlings of the topsails
and momentary scufflings of conflicting draughts of air about the decks.
These conflicting draughts finally resolved themselves into a series of
fitful gusts from the northward, which happily lasted long enough to
enable her crew to get the _Nonsuch's_ bows round, pointing to the
southward, and then, with a screaming roar, the gale rushed down upon
the ship, out from due north, and amid the yelling and piping of the
wind, and the angry hiss of maddened waters suddenly scourged into
white, luminous foam, with the spindrift flying over her in blinding,
drenching showers, the ship gathered way and fled southward like a
frightened thing.

The hurricane--for such it was--blew with appalling violence for exactly
twelve hours, during which the _Nonsuch_ scudded dead before it under
close-reefed topsails, with the canvas straining and tugging until
opinion became divided as to whether the cloth would part company with
the bolt-ropes, or whether, being new and strong, it would uproot the
masts and drag them bodily out of the ship, especially when the crest of
a sea swept roaring and foaming away ahead of her, and her way was
checked as she settled back into the trough.  Luckily, neither of these
things happened, for if the canvas was new, so too was the good stout
hemp rigging, which had, moreover, been set up afresh fore and aft,
aloft and alow, after the careening of the ship in that snug little
Trinidad creek; consequently, although the masts bent like fishing-rods
and groaned ominously from time to time in their partners, everything
held, and the ship emerged from the unequal struggle not a penny the
worse, although it must be admitted that her rigging had been stretched
to such an extent that when at length it was relieved of the strain by
the cessation of the gale, it hung loosely in bights that caused the
worthy boatswain to shake his head and mutter to himself.

When at length the gale broke and the wind, veering as it fell,
gradually worked round until it once more became the trade-wind, blowing
out from about due east, the ship had accomplished the record run of her
existence up to that date, Dyer's reckoning showing that the craft had
averaged twelve knots throughout that mad, desperate race, and that it
had swept them to within three hundred and twenty-five miles of their
destination.

Late in the afternoon of the second day after the cessation of the gale,
land was sighted ahead, and Dyer, having hurried aloft and carefully
studied the features of the coast stretching athwart the ship's bows, at
length announced with great satisfaction that Nombre de Dios lay
straight ahead.  Then George and he retired to the main cabin, where, in
conjunction with the other responsible officers of the ship, they held a
council, at which it was ultimately determined to take the ship into a
small creek, some twenty miles to the eastward, which Drake had
discovered when in those waters the year previously; there make all
preparations for a boat attack upon the town during the night of the
following day, capture Nombre, and then propose, as ransom, the
surrender of Hubert Saint Leger, and any other Englishmen that might be
in the hands of the Spaniards.  The project was a sufficiently daring
one, for Nombre de Dios had at that time the reputation of being the
Treasure-house of the World, since to it was brought across the isthmus,
from Panama, all the treasure of Peru, for shipment to Spain, therefore
it would almost certainly be well guarded by soldiers.  On the other
hand, however, probabilities favoured the assumption--which, as we have
already seen, was correct--that the plate ships would by this time have
sailed from Nombre on their homeward voyage, in which case, since there
would be no treasure to guard, the vigilance of the authorities might be
somewhat relaxed, and a surprise might reasonably be expected to result
in success.  Also it was hoped that from the creek which the adventurers
proposed to enter, the party might be able to get into touch with the
terrible tribe of Cimarrones--or Maroons, as the English called them.
This tribe originated in a number of African negroes who, some eighty
years previously, had escaped from their Spanish masters and taken to
the "high woods," or virgin forest, where, having taken to themselves
wives from among the neighbouring Indians, they had in process of time
grown into a formidable tribe, having one mission in life, and one only,
namely, to harry the Spanish settlements generally, and to destroy, with
every circumstance of the most refined and diabolical cruelty, every
Spanish man, woman, or child who might be so unfortunate as to fall into
their hands.  Dyer knew something of these terrible blacks, having
already met them in Drake's company; he knew that they were ever to be
found lurking in the immediate vicinity of the half-dozen or so Spanish
settlements established on the isthmus, and believed that it might be
possible to obtain valuable information from them concerning the
condition of Nombre, and perhaps even to secure their assistance in the
contemplated attack upon the town.  But when he suggested this last
proposal, George and the others at once vetoed it from motives of policy
and humanity, arguing that if the Cimarrones were permitted to gain
access to the interior of the town, there was no knowing what barbarous
excesses they might indulge in, which would necessitate the English
making common cause with the Spaniards to protect the latter, and so
convert the friendly feeling of the Cimarrones for the English into
deadly enmity, which was a consummation to be carefully avoided.

The creek which Dyer proposed to enter proved to be so small, when at
length the _Nonsuch_ arrived in it, that, anchored as nearly as might be
in its centre, there was only barely enough room to allow the vessel to
swing clear of the banks when riding to a very short scope of cable.  It
was so late when the adventurers arrived in this miniature harbour that
the fast-fading light showed but little of the surroundings save the
fact that the place was completely land-locked, and was so hemmed-in on
all sides by lofty trees of the virgin forest that, even moored as she
was to a single anchor and a short scope of cable, the ship might ride
there safely in practically all weathers, while the lofty trees
effectually screened her presence both seaward and landward.  The canvas
was hastily furled, and then the crew went below to supper, with the
understanding that after supper they would be permitted to turn in and
take a long night's rest.  But they were warned that, secluded and cut
off as the place appeared to be, it was not without its dangers, and
they must hold themselves prepared to turn out and fight for their lives
at a moment's notice, while a strong and alert anchor watch must be
maintained all through the night.

Not that there was much danger of an attack from the Spaniards, for
close as the creek was to the port and town of Nombre, it was still
sufficiently distant to render observation of the presence of the
English ship more than doubtful.  No, it was of the Cimarrones that Dyer
was apprehensive, for if by any chance the presence of the ship in the
creek should be prematurely discovered by these, an attack by them upon
her would be more than likely to follow.  For so deadly was the hatred
borne by these savages for the Spaniards that, to find a few of the
latter isolated and apparently at their mercy was quite sufficient
inducement to the former to attack them.  And so ignorant were the
Cimarrones that they could scarcely discriminate between an Englishman
and a Spaniard, and were equally ready to attack either--both being
white--on the general principle that it was better that the innocent
should suffer than that the guilty should escape.  Yet Drake had already
proved that they bore no hatred to white men, as such, for he had been
in touch with them during the previous year, and had found them quite
disposed to be friendly when once it had been satisfactorily
demonstrated that the English were not Spaniards and were, like
themselves, the enemies of the Dons.  The great thing, of course, was to
get into touch with the savages and to establish friendly relations with
them before they should find and attack the English.

A sharp look-out was therefore maintained on board the _Nonsuch_
throughout the hours of darkness, but the night passed uneventfully,
except for the frequent recurrence of certain mysterious sounds
emanating from the woods, which Dyer privately informed George were
produced by monkeys or a prowling jaguar, and which, innocent enough in
themselves, were yet sufficiently uncommon to keep the watch broad awake
and on the alert; and at length the dawn of a new day came stealing to
them over the tree-tops, and, with it, the dissipation of their
apprehensions.

As soon as it was light enough to see, the crew, refreshed by a whole
night's rest, went to breakfast; immediately after which they turned to,
under the supervision of Basset and the boatswain, to make every
necessary preparation for the boat attack upon Nombre de Dios, while
George and Dyer, armed to the teeth, were put ashore and went in quest
of the Cimarrones.

The young captain caused himself and the pilot to be landed upon the
western extremity of the small sandy beach which, fringed with coconut
palms, half encircled the creek, and bidding their small boat's crew
push off a spear's cast from the shore and there hold themselves in
readiness to dash in to the rescue, if necessary, upon hearing the blast
of the captain's whistle, proceeded to walk slowly round the cove,
carefully examining the surface of the sand, as they went, in quest of
footprints to serve as a guide, while Dyer at frequent intervals raised
his hands trumpet-wise to his mouth and gave utterance to a peculiar,
penetrating wailing cry which the pilot asserted was a call used by the
Cimarrones to summon their comrades.

When they had traversed about two-thirds of the length of the beach
certain marks were discovered in the fine, yielding sand, which, they
decided, were prints of naked feet, several days old, and, carefully
following these, they at length discovered a narrow but tolerably well
defined footpath leading from the shore into the heart of the high
woods.  This they at once proceeded to follow, George leading the way
with his drawn sword in his right hand and a musket in his left, while
Dyer, close behind him, assiduously repeated his mysterious call at
frequent intervals.

At a distance of but a few yards from the beach the sombre shadow of the
woods was so deep that the explorers at first found it exceedingly
difficult to trace the footpath in the subdued light, but in the course
of a few minutes their eyes grew accustomed to the gloom and they were
able to perceive something of their more immediate surroundings.  They
found themselves hemmed-in on every hand by giant tree trunks, dimly
revealed in the green twilight which penetrated with difficulty the vast
overarching masses of foliage, the space between the enormous trunks
being choked with undergrowth of a thousand varied forms, conspicuous
among which were immense ferns towering high above their heads, while
above these, and drooping in many cases right down to the ground, was an
inextricable maze and tangle of lianas, or "monkey rope," intertwined
with which were countless festoons of flowering creepers, the mingled
perfumes of which were almost overpowering in their pungency.  Long
pliant twigs thickly studded with needle-sharp thorns constantly
protruded across the path, menacing their faces and tenaciously
grappling their clothing, so that they had to halt at almost every other
step to free themselves; and frequent quick rustlings among the long
tangled herbage underfoot warned them of the presence of many hidden
creeping things, some at least of which, as Dyer grimly suggested, were
certain to be snakes or some other kind of venomous creature.  The truth
of this was very soon afterward rather unpleasantly demonstrated, for as
George was battling with an exceptionally thick tangle of thorns which
obstructed his way, he suddenly felt beneath his right foot a thick,
cable-like something that yielded and squirmed beneath his tread, and
like a flash there came a fierce hiss instantly followed by a sharp blow
upon his boot.  He at once realised that it was a snake upon which he
was treading, and had enough presence of mind to throw his whole, weight
upon his right foot, thus pinning the reptile firmly to the ground.  The
blows upon his boot were repeated some half a dozen times before he was
able to clear away the herbage about his feet, when he found that he was
standing upon the body of a most ugly and repulsive-looking snake about
five feet long, thick in the body, blunt tailed, of a dark olive green
colour, variegated with irregular blotches of darker tint, and having
the broad, flat, heart-shaped head that marked it as a venomous species.
It was striking fiercely but rather ineffectually, because of its
constrained position, at his boot, while its tail part was coiled
tightly about his boot leg.  A quick and lucky stroke of his sharp
sword-blade whipped off the cruel head, and then, stooping down, George
saw that his boot had been several times partially punctured by the long
poison fangs.  Fortunately for him he had, at Dyer's suggestion, donned
a pair of long sea boots of thick leather which had become hardened by
frequent washings of salt water, and thus the fangs had failed to
penetrate, to which fact he undoubtedly owed his life.



CHAPTER THIRTEEN.

HOW THE ENGLISHMEN TOOK NOMBRE DE DIOS.

For fully two miles the adventurers pursued their devious course through
the tropical forest, sometimes groping their way cautiously through the
deep green twilight, and anon almost blinded by a sudden glare of
dazzling sunshine, as they emerged into an open space caused either by
fire or a windfall, and all the time Dyer kept up the curious cry, at
frequent intervals, which was the call of the Cimarrones.  And all the
time, too, they were accompanied by a constantly increasing company of
monkeys of various kinds who, led no doubt by curiosity, went swinging
and springing from branch to branch beside and above the pathway,
exchanging strange cries which, Dyer averred, were remarks upon the
personal appearance of the strangers, uttered in monkey language!

Nor were monkeys and snakes the only inmates of the forest, for they had
scarcely progressed a quarter of a mile beyond the spot where the snake
had been encountered when a great creature like a long-legged cat, but
standing over thirty inches high at the shoulder, suddenly emerged from
the tangled underwood and halted abruptly, staring at the approaching
strangers for a few seconds before, with an angry snarl, it bounded out
of sight down the path.  It was not easy to detect its colour and
markings in that dim light, but its shape stood out clear and sharply
denned against the brilliant sunlight streaming down into a windfall
just beyond, and Dyer pronounced it to be a jaguar.  Then, a little
farther on, they had just sighted the glint of water between the trees
some distance away on their left front, when a heavy crashing was
suddenly heard among the underbush, and a moment later a creature about
the size of a half-grown calf was glimpsed trotting heavily towards the
water.  As in the case of the jaguar, its colour could not be
distinguished, but its shape was very remarkable.  Dyer compared it to a
pig with exceptionally thick legs and a peculiar, elongated snout; and
that was about as near as he could reasonably be expected to get to it.
It subsequently became known to natural historians as the tapir.

It was about a quarter of an hour afterwards that an answering cry to
Dyer's signal shout was first heard, and some five minutes later, as the
two Englishmen emerged from the gloom of the forest and entered a
natural clearing of about fifteen acres in extent, they were suddenly
confronted by six big, stalwart blacks, who barred their further
progress with threatening spears of most formidable appearance.  These
men seemed to be a cross between the African negro and the Indian of
Central America, for they were somewhat lighter of colour and slighter
of build than the negro, while their black hair hung down to their
shoulders in crisp curls.  They were naked, save for a skin apron girt
about their loins; and by way of ornament they wore necklaces composed
of the teeth and claws of animals and the beaks of birds strung upon
thin strips of hide.  They also all wore bits of bone thrust through the
lobes of their ears.

The individual who appeared to be the leader of the party addressed the
two white men in a somewhat thick, throaty tone of voice, but in
language of which the Englishmen were quite ignorant, the only thing
that was at all clear being that it was a question of some sort that he
was propounding.

"Speak you to un, cap'n," said Dyer.  "I don't understand their lingo,
but I think most of 'em understands Spanish.  Cap'n Drake could always
make hisself understood."

The six blacks gazed intently at Dyer as he spoke, apparently striving
to gather some conception of the meaning of his words, and George
noticed that at the mention of Drake's name they all started, while two
or three of them murmured to each other, "Drake--Drake--_El Draque_?"
questioningly.  He at once jumped to the conclusion that Drake's name
was familiar to them, and promptly acted upon the assumption.

"Yes," he said in Spanish, "we are friends of _El Draque_.  Do you
remember him?"

"_Si, senor_," answered the leader of the party eagerly, also in a
mongrel kind of Spanish which George was able to comprehend without very
much difficulty.  "Yes, we remember _El Draque_, the great white chief
and the enemy of our enemy the Spaniard.  Is he here again?"

"No," answered George, "I regret to say that he is not; the Great White
Queen needed his services, so he could not come.  But I have come in his
stead to punish the Spaniards for their treachery to him last year, and
I want some information concerning Nombre de Dios.  Can you give it me?
You are Cimarrones, are you not?"

"_Si, senor, si_," answered the black; "we are Cimarrones; and perhaps
our chief may be able to tell you what you wish to know about Nombre.
Will you come to our village?  It lies yonder."

And, indeed, in the far corner of the clearing George could now
distinguish a small village consisting of about thirty low huts huddled
together in the bordering shadow of the next belt of high timber.  The
path from the wood zigzagged across the clearing, winding here to avoid
an enormous stump, and there to pass round a fallen tree--for the
Cimarrones were far too lazy to attempt what they regarded as the
unnecessary labour of clearing away obstacles--but trending generally
toward the conglomeration of huts in the far corner of the clearing.

The village of Lukabela--so named after its chief--did not favourably
impress George Saint Leger, when the little party presently reached it.
It was the young Englishman's first introduction to actual savagedom,
and the filthy condition of the huts and their surroundings, the lean
and hungry look of the pack of snarling village dogs which rushed out to
meet them, red-eyed with semi-starvation and ferocity, and with bared
fangs, ferocious as wild beasts and only restrained from attack by the
presence of the native escort, and the overpowering reek of many mingled
forms of dirt and decay which pervaded the place, were in the last
degree repulsive to the somewhat fastidious young man.  But this was
only a first impression, and it quickly yielded to one of admiration
when, as the villagers poured out of their huts to learn the cause of
the unwonted excitement of their dogs, George noted with appreciative
eyes the splendid physique of the men and women who constituted its
inhabitants.  They were of mixed breed, ranging from the robust, full-
blooded African negro to the slimmer and slighter figure of the Central
American Indian with long, straight, black hair and copper-coloured
skin.  But these were the extreme types; the majority were a mixture of
the two races, and the mingling of African and American blood appeared
to have had a beneficent effect upon both, the product being an
individual of less bulky frame perhaps than his negro progenitor, but
lithe, active, supple, and apparently of tireless endurance, superior in
intelligence, courage, and good looks to either of the extremes.

The appearance of the two white men, escorted by half a dozen of their
own tribe, but apparently not as prisoners, was productive of tremendous
excitement among the villagers, to whom such an occurrence was almost
unique, for they had only known it to occur once before; but the
excitement soon became passive when the leader of the party who had
found George and Dyer explained in a few words that the strangers were
Englishmen and friends of _El Draque_, and that they had landed from a
big canoe, in which they had crossed the Great Water, in order to obtain
certain information concerning the city of Nombre.

The tale was scarcely told when there emerged from a hut somewhat larger
than the others an individual who, in addition to the apron round his
loins, wore a cloak composed entirely of feathers of the most varied and
beautiful colours, worked into a sort of pattern, and a coronet made of
wing and tail feathers bound about his brows.  This was of course
Lukabela, the village chieftain, and as George beheld the man coming
forward attired in all his finery, he more than suspected that Lukabela
had purposely delayed his appearance in order to gain time for the
assumption of those symbols of his rank.

Lukabela, petty chieftain of the Cimarrones, was certainly a very fine
and imposing figure of a man, as tall as George, with a body and limbs
that might have been modelled by a Greek sculptor, and a rather small
head.  His features were well shaped, his expression keenly intelligent,
indomitably resolute, fearless, and somewhat haughty, and there was a
certain hardness about the chiselling of his mouth that suggested
cruelty.  But he listened gravely, yet with a certain restraint, as
George explained to him in Spanish the object of his and Dyer's inland
journey; and when, in the course of his explanation, George mentioned
that _El Draque_ was a personal friend of his, Lukabela's reserve
vanished, and he cordially invited the two Englishmen to enter his hut
and partake of his hospitality.  George would fain have declined that
invitation; but he perceived that the moment was one when squeamishness
must yield to diplomacy; and, bowing gravely, he accepted the
invitation, and the two white men followed the black into the interior
of his hut.

The refreshment offered to the Englishmen was not of a very inviting
character, for it consisted chiefly of raw flesh--of what particular
animal it was difficult to say, but it was, luckily, supplemented by a
quantity of delicious fruit of different kinds, with a drink of pungent,
and slightly subacid flavour, inviting to the palate and wonderfully
refreshing in effect, so that, after all, George and Dyer were able to
do full justice to their host's hospitality.  At the conclusion of the
meal Lukabela produced a bag of deerskin, from which he extracted some
dry leaves of a rich brown colour, out of which he deftly manufactured
three _cigarros_, and for the first time in his life George had an
opportunity to sample the delights of the curious herb now called
tobacco.  Truth to tell, he did not altogether like the experience; the
smoke had a tendency to get into his throat and nostrils, choking him
and making him sneeze violently; but Dyer, who had sampled the weed on
his previous voyage, and liked it, smoked his _cigarros_ as avidly as
Lukabela himself; and after the tobacco had been solemnly consumed the
chief, who was now in a very placid humour, confessed himself ready to
talk and eager to afford his white brothers all the information and help
in his power.

It was not help, however, that George wanted just then, as he explained
with all the diplomacy he was able to summon to his aid; he informed
Lukabela that all he required at that moment was the fullest information
possible relative to the defences of Nombre de Dios and the strength of
its garrison; and this the Cimarrone was fortunately able to give, for
it chanced that he had been in the immediate neighbourhood of the town
only a week or two before, and, from a hiding-place beside the road, had
actually beheld some five hundred soldiers march out _en route_ for
Panama, to which place they were returning after having escorted the
last gold-train of the year across the isthmus and guarded it in Nombre
until it had been shipped and carried safely out to sea.  The garrison
remaining to guard the town he estimated at less than two hundred,
inclusive of the artillerymen who manned the shore battery.  Asked what
he could tell relative to this same shore battery, Lukabela sketched
upon the floor of his hut, with the aid of a charred stick, a rough plan
of the town and harbour, upon which he indicated the situation of the
battery, giving also the number of guns which it mounted.  This
completed the measure of the information which he was in a position to
furnish, but he added that if any further intelligence was required his
English brothers had only to specify it, and he would see that it was at
their disposal within four days.  Time, however, was now of the utmost
value to George; he was burning with impatience to get into the town and
ascertain, if he might, his brother's fate, and he believed he had now
acquired enough knowledge to enable him to accomplish at least the first
of those two objects; he therefore rose to bid the chief farewell, at
the same time presenting him with a necklace of big, vari-coloured beads
which Lukabela accepted with obvious yet dignified delight.  Then he
called a man to whom he spoke for a few moments in the peculiar language
of the tribe, afterward explaining to George, in Spanish, that he had
given instructions that they were to be guided back to the creek by an
easier and more direct route than that by which they had come.  He also
added that if at any future time George should need the assistance of
the Cimarrones all that he had to do was to either come or send and ask
for it, and it should be his.

The preparations for the descent upon Nombre were all completed in good
time before sunset, after which the crew were sent to early supper, and
then directed to turn in and secure a few hours' rest before making the
start, and this they all did with the exception of the dozen who, under
the purser, were to remain and take care of the ship during the absence
of the rest, and these kept watch while the others slept.

The night proved admirably adapted for such an expedition as the one
contemplated; it was fine, and starlit except when masses of cloud came
driving slowly up before the trade-wind and obscured the heavens for a
space; although even then the stars in the unclouded portions of the
firmament afforded a sufficient amount of light to enable the
adventurers to see where they were going, and to distinguish the half-
dozen boats that constituted the flotilla.  The trade-wind in the offing
was blowing a moderate breeze, and there was a young moon, but it would
set early, some two hours indeed before the moment at which the
expedition was timed to start.  George and his officers had fixed upon
two o'clock in the morning as the most suitable time for the attack upon
the town, and it was estimated that the run from the creek to Nombre,
under sail, would occupy about four hours; but in order to allow a small
margin for unforeseen contingencies it was arranged that the start
should be made at half-past nine o'clock in the evening; at nine
o'clock, therefore, all hands were called, and after partaking of a good
second supper which they found awaiting them, they were finally
inspected and ordered down into the boats, which pushed off from the
ship punctually at the moment arranged.

The creek in which the _Nonsuch_ rode concealed was so completely land-
locked that not a breath of air stirred within it as the boats left the
ship's side, the surface of the water was mirror-like in its absolute
placidity, and it was only when the men began to descend into the boats,
rocking them more or less as they entered them, and so sent a few
ripples undulating away across the glassy surface, or when some fish
stirred in the depths below, that the phosphorescence latent in the
black water awakened and sent forth little threads and evanescent gleams
of sea-fire.  The complete absence of wind in the creek rendered it
necessary that the men should take to their oars when getting under way,
and then, indeed, as the blades dipped and rose, the placid surface
broke into swirling patches and streaks of brilliant light that enabled
the ship-keepers to watch their comrades' progress, and trace it until
the boats rounded the point and disappeared.

The calm continued until the boats had made an offing of about a quarter
of a mile, when the first faint breathings of the land breeze made
themselves felt, then the muffled oars were thankfully laid in, the
sails hoisted, and before a steadily strengthening breeze the boats
stood off the land upon a diagonal course which not only made the land
breeze a fair wind over the larboard quarter, but also carried them
toward Nombre while it swept them out toward where the trade-wind was
blowing.  The boats sailed in line ahead; and when, as was soon the
case, their relative speeds had been determined, they were made fast in
a string by a stout warp, with the fastest boat leading and the rest
following in the order of their speed.

It was exactly half-past one o'clock when, after an uneventful voyage,
having previously hove-to beyond the Point, lowered their sails, and
snugly stored them and the masts away, the six boats from the _Nonsuch_
entered Nombre de Dios harbour and, keeping well within the shadow of
the land, crept cautiously along the shore toward the battery, which was
to be their first point of attack.  There were several ships in the
harbour, as could be seen by the number of riding lights dotted about
here and there, casting shimmering reflections upon the surface of the
placid water; but everything was perfectly quiet, no craft of any
description were moving, and if a watch was anywhere set the watchmen
were probably fast asleep at that hour, since there was no sound or sign
of movement.  Yet it struck George as somewhat strange that an air of
such absolute security should seem to pervade the port; for things had
been said during his visit to San Juan de Ulua which must have caused
the authorities there to more than suspect the intention of the
Englishmen to descend upon Nombre; and there had been time enough for a
fast dispatch boat to make the voyage from the one city to the other,
warning Nombre to be on the alert.  As young Saint Leger pondered upon
these things he grew suspicious that he might quite possibly be
blundering into some ingeniously prepared trap, and, calling the boats
about him, he gave instructions for the observance of certain additional
precautions.  But, had he but known, he need not have entertained the
slightest anxiety or misgiving; for it afterward transpired that
although, as he had all along suspected, the authorities at San Juan had
actually dispatched a message to Nombre, recounting in detail all that
had happened at the Mexican port, and warning the authorities at Nombre
to be on the look out for the English, and to adopt every possible
measure to ensure their capture, the vessel bearing the dispatch never
reached her destination, and it was shrewdly conjectured that she must
have foundered with all hands in the hurricane which the _Nonsuch_ had
encountered.

The great bell of the Cathedral was booming out the hour of two a.m. as
the six boats swerved toward the shore and advanced in line abreast; and
some six minutes later they gently grounded upon the beach, the oars
were noiselessly laid in, and each man, grasping his weapons, and
stepping quietly over the side, waded ashore, while those who stepped
over the bows stood ready to push off the boats again, each with its two
boat-keepers, at the low-spoken word of the officer in command.  Every
man knew exactly what his duty was up to the moment of landing, and did
it; and so excellent were the arrangements that within two minutes of
grounding the boats were again afloat, while those who had come in them
were drawn up in two unequal parties on the beach, the duty of the
smaller party, under Mr Richard Basset, being to surprise and capture
the shore battery, while the other, numbering some forty men, under
Saint Leger's leadership, was to march upon the Grand Plaza and seize
it, and the Governor's house, which was situated therein.  But with so
small a force, and the numbers of the enemy unknown, it was necessary to
exercise a very considerable amount of precaution lest some unforeseen
accident should wreck the entire enterprise; therefore, while the force
under George stood to their arms, motionless, close down by the water's
edge, Basset with his contingent crept warily up the sand toward the
shore battery and presently were swallowed up within its shadows.

Then ensued an anxious five or six minutes of breathless waiting on the
part of George and his company, during which no sound save the gentle
wash of the miniature breakers on the shore immediately behind them
broke the breathless stillness of the night.  Then, from the direction
of the battery, there suddenly came to the ears of the eagerly listening
party the sounds of subdued scuffling, the faint clink of steel, and a
shout which suddenly ended in a choking gurgle.  The sounds were by no
means loud; indeed, so subdued were they that at double the distance of
the listening party from the battery they would probably not be heard at
all.  Nor did they last long; the whole affair, whether for good or for
ill, was over in less than five minutes.  But George knew that the
termination of it was for good, so far as the English were concerned,
for had it been otherwise the subdued sounds of the scuffle would have
risen into shouts of alarm and the firing of musketry, instead of dying
down again into silence, as they did.  And presently a man came running
down the beach from the battery, bearing a message from Basset to George
to the effect that the former had succeeded in taking the garrison
completely by surprise and capturing them and the battery practically
without striking a single blow--"and Mester Basset he du zay, zur, that
if you'll give un half an hour he'll make thicky battery so's he can
hold mun again' all comers."

Now, time was pressing, and it was of the utmost importance that the
Grand Plaza and its approaches should be secured before the earliest of
the inhabitants of the city should be stirring; but it was of at least
equal importance that the battery should be rendered capable of being
held against attack at least until all the contemplated negotiations had
been satisfactorily concluded, since the battery commanded a good part
of the city; therefore, after some consideration, George sent back a
message to the effect that he and his party would remain where they were
for exactly thirty minutes, during which Basset must do all that he
could to render his position completely tenable, because at the
expiration of that time the advance upon the Grand Plaza would begin.
For half an hour, therefore, the party under the command of the young
captain crouched, silent and motionless, upon the beach, during the
whole of which seemingly endless time George was quaking with
apprehension lest some nocturnal prowler, a fisherman, or a boat from
one of the craft at anchor in the harbour should appear upon the scene,
discover the presence of the lurking Englishmen, and succeed in raising
an alarm before a capture could be effected.  But fortune seemed to be
on their side, for no intruder of any sort appeared, and when at length
the half-hour had expired the word was given, and with a little sigh of
relief from the strain of suspense, the men rose noiselessly to their
feet and moved off in the wake of Dyer, who, knowing the way, was to act
as pilot to the party.

Nombre de Dios was even then a city of considerable size and importance:
it was, indeed, the most important Spanish settlement on the Atlantic
side of the isthmus, exceeding Cartagena in the number of its
inhabitants, and rivalled only by Panama on the whole continent.  But
when that is said it must not be supposed that it covered a very great
extent of ground; moreover, the Grand Plaza did not occupy the exact
centre of the city, this point being nearly half a mile further inland,
consequently a march of some twenty-five minutes sufficed to enable the
party to cover the distance between the beach and their destination.
But that march had to be made through narrow, tortuous, unlighted
streets and for some forty armed men, complete strangers to the place,
to accomplish this during the darkest hour of the night without
attracting a certain amount of attention was practically an
impossibility, let their precautions against so doing be as elaborate as
they might.  The wonder was that they did not attract a great deal more
attention than they actually did, for although the strictest silence was
enjoined upon the members of the party, the tramp of forty men and the
unavoidable jingle and rattle of their accoutrements sounded appallingly
loud in George's sensitive ear as they passed along through ways so
confined that two vehicles could only have passed each other with the
utmost difficulty, and where the high walls and overhanging upper
stories reflected back every sound in the breathless stillness of the
night.  But it was the hour when people sleep most heavily, and although
there can be little doubt that the sounds of the party's progress must
have disturbed a good many people along the route, so complete was the
sense of security in the city that only very few troubled themselves to
rise from their beds to investigate the cause of the disturbance.  And
of those few it is safe to say that not one really suspected the actual
state of affairs at the moment.  Thus it was that the daring intruders
actually succeeded in eventually reaching the Grand Plaza and securing
the command of its every approach without raising a general alarm.

But of course it was not possible that such a state of affairs could
endure very long, nor indeed was any serious effort made to prolong it,
for, with one party of his men in possession of the Grand Plaza, and
another holding the shore battery, George felt that for all practical
purposes the town was his, therefore so soon as the Grand Plaza had been
secured all further attempts at secrecy and concealment were abandoned;
the men moved hither and thither without restraint, and orders were
given in tones which, while not unnecessarily loud, were still loud
enough to awaken people here and there in the houses facing the square
and apprise them that something quite out of the usual order of things
was happening.  Men began to rise from their beds and go to their
windows to investigate, jalousies were thrown back here and there to
enable those behind them to obtain a better view, and when, in the dim
light afforded by some half a dozen lamps that were permitted to burn
all night in the Plaza, armed men were seen to be moving hither and
thither, with the feeble light from the lanterns glancing on their
weapons, and with lighted matches glowing redly in the linstocks, a few
of the bolder inhabitants summoned up courage enough to shout an inquiry
as to what was amiss.  And when at length the more persistent ones were
told, in good Castilian, that yet had in it the suspicion of an alien
twang, that nothing was amiss, and were advised to return to their beds
and resume their interrupted slumber, suspicion at last began to awake,
and instead of returning to bed the citizens proceeded to arouse their
households, and to hurriedly dress.  Then a few of the more courageous
ones--but these were very few--ventured to sally forth into the square
to investigate more closely, only to find that each approach was guarded
by a small band of sturdy, bushy-bearded men clad in foreign-looking
garments, armed to the teeth with most formidable and business-like
weapons, and speaking some uncouth and incomprehensible tongue, who
gently but firmly refused to allow them passage.  At which those
citizens returned somewhat precipitately to their houses and, retiring
to their back premises, proceeded to discuss the matter with their
neighbours out of adjacent windows, or over garden fences, some of them
hazarding the opinion that _El Draque_ had returned and, profiting by
his previous experience, had surprised the city in the dead of night and
secured possession of it.  Then, as the opinion spread and, in process
of spreading became announced as a certainty, lanterns were lit, spades
and mattocks were routed out, and those who had jewels or money to
conceal proceeded to conceal them with frantic haste by burying them
either in secluded corners of their gardens or beneath the floors of
their cellars, while those who had nothing to conceal busied themselves
in hastening through the city by its back ways and byways, knocking up
their relatives and acquaintances and frightening them out of their wits
by informing them that a hostile army had entered the city, the saints
knew how, and coming from the saints knew where, and were encamped in
the Grand Plaza.  At which intelligence the city awoke to life with
amazing rapidity, men turned out into the streets and shouted the news
to others, or others shouted it to them, women rushed out of their
houses weeping, dragging their frightened and screaming children after
them, ran aimlessly hither and thither, still further frightening
themselves and others as they did so, and then rushed back home again,
rightly believing that this was the best and safest place for them; and
at least a hundred men in the course of a single hour mounted horses and
galloped at breakneck speed to the barracks to acquaint the military
commandant of the disaster that had befallen the city, while others
again forced their way into the churches and proceeded to ring the bells
frantically.  By four o'clock in the morning every man, woman and child
in the city was broad awake, and the air was vibrant with the discordant
clang of bells furiously rung by unaccustomed hands, pealing out above
and piercing through that indescribable murmur of sound which tells the
hearer that an entire population is swarming the streets, half frenzied
with terror, the whole punctuated at frequent intervals by the scream of
a woman or child, the shouts of men, and the occasional crack of a
musket-shot fired by someone demented with fright and quite
irresponsible for his actions.

Meanwhile, having secured possession of the Grand Plaza and made the
best dispositions in his power for its defence, George, accompanied by a
bodyguard of four men, proceeded to the Governor's house and, arousing
its inmates, demanded an immediate interview with His Excellency Don
Sebastian Salvador Alfonso de Albareda, the individual who just then
chanced to hold the responsible post of Governor of His Most Catholic
Majesty's city of Nombre de Dios on the Spanish Main.

When first awakened, His Excellency was disposed to be somewhat
explosive upon the subject of so untimely an invasion of his slumbers;
but when the terrified major domo of the establishment informed him that
the city had been surprised and taken possession of by a party of
ruffianly English who appeared to have no sense of respect for any
earthly thing, and one of whom claimed to be a friend of, or in some way
connected with, that redoubtable pirate and most valiant cavalier, _El
Draque_, the Don's wrath suddenly subsided, for he felt that the matter
was indeed of extreme moment, brooking no delay; he therefore gave
instructions that the Most Illustrious One who claimed to be the chief
ruffian of the lot should be ushered with all due ceremony and respect
into His Excellency's reception room; and while the major domo retired
to execute this errand the Governor hastily assumed the garments that he
had laid aside a few hours earlier, and in a remarkably brief space of
time presented himself before his unwelcome visitor.

Entering the room with stately deliberation, he bowed to George in his
grandest manner, and said, as calmly as though interviewing English
raiders were an everyday occurrence with him:

"Good morning, senor!  You have business with me?"

"I have, senor, if in you I have the honour to behold the Governor of
the city of Nombre de Dios," answered George, with a dignity of manner
at least equal to that of the Spaniard.

"Good!" returned Don Sebastian.  "I have the honour to be the individual
you refer to."

"Then, in that case," said George, "I will proceed at once to explain my
business with your Excellency.  In the first place, I have the honour to
inform you that your city is in my hands and at my mercy; and although
my followers who hold possession of the Grand Plaza are but a few in
number, they are so placed, and are so resolutely determined to hold
their positions, that they can only be displaced at the cost of great
loss of life to both sides.  Also another party of my followers is in
possession of the shore battery, and their commander has instructions to
turn the guns of the place upon the town and open fire upon it at the
first signs of conflict which may reach his ears.  In order, therefore,
to save the lives and property of the citizens from needless
destruction, I have first to request that your Excellency will at once
take such steps as may be necessary to prevent all possibility of an
attack upon my people by any soldiers who may happen to be in garrison
here, or by the citizens themselves.  And when that has been done I
shall have the honour to explain to your Excellency the precise nature
of the business which has brought me to Nombre."

Don Sebastian bowed smilingly, displaying a very fine set of even, white
teeth, of which he was quite pardonably proud.  This, however, was
merely a habit, for he was not thinking of his teeth just then.  What he
was thinking was that it was an atrocious misfortune that the city of
which he had the honour to be Governor should have been selected for
attack by these truculent English, who were no doubt bent upon avenging
the reverse of their fellow-countrymen at San Juan during the previous
year.  But if this were the case, why had they not attacked San Juan,
instead of coming to Nombre to make trouble and bring about his ruin?
For the statement which this great hulking boy captain had just made to
him showed clearly enough that he and his party could not be driven out
of Nombre without desperate fighting, accompanied by tremendous loss of
life and ruinous destruction of property, if indeed it could be achieved
at all, with a garrison of less than one hundred and fifty men, fifty of
whom constituted the garrison of the shore battery and were now
prisoners, if the young Englishman spoke the truth, which Don Sebastian
did not doubt.  No, clearly, fighting was not to be thought of,
excepting possibly as a very last resource.  But he, Don Sebastian, was
a man of the world, a man of mature experience in the ways of diplomacy,
and surely far more than a match, in this respect, for the simple-
looking lad who stood there staring at him so solemnly.  Yes, diplomacy
was undoubtedly the way out of this unfortunate scrape; the Englishman
must be made to realise that the capture of Nombre was a stupid mistake,
out of which neither honour nor profit was to be gained; and once
convinced of this, he would perhaps withdraw himself and his forces
peaceably.  These thoughts flashed through Don Sebastian's brain while
George was still speaking; and by the time that the latter had finished,
His Excellency had formulated his plans and was ready to reply.  Hence
his benignant smile, which was intended to suggest also a tinge of
sarcasm and incredulity.

"Senor," he said, "I will not be so presumptuous as to suggest the
slightest doubt of your own conviction that the city of Nombre de Dios
is absolutely at your mercy.  But you must pardon me if I decline to
share that conviction.  I know the strength and courage of the troops
who constitute our present garrison, and, without for a moment casting
the slightest reflection upon the strength or courage of your own
people, you must permit me to believe that, should we unhappily be
driven to resort to force of arms, we could drive you and yours into the
sea.  But I trust," he continued hastily, in response to a certain gleam
in George's eye that had not escaped his notice, "we may not be forced
to the adoption of any such extreme measure.  For I may as well inform
you at once that if you have come hither with any thought of pillage,
you are too late; the plate fleet left here nearly two months ago with
the year's accumulations of treasure, and our treasure-house is at the
moment absolutely empty, as I am prepared to prove to you by taking you
to it, if you doubt my word.  And, this being the case, I trust it will
not be difficult for us to come to some amicable arrangement by which
you may be induced to quit Nombre without the resort to measures on
either side which could only result in unnecessary and much to be
deplored bloodshed."

"Senor," answered George, with a deep bow--he was rapidly becoming as
punctiliously courteous of manner as the Spaniards themselves--"I am
charmed and delighted to find you so readily prepared to adopt a
reasonable and friendly attitude in the face of existing circumstances.
I accept unreservedly your statement as to the emptiness of your
treasure-house, and will certainly not put you to the injurious
necessity of proving it by conducting me thither to satisfy myself upon
the point; and I do this the more readily since my visit to Nombre has
no reference whatever to what you are pleased to term pillage.  No; my
object in coming hither was of a quite different kind; and if I have
taken possession of Nombre it is merely in order that I might enjoy the
advantage of being in a position to drive a bargain with the authorities
of the town, should I unhappily find them less amenable to reason than
your Excellency seems disposed to be."

This was excellent, very much better than Don Sebastian had dared to
hope; these English were not bent upon plunder, it would appear; and,
that being the case, he cared very little what else their object might
be; it would be strange indeed if he, a master of the art of diplomacy,
could not get rid of them without a fight, and so not only avoid a
severe reprimand from the Viceroy, but also perhaps earn his hearty
commendation.  Don Sebastian's spirits rose; the imbroglio was but a
petty thing after all; and in imagination he already pictured not only
the peaceful but the friendly departure of the English, and himself
receiving the compliments of the Viceroy upon the tactfulness of his,
Don Sebastian's, management of the affair, which might easily be
represented as being infinitely more serious than it really was.
Therefore he bowed to George more deeply and smiled at him more
expansively than ever as he replied:

"Senor Englishman, I am gratified beyond all power of expression to find
in you so amicable a disposition, and I feel certain that whatever may
be the occasion of the visit with which you have honoured us, neither
you nor I, nor the citizens of Nombre, will have the smallest reason to
regret it.  But perhaps, senor, it has escaped your memory that you have
not yet enlightened me as to that occasion?"

"No," answered George; "oh! no, it has not.  I shall come to that
presently.  But, meanwhile, time is passing, and I should like you to
take those steps I spoke of just now to prevent a collision between your
troops, or the citizens, and my people.  For I warn your Excellency that
if fighting is once permitted to begin it will be exceedingly difficult
to stop it, and before that happens you may find the greater part of
your city in ruins.  Therefore I beg that you will not lose a moment in
adopting the measures which I suggest.  When that is done it will be
time enough for us to talk together about the business which has brought
me hither."



CHAPTER FOURTEEN.

HOW THE GOVERNOR OF PANAMA TREATED DON SEBASTIAN'S REQUEST.

The imminence of the danger indicated by the young Englishman appealed
so powerfully to Don Sebastian that he acted upon the suggestion which
accompanied it without further delay, excusing himself to George for
temporarily withdrawing himself, and assuring the young man that not a
moment should be lost in taking every possible precaution to prevent a
collision between his own countrymen and the English.  But he had not
been absent longer than twenty minutes when he re-appeared, in a state
of dismay, to explain that the messengers whom he had dispatched in
various directions were returning, one after another, with the
intimation that they had been turned back by the parties of Englishmen
who were holding the Grand Plaza, who would not permit them to leave the
Square; also they had brought with them the news that from the sounds
which had met their ears, they judged the city to be in a state of
complete turmoil, and fighting imminent.

Now, it happened that the first of these two contingencies had been
entirely overlooked by George, who felt a good deal disturbed also by
the thought that fighting might yet begin despite all his precautions;
he therefore directed Don Sebastian to collect his messengers, and when
this had been done, in the course of a very few minutes, the young
English captain himself went forth with them to the several points in
the Square at which they sought egress, and personally instructed the
various parties of his men to allow the messengers to pass.  Then,
having seen them all safely out of the Square, noted for himself the
signs of disturbance and panic which seemed to everywhere prevail
throughout the city, and issued certain additional instructions to his
own men, George hastened back to Government House, where he found Don
Sebastian anxiously awaiting his return.  He explained to the Don the
state of affairs at that moment existing, so far as he had been able to
ascertain it, expressed the opinion that bloodshed might yet be averted,
and then proceeded to unfold to the Governor the precise nature of the
business that had brought him and his men to Nombre de Dios; that
business being of course the liberation of his brother and such other
prisoners as still remained in the hands of the Spaniards.

"I have already had the honour of explaining to your Excellency," he
said in conclusion, "that I am not here with a view to pillage; I have
exacted from San Juan what I regard as fair and just pecuniary
compensation for the Viceroy's treachery to my friends, Hawkins and
Drake, while they lay in the harbour of that city, a year ago; and, as I
have already pointed out, I have only seized Nombre in order that I may
be in a position to drive a bargain with you.

"Now, I learned from the authorities at San Juan de Ulua that, of the
Englishmen who fell into their hands upon the occasion just referred to,
seventeen--of whom my brother was one--were sentenced to the galleys,
and shipped on board a vessel named the _San Mathias_, bound to this
port.  Now, senor, your city is in my hands, and it is in my power to
sack it, if I will.  But I am prepared to hold the city to ransom upon
ridiculously advantageous terms to you; those terms being simply that,
in return for the surrender of those seventeen Englishmen into my hands,
safe and sound, I will withdraw my men, and retire from Nombre, leaving
the city itself and the property of its inhabitants untouched."

Don Sebastian gasped.  "Senor," he exclaimed, throwing out his hands
appealingly, "how shall I say it?  How shall I make you understand and
believe that you have asked practically the only thing that it is out of
my power to grant?"

"Why?  What do you mean?" demanded George, in his turn.  "Out of your
power to grant?  I do not understand your Excellency.  Do you mean to
tell me that those seventeen men are dead?  That your accursed
Inquisition has claimed them?  Or--what do you mean?"

"I mean, illustrious senor, that not one of those men now remains in
Nombre.  They doubtless came here, since the authorities of San Juan say
so, but--stay now--let me think--yes--if those men ever arrived here
there will doubtless be a record of their arrival, and yes, I seem to
recall some of the circumstances, but the multiplicity of my duties as
Governor of the city renders it difficult to--.  With your permission,
senor, I will summon my secretary; he will doubtless be able to throw
some light upon the affair."

"Pray do so at once, senor," answered George.  "It was solely to gain
intelligence of the whereabouts of those men and to secure their release
that I came to Nombre; and if you cannot at least afford me some
assistance, I am afraid that it will be a bad thing for your city."

"But, noble senor," remonstrated Don Sebastian, "you will surely not
hold Nombre responsible--"

"For the disappearance of those men?" interrupted George.  "Indeed I
will, then, your Excellency, unless you can afford me satisfactory
evidence as to what has become of them."

"Permit me, senor," said Don Sebastian, and smartly struck a small hand
bell on the table.  An attendant almost instantly appeared, to whom the
Governor said peremptorily:

"Find Senor Montalvo, and say that I desire his immediate presence in
this room."

Some five minutes later a smart, dapper-looking young Spaniard entered
and, bowing low, requested to know his Excellency's pleasure.

"Senor Montalvo," said Don Sebastian, "about a year ago a ship named
the--" he hesitated and looked inquiringly at George.

"The _San Mathias_," prompted George.

"Exactly, the _San Mathias_," continued the Governor, "is said to have
arrived here from San Juan de Ulua, bringing from thence seventeen
Englishmen, prisoners, who were sentenced to the galleys--"

"Yes, your Excellency," interrupted the secretary.  "I perfectly
remember the circumstances, for it occurred while you were temporarily
laid up with fever, and I transacted the whole of the business connected
with it."

"Ah!" exclaimed his Excellency, with an air of relief.  "Then that
sufficiently accounts for my very imperfect recollection of the
affair"--with a glance at George to direct the latter's attention to the
explanation.  "Proceed, Senor Montalvo," continued the Governor; "tell
us all that you know concerning the matter."

"Certainly, your Excellency," answered the secretary.  "With your
Excellency's permission I will fetch the official records, containing
the full and complete account of the affair."  And, bowing deeply to Don
Sebastian and George, he hurried away, and presently returned with an
exceedingly bulky volume under his arm.  This he placed on the table,
opened it, referred to an index, and then turned up the required entry.

"Yes," he said, "here we have it: `December 7th, 1568.  Arrived from San
Juan de Ulua, the ship _San Mathias_, Juan Pacheco, master, having on
board seventeen Englishmen captured during an unprovoked attack upon the
plate fleet lying in San Juan harbour, and--'"

"That is a lie," broke in George.  "The English ships were the attacked,
not the attackers.  But--go on."

"--Harbour," resumed the secretary, reading, "`and sentenced by the
Military Commandant to the galleys for life.  Their names are as
follows--'"

"Stop," interrupted George again, and, fumbling in his pocket, he
produced a document--the one that Don Manuel Rebiera had furnished him
with upon the first day of the _Nonsuch's_ visit to San Juan--and
carefully unfolded it.

"Now, proceed with your reading, senor, if you please," he said to the
secretary.

The secretary read out the names of the seventeen English prisoners,
which George found to agree with those recorded in his list.  When the
secretary came to the last name he paused for a moment.

"Yes," assented George, "those names appear to be correct.  Now, the
first thing that I wish to know is--what became of those men?"

"They were confined in the prison here for the space of just one month,"
answered the secretary, "during which communication was made to the
Governor of Panama, stating the circumstances of the case, and
requesting to know whether he could apportion the prisoners among the
galleys stationed at his port, as there are no galleys attached to
Nombre.  The reply was in the affirmative, and on January 8th of this
present year the prisoners were dispatched to Panama in charge of the
escort which had just brought over a consignment of treasure.  The
officer in command of the escort gave his receipt for the persons of the
prisoners, and--that is all that we here in Nombre know about them."

That was all that they there in Nombre knew about them!  And it was to
obtain this trifling scrap of information that the English adventurers
had resorted to such extreme and highhanded action as actually to
capture one of the most important cities on the Spanish Main, and were
now holding possession of it by the skin of their teeth, in the face of
overwhelming numbers, by sheer downright audacity and arrogance of
demeanour!  Young Saint Leger smiled inwardly as the amazing character
of the anti-climax began to force itself upon his notice; and, being a
lad with a keen appreciation of humour, it was with difficulty that he
conquered an almost irresistible inclination to laugh aloud while he
reflected upon the situation.  By an effort of will, however, he
conquered the desire to indulge in untimely mirth--for he fully realised
that he and his followers were standing upon the crumbling brink of a
volcano, and said, with an air of great dissatisfaction and annoyance:

"That is all you can tell me about them!  But, senor, this is really
most unsatisfactory.  For all practical purposes I am no wiser than I
was when I left Saint Juan.  This information will not materially assist
me to find and procure the release of my unfortunate fellow-countrymen.
I am afraid I must ask you to offer me a suggestion.  You must remember
that I am here to avenge and obtain satisfaction for the treacherous
treatment of my countrymen last year, by your King's representative, the
Viceroy of Mexico; and, whatever hardship, or suffering, or loss his
Most Catholic Majesty's lieges in this country may be called upon to
endure at my hands, in my determination to obtain satisfaction for that
outrage, they must lay to the door of his Excellency Don Martin
Enriquez.  Therefore, for your own sakes, I look to you to assist me in
every possible way.  I have explained to you the nature of my business
here, which, I repeat, is to procure the immediate release of those
seventeen unfortunate Englishmen, unjustly doomed to life-long servitude
in your galleys.  How is it to be done?  I look to you for suggestions."

Don Sebastian shrugged his shoulders, and stared helplessly at his
secretary; and the latter, recognising the nature of the appeal conveyed
by his chief's eyes, folded his arms, sank his chin upon his chest, and
proceeded to stalk meditatively to and fro the length of the room.  His
meditations continued for close upon ten minutes, then, as George began
to manifest symptoms of growing impatience, Senor Montalvo flung up his
head with the triumphant air of one who has solved a difficult problem,
and said:

"It appears to me, Excellency, and most noble Adelantado, that the only
thing to be done is for your Excellency to address a letter to the
Governor of Panama, explaining the situation, and requesting his help to
determine the present whereabouts of the prisoners, entrust that letter
to a reliable and intelligent messenger, who fully understands all the
circumstances of the case, and let him confer with his Excellency Don
Silvio as to the steps necessary to secure the satisfaction of the
English senor's demands."

The Governor considered the matter for a few seconds, and then turned to
George.

"There is a suggestion for you, senor, and a very excellent one, I think
I may permit myself to say.  How does it commend itself to you?"

"How far is it from here to Panama, and how long will it take your
messenger to traverse the distance?" demanded George.

"By the Gold Road the distance is a trifle over forty miles, and a well-
mounted messenger can cover it in six hours," answered Don Sebastian.

"So that if he were dispatched at once he could execute his mission, and
be back here in Nombre to-morrow evening?" suggested George.

"_Madre de Dios_!  Is the man mad?" ejaculated Don Sebastian, throwing
up his hands.  Then he turned hastily to George.  "Ten thousand pardons
for my involuntary exclamation," he apologised; "but I fear you scarcely
realise what travelling in this country means.  Upon his arrival in
Panama, my messenger would imperatively need rest, and by the time that
he has refreshed himself it will be too late to see the Governor.  Then,
to-morrow, it may be nearly or quite mid-day before he can obtain
audience of his Excellency; and by the time that the conference is over
and my messenger has secured the required information, it will be
altogether too late for him to start upon the return journey.  Thus I do
not think we can possibly expect him back before the afternoon of the
day after to-morrow.  You agree with me, senor, I am sure."

"No, senor, I do not," retorted George.  "I can see no cause at all for
such delay.  Upon his arrival in Panama, let your messenger proceed at
once to the Governor's house and demand an immediate interview.  Let him
explain that the matter is in the last degree urgent and pressing, and
let him take whatever further steps may be necessary to secure prompt
attention.  And then let him transact his business.  There will be
plenty of time for him to rest and refresh himself when that is done.
And to-morrow, if everything has been satisfactorily arranged, he can
start at dawn, and be here again shortly after mid-day."

"_Carramba_!  With all submission, senor, what you propose is
impossible.  No man could possibly do it," exclaimed Don Sebastian,
throwing up his hands.

"But why not, man, why not?" persisted George.

"Why not?" reiterated the Governor.  "Because, senor, it would kill him,
in this climate."

"It would certainly not kill an Englishman; but, of course, I don't know
about a Spaniard," retorted George.

Senor Montalvo hastened to intervene.  "Pardon, Excellency," he
remarked, bowing to the Governor, "but since the matter appears to be of
such extreme urgency, permit me to undertake the mission to the Governor
of Panama.  Having been privileged to be present at this interview with
the English Adelantado, I think I may venture to say that I clearly
understand the several points in the rather delicate negotiation which
it is proposed to open with his Excellency Don Calderon, and can
probably conduct it as successfully as any other available person.  And
I shall also do my utmost to execute my task with all possible
diligence, ignoring fatigue for the time being and until my task has
been accomplished."

"Very well," replied Don Sebastian, with evident relief.  "I am greatly
obliged to you, Senor Montalvo, for your offer, which I accept.  And
now, while I prepare my communication to Don Silvio, you had better go
and make ready for your journey.  The whole of my stable is entirely at
your service, but if you will permit me to advise, I think you could not
possibly do better than take Josefa, the black mule.  She will carry you
easily and rapidly as far as Venta Cruz, where you will leave her, and
proceed for the remaining half of the journey upon another animal,
picking up Josefa again upon your return.  Now, be off with you, and get
ready; and by the time that your preparations are complete, my letter to
Don Silvio shall be ready."

"Now, senor," he continued, seating himself at a table and drawing
writing materials toward him as soon as the secretary had vanished,
"what am I to say to Don Silvio?  Kindly state your full requirements,
and I will see what can be done toward satisfying them."

George pulled out his list of prisoners, and laid it beside Don
Sebastian on the table.

"My requirements," he said, "are very simple.  All that I ask is the
immediate release and delivery to me of the seventeen Englishmen whose
names are inscribed on that document."

"The _immediate_ release?" reiterated his Excellency.  "But, senor, with
all submission, to demand that may well be to demand the impossible.  If
I may be permitted to express an opinion, I should say that there is
scarcely the remotest probability that any of the men here enumerated
are still within the jurisdiction of the Governor of Panama.  I have not
a doubt that every one of them has, long ere this, been apportioned out
among the various galleys belonging to the port, and in all likelihood
every man is at this moment somewhere at sea.  The utmost that Don
Silvio will probably be able to do will be to indicate the name of the
galley to which each man has been condemned, and perhaps to state, in a
few cases, the present approximate locality of the galleys."

"You think so?" returned George, an ominous frown gathering upon his
brow.  "Then, all I can say, Don Sebastian, is that if the Governor of
Panama can do no more than that, it will be disastrously unfortunate for
you and your city!"

Don Sebastian became visibly paler as he stirred uneasily in his chair,
regarding the young Englishman questioningly and in silence for a few
moments.  Then he said:

"Senor, pardon me if I say that I scarcely understand you.  You surely
cannot mean that you will hold this town responsible for your inability
to obtain possession of the men you seek?"

"You are mistaken, senor, if you imagine any such thing," retorted
George.  "I hold _every_ Spaniard on the continent responsible for the
safety and well-being of those men.  It was by Spanish treachery that
they are at this moment living in hell upon earth--for I know something
of what life as a galley-slave means--and I am going to employ every
possible means at my disposal to bring pressure upon you and your
fellow-countrymen to right the wrong that has been done.  Therefore, I
beg that, in communicating with the Governor of Panama, you will make it
clear to him that, to save Nombre from sack and destruction, he must
exhaust his utmost powers to secure the speedy release of those men."

"But, senor--" began Don Sebastian, remonstratingly.

"Not another word, senor," interrupted George, determinedly.  "What I
have said, I have said.  Tell Don Silvio that I hold the shore battery,
and that, therefore, Nombre de Dios is absolutely at my mercy.  Tell him
also that I am holding you, among others, as a hostage to secure
ourselves from interference or attack by soldiery or civilians, and, in
short, make it clear to him that if those men are not speedily
surrendered to me, the Spaniards will have to pay dearly for them in
blood and treasure.  Now, please proceed with the preparation of your
communication to Don Silvio, for time is flying."

Whereupon, Don Sebastian, clutching his locks with his left hand, took
pen in his right, and proceeded, with a great deal of difficulty, to
draft a letter setting forth in cold black and white the critical state
of affairs then existing in Nombre, and urgently entreating the Governor
of Panama to leave no stone unturned to find and surrender the seventeen
Englishmen, on account of whom all this fuss and pother was being made,
lest worse come of it.  The Don was not a particularly fluent
correspondent, but he grew almost eloquent when he strove to impress
upon his fellow-governor the inexorable determination displayed by the
young English captain, and he wound up by quoting two or three Spanish
proverbs to the effect that of two evils it was always best to choose
the lesser, and that it was folly to cut off one's nose to spite one's
face, these being intended to support Don Sebastian's contention that it
would be better to surrender the Englishmen and forego one's righteous
desire to revenge oneself upon them, rather than that a Spanish town
like Nombre de Dios should be subjected to the horrors of sack and
pillage.  The fair copy of the letter, after the draft had been
submitted for George's approval, was still in process of being written
when Senor Montalvo, booted and spurred, and otherwise dressed for the
road, made his appearance.  The letter, however, was finished at last,
signed, sealed with the official seal, and handed to the secretary, who,
a minute later, mounted upon Josefa, the black mule, went clattering out
of the Grand Plaza, _en route_ for Panama.

"Now," said Saint Leger, when the important business of the letter to
the Governor of Panama had been satisfactorily disposed of, "with your
Excellency's approval we will all retire to the shore battery, where I
propose to concentrate my forces until a reply arrives from his
Excellency of Panama.  I noted, when leaving, that the guns of the
battery effectually command the town, therefore, by holding the battery
I shall hold the town also; moreover, by withdrawing my men to it, there
will be the less likelihood of collisions between my people and your
countrymen.  I must trouble your Excellency to accompany me, and to put
up, for a few days, with somewhat rougher quarters than you are
accustomed to; but we will make things as comfortable as we can for you,
and you may take with you any three of your servants whom you would wish
to accompany you.  If you will kindly issue any orders that you may wish
to give, we will go at once."

It was in vain that Don Sebastian begged to be excused from accompanying
his captors to the battery, in vain that he alternately protested,
represented, promised, and almost threatened; George turned a deaf ear
to everything that the poor man found to say and half an hour later saw
the whole party which had held the Grand Plaza marching in good order
through the streets toward the battery, with the Governor and his three
servants, the latter bearing heavy loads of his Excellency's baggage, in
the centre of the solid phalanx.  By that time the townspeople had
recovered from their first panic, and had almost settled down again into
their normal condition, the shops were nearly all open, excitement was
rapidly subsiding, and the citizens were mostly going about their
business pretty much as usual; the English, therefore, experienced no
inconvenience or interruption during their march, and in due time
reached the battery, the gates of which were thrown open to receive
them, and closed and bolted again after they had all entered.

The first thing was for the newcomers to get breakfast, for which they
were all--with, perhaps, the exception of the Governor--by this time
quite ready.  Then, at the conclusion of the meal, George accompanied
Basset round the battery upon a tour of inspection, during which the
latter pointed out what he had done, and was still doing, to strengthen
the defences of the place; and the young captain was greatly gratified
to see that a few hours' more work would render the place practically
impregnable to assault, and that all that they then need fear was a
protracted siege, which, however, did not enter into the Englishmen's
calculations.

The entire party from the _Nonsuch_ were now housed in the battery, for
Basset had no sooner secured possession of the place than, very wisely,
he hailed the men who had been left in the boats to take care of them,
directing them to beach their craft under the battery walls, moor them
securely, remove all gear, and convey it and themselves into the battery
forthwith, which they did, this arrangement rendering both them and
their boats absolutely secure from interference.

By mid-afternoon Basset's plans had all been carried out, and the
battery placed in a thorough state for effective defence; and now all
that remained was to await with patience the return of Senor Montalvo
from Panama with the results of his mission.  George had estimated that
with due diligence on the part of the secretary, it should be possible
for him to execute his mission in time to be back in Nombre by the
afternoon of the following day; but Don Sebastian was not so sanguine;
he knew the Spanish propensity to procrastinate, and he also knew that
Don Silvio Calderon, the Governor of Panama, was not the man to permit
himself to be hurried, particularly in the interests of other people;
also he knew, a great deal better than George, how many difficulties
stood in the way of securing the speedy release of prisoners from the
galleys, even under the most favourable circumstances.  He therefore did
all that he could, by representation, to prepare his captors for a
certain amount of delay; consequently when the next day passed without
bringing any sign of the secretary's return, nobody was very greatly
surprised or disappointed.

But it was not until four full days had passed, and the afternoon of the
fifth was well advanced, that Senor Montalvo, hot, dusty, travel-
stained, and weary, re-appeared; and when Don Sebastian had twice
perused the letter of which the secretary was the bearer, it was
perfectly evident, from the expression of dismay upon his Excellency's
countenance, and his muttered ejaculations of "Fool! thrice-sodden
fool!--pig!--obstinate mule!" and other uncomplimentary expressions,
that the secretary's mission had not been brilliantly successful.  On
the contrary, it soon developed that the errand had proved an utter
failure, for after an hour's earnest and anxious converse and discussion
with Senor Montalvo, Don Sebastian approached George, and, with every
evidence of the utmost distress, handed him the reply of the Governor of
Panama to read.

The letter was brief and to the point.  It opened with a pithy but
pungent expression of Don Silvio's opinion of the capacity of a Governor
who could permit his city to be captured and held by a handful of
English pirates; then proceeded succinctly to refuse to accede to any of
those pirates' demands; and wound up by saying that if the garrison and
citizens of Nombre were such fools as to allow themselves to be
surprised, they must take the consequences, whatever they might be.
But, Don Silvio concluded by saying, if the city of Nombre were sacked
by the English, the citizens might console themselves with the assurance
that they would be amply avenged, for he (Don Silvio) was dispatching
every soldier in Panama to the assistance of Nombre, and if, upon their
arrival, any English were found in the city, they would be exterminated
with the utmost promptitude!

Like Don Sebastian, George read this precious effusion of a pompous,
consequential, pig-headed official twice before commenting upon it.
Then he turned to the secretary and said:

"Senor, are you cognisant of the contents of this letter?"

"I believe so, in a general way, Illustrissimo," answered Senor
Montalvo.  "Of course," he continued, "I have not read the communication
itself, but I was able to pretty well gather from Don Silvio's remarks
when I explained my mission to him what was the nature of the reply he
intended to make to Don Sebastian's request."

"Describe Don Silvio to me," demanded George.

"He is a man somewhat above medium height," replied the secretary, "of
rather striking appearance, dark complexioned, sallow, hasty and
irascible of temper, has a very exalted opinion of his position and
dignity, is very impatient of anything in the most remote degree
approaching to dictation, and has a profound belief in his own judgment,
and in his qualifications generally for the post which he occupies.  He
is of opinion, for example, that had he been Governor of Nombre, you and
your followers would never have succeeded in establishing yourselves in
the city."

"I see," said George.  "Yes, I think from your description I can form a
tolerably accurate picture of the man.  Is he a man of his word?"

"As how, precisely, Senor Captain?" demanded the secretary.

"Well," explained George, "in this letter he announces his intention to
dispatch every soldier at his disposal in Panama to the relief of this
city.  Do you think he will really do so?"

"Undoubtedly, senor," was the answer.  "I was present when Don Silvio
issued the order, and when I left Panama the soldiers were already
mustering for the march."

"And how many soldiers do you suppose are available for this service?"
demanded George.

"Five hundred cavalry, and twelve hundred foot soldiers, with six
batteries of horse artillery," was the startling reply.

It was a reply for which young Saint Leger was wholly unprepared; it
startled him, while at the same time it inspired him with a most
audacious idea.  He carefully controlled his features, however, quite
conscious of the fact that both Don Sebastian and his secretary were
intently watching him, and proceeded with his questioning in the same
level, quiet tones as before.

"And when do you think we may look for the arrival of those soldiers?"
he asked.

"The cavalry may arrive at any moment," answered Senor Montalvo, "while
as for the artillery and the foot soldiers, they should be here by to-
morrow's noon."

"Ah!  I thank you, senor, for the frankness with which you have replied
to my questions," said George.  "This news is important and unexpected;
I must ask you to excuse me, gentlemen, while I retire to confer with my
officers.  What you, Senor Montalvo, have told me may possibly
necessitate an alteration of my plans."  And, so saying, the young
Englishman bowed to the two Spaniards and left them, going out to find
Basset and Dyer, that he might communicate to them the momentous news as
to the dispatch of the soldiers from Panama, and also to broach to them
the audacious project that had just suggested itself to him.

The three Englishmen conversed together earnestly and eagerly for the
best part of an hour, while they paced to and fro upon the parapet of
the battery, well out of earshot of anybody else; and at length they
came to a certain decision which they at once proceeded to put into
effect, George going off to rejoin the Governor and his secretary, while
Basset and Dyer hastened to muster their respective forces, and put into
effect the preliminaries of the plan which they had agreed upon.

When at length Saint Leger rejoined Don Sebastian and Senor Montalvo, he
found his guests--or prisoners, they scarcely knew which to consider
themselves--awaiting his return in a state of anxiety and perturbation,
which they took no pains to conceal.  Prominent in their minds was
George's threat to sack and burn the city in such an eventuality as had
just arisen, and they had already seen enough of the young man to
convince them that he was quite capable of carrying out his threat.
There was but one hope for them, they felt, and that lay in the
suggestion artfully put forth by Senor Montalvo, that the cavalry might
be expected to arrive at any moment.  This statement was the result of a
sudden and brilliant inspiration which had come to the secretary while
George was questioning him.  As a matter of fact, Senor Montalvo felt
tolerably certain that the cavalry could not possibly arrive until the
morrow, but it had suddenly occurred to him that if he stated this, it
would show the English that there was still time for them to sack the
town, while by stating that a considerable body of troops might be
momentarily expected to arrive he hoped to frighten the insolent
strangers into immediate abandonment of the town, without waiting to
sack it.

And he had every reason to congratulate himself that his ruse had been
successful, for George's first words when he returned to the room
occupied by the two Spaniards were:

"Your Excellency, the news which Senor Montalvo has brought from Panama
has caused me to very materially modify my plans.  When you were
preparing your dispatch to his Excellency the Governor of Panama, I gave
you to understand that in the event of Don Silvio's refusal to entertain
my proposals, I would sack and destroy the city of Nombre de Dios.  But
since then I have had time for reflection; I have come to recognise that
it would be unfair of me to visit Don Silvio's obstinacy too severely
upon you and your town; moreover, I am in hopes that by further
correspondence with him he may be brought to see the desirability of
saving you and Nombre by a merely nominal sacrifice on his part;
therefore, after consultation with my officers, I have decided to spare
Nombre for the present, and to withdraw from it in order to afford you
time for further negotiations with Don Silvio.  But before withdrawing I
intend to take the precaution of destroying this battery, so that upon
my return I shall, at least, not have it to contend with.  And,
understand me, your Excellency, I shall return again, but not until the
soldiers now expected have been withdrawn from the town.  That must
certainly happen soon, and when it does you may expect to see me back,
for I shall find means to learn everything of importance that happens in
Nombre.  And when I next come, my visit will be a final one; for unless
you are then prepared to hand me over the seventeen prisoners I have
asked for, I will not leave one stone of Nombre upon another.  You will
kindly remain here until I am ready to evacuate the battery, when you
will be free to return to Government House."



CHAPTER FIFTEEN.

HOW THE ENGLISHMEN MARCHED ACROSS THE ISTHMUS TO PANAMA.

As Saint Leger quitted the room Senor Montalvo gave vent to a chuckle of
delighted self-gratulation, much to the surprise, and somewhat to the
annoyance, of his Excellency, Don Sebastian Salvador Alfonso de
Albareda, Governor of the city of Nombre de Dios.

"Senor Montalvo," he said austerely, "you are surely forgetting
yourself.  I see nothing at all in that truculent young Englishman's
threat that is in the least degree calculated to excite the risibility
of anyone whose misfortune it is to be a dweller in this god-forsaken
city of Nombre de Dios.  Not even its name seems to protect it in the
slightest degree from the sacrilegious violence of these Lutheran dogs.
Pray explain yourself, senor."

"Ten thousand pardons, your Excellency," exclaimed Montalvo, still
grinning delightedly.  "It was not so much the Englishman's threats at
which I was amused--although I think we may perhaps permit ourselves to
smile at them, too; what I was chiefly amused at was the stroke of
genius by which I have fortunately been able to save our city from sack
by those pestilent English to-day."

"You--you have saved Nombre from being sacked to-day?" exclaimed Don
Sebastian.  "Still I fail to understand you, senor."

"Did you not observe, your Excellency, that, in reply to a question by
the young English pirate, I mentioned that the cavalry from Panama might
be expected to appear here at any moment?  That was a little slip of the
tongue on my part, the result of a happy inspiration.  Had I replied
truthfully I should have said that the cavalry could hardly by any
possibility arrive until some time to-morrow; and the result of that
reply would in all probability have been an instant order by that young
English dog to sack the city, which work might easily be accomplished
before the appearance of the cavalry upon the scene.  But did you mark
the expression of Senor Englishman's face when I said that the cavalry
might be expected at any moment?  It was terror, your Excellency--terror
and consternation!  And the result is an order for the instant
evacuation of this battery and the retreat of the English from the town.
That youngster at once recognised that if the cavalry were close at
hand there would be no time to sack the town: he and his people would be
caught and exterminated to a man.  Hence his magnanimous resolve to
spare us for the time being.  _Now_ does your Excellency understand?"

"Ah! yes; of course I do, and I beg your pardon for my hasty rebuke,
Montalvo," exclaimed Don Sebastian, seizing his companion's hand and
shaking it heartily.  "_Caramba_! that was a brilliant idea of yours
about the cavalry, and it has had the effect that you foresaw; the
rascally Englishmen are much too anxious regarding the safety of their
own skins to think of plundering the town now; and, please the Virgin,
in a few hours we shall be well rid of them, and I shall have escaped
getting into very serious trouble--thanks to you, Montalvo.  You have
placed me under a very heavy obligation, my friend, and I shall not
forget it.

"But there is still the future to be thought of.  It is true that we
have escaped by the skin of our teeth for the moment, Montalvo; for the
moment only.  But if I am any judge of character, that English
_muchacho_ will return, as he threatened he would; and then what are we
going to do?"

"Sufficient unto the day is the evil, your Excellency," answered
Montalvo, "and we shall have time enough to think of that when these
dogs have gone.  Did you notice what the boy captain said?  He will
return again, but not until the soldiers now expected have been
withdrawn from the town.  Well, it must be your care, Excellency, that
the soldiers shall not be withdrawn from Nombre until the patience of
these English pirates has become thoroughly exhausted, and they have
taken themselves off elsewhere--precisely where they go is a matter that
need not concern us so long as it is sufficiently far from Nombre.  And
while we are enjoying the protection of the soldiers it must be our
business to so strengthen the defences of the town that--_Madre de
Dios_! what is happening now?"

The worthy secretary might well exclaim, for his illuminating discourse
was at this moment broken in upon and interrupted by a series of
deafening explosions of so violent a character that they set the very
walls of the building trembling.  They were caused by the bursting of
the cannon mounted in the battery, and the blowing-up of the defences
which Basset had devised and caused to be constructed with so much
labour, and the destruction of which Saint Leger had ordered as a
preliminary to his abandonment of the place.  The Governor and his
secretary had scarcely recovered from the consternation engendered by
those alarming explosions when George appeared with the information that
they were now free to leave the battery and return to Government House
whenever they pleased; and the two Spaniards were still painfully
scrambling through and over the debris of the destroyed defences, on
their way back to the town, when they saw the Englishmen jump into their
boats and push off from the beach.

It was long after sundown on that same day when the anxious watchers on
board the _Nonsuch_, anchored in that tiny unsuspected harbour, heard
the roll and splash of oars sounding from the seaward of them, and were
soon afterward greeted with a hail which told them that their comrades,
as to whose safety they were beginning to feel somewhat anxious, were
returning; and a few minutes later the boats were alongside and a
general reunion had taken place.

It was too late to do anything further that night, apart from the fact
that the returned ones were pretty thoroughly tired out by the time that
they had shaken down and had their supper; but on the following morning
George, Dyer and a guard of two men were landed upon the beach and
forthwith proceeded to make the best of their way to the Cimarrone
village ruled over by the chief named Lukabela.

As it chanced, the chief was "at home" when they reached the village,
and he accorded his visitors a very cordial welcome.  He was highly
amused and delighted when he learned that the English had held the city
of Nombre at their mercy for five days, but looked both puzzled and
disgusted when he learned that they had left the place as they found it,
without sacking the city, exacting a ransom, or making the Spaniards
suffer in any way; for the Cimarrones hated the Spaniards with a hatred
that was perfectly fiendish, and woe betide any Spaniard or body of
Spaniards whose evil fortune it was to fall into their hands.  Death was
the least of the evils that any man, woman or child of Spanish blood had
to fear at the hands of the ferocious Cimarrones.  But he brightened up
again when he learned that the young English captain had hatched a
particularly audacious scheme, in the execution of which he besought
Lukabela's assistance.

"In anything partaking of the nature of an attack upon the Spaniards,
Senor Englishman, you have only to command me, and you may rest assured
of the whole-hearted assistance of myself and every man of my tribe," he
assured George.

The latter bowed.  "Well," he explained, "the matter stands thus: A year
ago, as you may have heard, certain of my countrymen, among whom was
your friend El Draque, were treacherously attacked in the harbour of San
Juan de Ulua, and several of them were killed or wounded, while a number
of others--among whom was my elder brother--were taken prisoners.  Of
these last, all have been accounted for in one way or another save
seventeen who, I learn, were sent from San Juan to Nombre, and from
Nombre to Panama, where I am given to understand they were put aboard
the galleys, to end their lives toiling at the oars.

"Now, I and my companions have crossed the Great Water for the express
purpose of finding and rescuing my brother--and incidentally his English
fellow prisoners--from the Spaniards; and, accordingly, we first went to
San Juan, where I learned that the seventeen survivors of the attack had
been sent to Nombre.  Therefore from San Juan we came to _Nombre_, where
I learn that the seventeen were sent to Panama.  At my request the
Governor of Nombre sent a message to the Governor of Panama, informing
the latter that Nombre was in my possession, and that I required the
surrender of the seventeen English prisoners as ransom for the town.
But the Governor of Panama, instead of finding and returning the
Englishmen, has dispatched every soldier from Panama to Nombre, to drive
us out of the city.  Learning this, and knowing that it would be
impossible for us to hold Nombre in the face of the overwhelming force
that was being sent against us, I decided to quit the city; but I
accompanied the announcement of this determination to the Governor of
Nombre with certain threats of return which I believe will cause him to
retain those soldiers--the whole garrison of Panama, you understand--in
Nombre for a full month, or perhaps longer.

"Panama, you will perceive, is thus left defenceless; and it is my idea
to at once make a dash across the isthmus, seize the biggest, or at
least the most formidable, ship in the harbour, exact from the Governor,
by threats or even force, if possible, full information respecting the
galleys aboard which the Englishmen have been shipped, and then go in
search of them until I have found them and liberated my countrymen.

"You can help me in this project, if you will, in the following manner.
My ship lies at anchor in the little cove of which you know, not far
from here.  I shall be obliged to leave her there, since I intend to
take my entire company with me; and I propose to leave her in your
charge.  I shall dismantle her, stowing her spars, sails, gear and
ordnance below, and roofing her over with a thatch of palm leaves to
protect her hull from the sun and weather, and if you will lend me a few
of your people, they will be helpful in that part of my work.  Then,
when that is done, you can further help me by furnishing me with a guide
who will lead me to Panama, and by lending me either mules or men who
will help me and my people to transport across the isthmus such stores
and ammunition as it will be necessary for us to take with us.  Will you
do this?"

"Senor," exclaimed Lukabela, "we Cimarrones live but to wreak our
righteous vengeance upon the Spaniard.  We are his enemies; and you,
too, are his enemies; therefore in any attempt of yours which has for
its object the spoiling of the Spaniard we are your natural allies, and
you may command our help to any extent which you may deem needful.  I
can place fifty men at your service; and if these be not enough I can
increase the number to five hundred in the course of a week if you care
to wait so long."

"A thousand thanks!" said George.  "Your fifty men will no doubt prove
ample, for I do not anticipate that there will be any fighting to do,
except at sea, and for that my own men will be sufficient.  When can I
have your men to assist me aboard the ship?"

"I will bring them to you within the hour, senor, if that will suffice,"
answered Lukabela.

"Thanks," answered George, "that will do most admirably.  And now, that
matter being settled, I will return at once and make all the necessary
preparations.  The boats shall be waiting to convey you aboard the ship
in one hour's time."

And therewith he and his party rose and, bidding Lukabela a temporary
farewell, hurried back to the _Nonsuch_, where preparations were at once
made for the dismantling of the ship prior to the adventurous expedition
across the isthmus.

That day and the one that followed it were days of strenuous labour
indeed, not only for the crew of the _Nonsuch_, but also for their black
allies, who turned up on the beach in full strength, and with most
commendable punctuality, under Lukabela, and were promptly taken aboard.
For there was a very considerable amount of heavy work to be done:
sails were to be loosed and dried, unbent, rolled up and stowed away
below; yards and topmasts to be sent down, scraped and thoroughly
greased before they, too, were stowed below; gear unrove, overhauled,
made up in coils and labelled; the ordnance dismounted, and, in short,
the ship dismantled to her three lower masts, and every movable thing
stowed away out of reach of covetous hands--for George felt that it
would be unwise to trust his black allies too far or too implicitly.
Then every anchor and cable belonging to the ship was used to moor her
securely, for it was impossible to estimate how long she would have to
lie there at the mercy of the elements.  And all this had to be done in
a small land-locked cove, hemmed-in on every side by high, densely-
wooded land, where the trade-wind could not penetrate, and where the
land and sea-breezes were represented by merely fitful breathings of
suffocatingly hot air drifting by at infrequent intervals.  And this,
too, with a blazing sun almost immediately overhead; for it was now mid-
August, and the cove lay almost immediately under the ninth parallel of
north latitude.

Then, when all this was done, there was the fixing up of the framework
for a roof or awning of palm-leaf thatch for the protection of the deck
and hull of the ship from the sun's rays; but Lukabela assured George
that there was no need to delay the departure of the expedition until
the roof had been thatched, for he undertook that the women of his
village, who were, according to him, experts in the art of thatching,
should attend to that part of the business.

The evening of the second day witnessed the completion of the
preparations for the Englishmen's daring descent upon Panama; and within
an hour after sunrise on the following day the entire party, with fifty
Cimarrones under Lukabela, and a train of twenty mules, also furnished
by the Cimarrone chief, mustered on the beach of the little secret cove
and made their final preparations for the march.  These merely consisted
in loading the indispensable baggage of the party upon the mules; and as
this work was performed by the deft hands of the Cimarrones, twenty
minutes sufficed for the accomplishment of the task, when the expedition
at once started, taking the way, in the first instance, toward
Lukabela's village.

Until the adventurers reached the village the march was accomplished in
a very loose and happy-go-lucky fashion, half the Cimarrones leading the
way, with the Englishmen following in small chattering parties of twos
and threes as the path through the bush would permit, while the mule
train, in charge of the other half of the Cimarrones, brought up the
rear.  But with their departure from the village silence and strict
military discipline became the order of the day, because although
Lukabela was going to lead them, not by the Gold road, upon which they
would be liable to encounter travellers at any moment, but by a devious
and secret path, known only to the Cimarrones, they would still be
passing through the enemy's country, and would be liable to detection
unless the utmost caution was observed.  Therefore the order of march
was thus arranged: In the lead went, as guide and scout, fully armed
with bow and spear, the Cimarrone who of the whole tribe was most
intimately acquainted with the route which was to be followed.  Then, in
single file, distant from each other about fifty yards, went five other
Cimarrones in the track of the leader, their duty being to watch for and
transmit to the main body any signals which the leader might make.
Then, some fifty yards in the rear of the rearmost of these five,
marched twenty Cimarrones whose duty it would be to make a stand should
the enemy by any chance appear in force, while the main body retired
upon the nearest defensive position.  Fifty yards to the rear again
followed the aforesaid main body, consisting of half the Englishmen, the
mule train, and the other half of the Englishmen, while the remainder of
the Cimarrones constituted the rear guard.

The route lay almost entirely through dense, lofty forest, and wound
hither and thither in the most bewildering fashion; for in addition to
the giant trees which constituted the forest proper, there was a vast
quantity of thick, tangled undergrowth, through which a man might indeed
have forced his way with difficulty, but which was absolutely impassable
for laden mules; therefore it was necessary to follow the sinuosities of
the thinner parts of the jungle where a few occasional strokes of a
machete were all that were required to enable the laden animals to pass.
Under such circumstances progress was necessarily slow, and also
fatiguing; but the Englishmen forgot not only the snail-like nature of
their progress, but also the oppressive heat and fatigue of the march,
for they were now in a new and wonderful world, more strange and
beautiful than anything that the most fanciful imagination among them
had ever pictured.  To men like themselves, seamen, accustomed day after
day, for months at a time, to the sight of the open sky, the boundless
sea, the invigorating breath of the salt wind, and the feeling of a
heaving deck beneath their feet, it was a novelty to be trudging upon
firm ground along a forest path, enveloped in the mystery of soft green
twilight, with dense masses of foliage overhead shutting out all sight
of the sky except at infrequent intervals, their horizon bounded by the
leafy brake within arm's reach of them on either hand, and to breathe
the hot, close atmosphere of the woods, pungent with many strange
odours; to listen to the silence of the forest, accentuated rather than
broken by the sounds of their passage, and the low singing hum of
innumerable myriads of invisible insects; to start as a sudden whirr of
wings directed their attention to some brilliant plumaged bird seen for
an instant flashing athwart their ken like a living gem and then
vanishing they scarcely knew whither; to behold the countless strange
forms and curious colours of the flowers that sprang beneath their feet
or hung in festoons from the lofty branches overhead; to hear the
mysterious sounds that occasionally came to them from the forest on
either hand; and to slake their thirst by devouring the strange but
luscious fruits indicated by their friends the Cimarrones and partaken
of at first doubtfully and with extremest caution.  And it was only when
they suddenly emerged from the forest gloom into some brake open to the
sky, and halted for a moment until their eyes grew accustomed to the
dazzling daylight, that they were able to realise how intense that gloom
had been.  But the novelty of the journey was not all pleasurable, for
apart from the breathless, oppressive heat, and the annoyance caused by
the pertinacious attacks of mosquitos, gnats, and other fiercely
stinging insects, there was a certain element of danger, as was
manifested by the frequent low warning cry raised by a Cimarrone, of
"_Culebra, culebra; guardarse_!"  (snake, snake; beware!)

It was close upon noon when, after a gentle ascent of about four hours'
duration, followed by a somewhat steeper descent of rather less than
half that time the expedition emerged from the forest and found itself
in a small, open, grassy space, bordered on the one hand by the high
woods and on the other by a small stream of crystal clear water flowing
over a gravelly bed; and here Lukabela gave the welcome announcement
that he proposed to call a halt for two hours in order that men and
animals might rest and refresh themselves during the hottest part of the
day.  Accordingly arms were piled, armour put off, and most of the
Englishmen indulged in the unwonted luxury of a fresh water bath, while
the faithful Cimarrones--or Maroons, as some of the mariners began to
call them--unloaded the mules, watered them, and then hobbled them to
feed upon the rich, short grass, lighted a fire, cut down sweet, balsam-
like boughs and built little arbours with them in the shadow of which
their white friends might sleep.  And when, after a refreshing bath and
a still more refreshing sleep, the Englishmen were awakened about two
o'clock, behold! those faithful and indefatigable allies the Cimarrones
had provided a delicious hot meal for their delectation, consisting of
the choicest portions of two freshly-killed deer, which, having been
first wrapped in clay, were afterwards baked in the embers of the fire,
thus completely retaining all the natural juices of the meat and
rendering it incomparably delicate, tender and tasty.  Then, the meal
finished, the Cimarrones--always the Cimarrones--produced certain dried
golden-brown leaves, which they deftly fashioned into _cigarros_ for the
delectation of themselves and such of the Englishmen as were adventurous
enough to test the seductive effects of tobacco; and when the _cigarros_
had duly been done justice to the mules were rounded up, loaded, the
order of march arranged, and the journey resumed.

The afternoon march was, in all essential respects, similar to that of
the morning, and continued until about five o'clock in the evening, when
another open, grassy glade, very similar to that of the noontide halt,
was reached, and here Lukabela announced his intention of halting for
the night.  Then occurred a repetition of the principal events of the
previous halt, except that after the Englishmen had bathed to their
satisfaction they found a hot meal awaiting them without the preliminary
of the two hours' sleep.  As before, the meal was followed by
_cigarros_, accompanied by a little desultory conversation; but this did
not continue long, for the Englishmen, at least, were dead weary with
their unwonted labours, and one after another they stretched themselves
out where they sat and, careless of the saturating dew, at once sank
into dreamless slumber, surrounded by their faithful allies, four of
whom kept watch over the sleeping camp until another day dawned.  And so
the march continued day after day with little variation, sometimes
climbing upward and at other times descending, but on the whole the
tendency was distinctly to rise.

Toward the close of the third day, and in a still more marked degree
during the fourth day of their march, the breaks in the forest became
more frequent, and of greater extent, occasionally permitting them to
get a glimpse of their more immediate surroundings, when it became
apparent, as might indeed be judged by the up-and-down character of the
way which they had already traversed, that they were in the midst of
hilly country, a dip in the forest occasionally revealing a blue peak
breaking the sky-line in the far distance.  And when they halted at mid-
day on the fourth day it was in a glade that formed part of the very
crest of a mountain spur, so that, even as they partook of their mid-day
meal they were able to look out over a vast extent of country both ahead
of and behind them.  In the latter direction they saw mile after mile of
undulating woods stretching away into the distance, the outline
gradually softening and the infinite variety of green tints gradually
merging into filmy grey; and beyond it the Caribbean shimmering beneath
the tropic sun; while ahead of them, to the south-east, and almost
within a stone's throw, as it seemed, rose a lofty ridge, which Lukabela
informed George was the backbone of the range, from the summit of which
could be seen Panama and that--to Englishmen--almost fabulous ocean, the
Southern Sea, the very existence of which the Spaniards were guarding as
a priceless secret.

But, near as that ridge looked from their mid-day camping-place, it was
not reached until the evening of the fifth day of their march; and then,
after toiling up a steep slope for half an hour, the party topped it,
and a sudden shout of exultation burst from their throats as, standing
in a little glade, they looked out over the tree-tops of the intervening
forest and saw first another but much lower ridge, with a mountain
valley between it and them, and beyond that ridge, and only some ten
miles distant, the white towers and buildings of Panama nestling beside
a river which discharged into its harbour, the harbour itself dotted
with a few ships, and beyond it again the great, boundless, mystic
Southern Sea, at the sight of which George and his crew, like the pious
Christian mariners that they were, incontinently fell upon their knees
and gave God thanks, vowing at the same time that by His grace they
would sail those waters until they had recovered the lost ones of whom
they were in search--or had fearfully avenged their death.

And now it became necessary to exercise the most extreme caution, for,
so far as was known, there were no Indians within twenty miles of
Panama, save a few "tame" ones who had been permitted to establish
themselves within some four miles of the city, and who made a living by
growing vegetables and fruit and rearing poultry for the Panama market;
the country all round about within a radius of a dozen miles or so had
therefore come to be regarded as practically as safe as the streets of
the city itself, and hawking parties were of frequent occurrence among
the magnates of Panama.  And to encounter one of these parties would be
to inevitably give the alarm to the citizens, which, strong as the
English felt themselves to be, was a consummation to be carefully
avoided; wherefore, having gazed their fill upon the glorious prospect
before them, the party retired along the way by which they had come,
until they reached a spot where they had already decided to camp; and
there they spent the night.  The journey down into the plain was
accomplished on the following day with the utmost circumspection, not
only because every step which they now took led to the danger of
detection by some party of sportsmen, or solitary fowler, but also
because the "tame" Indians had to be reckoned with; and it was known
that these were in the habit of wandering far up the slopes of the
Cordilleras in search of game and of the fruit that grew wild in rich
abundance in certain of the woods.  Moreover, the time had now arrived
when a definite plan of action of some sort must be determined upon,
since this would largely influence the manner of their approach to the
city and their subsequent actions.  Therefore as soon as the party had
once more topped the ridge upon which they had stood entranced for half
an hour during the previous evening young Saint Leger called a halt and,
flinging himself down upon the grass, produced his perspective glass--or
telescope, as we now call the much improved instrument--and with its
assistance subjected the town and roadstead to a prolonged and careful
examination.  The result of this examination, and of a conference with
his officers which was simultaneously conducted, was that the resolution
was made to capture a certain caravel which was seen to be riding at
anchor in the roadstead and which appeared to be the best suited to
their requirements of any of the ships then in sight; and, having
secured possession of her, to threaten the town with destruction by her
guns until all the information required from the Governor had been
abstracted from him; after which the only thing remaining to be done
would be to sail in search of the galleys containing the English
prisoners, and capture them when found.  It was an audacious scheme, for
Panama was the biggest and most important city on the continent at that
time, and, apart from the question of soldiers, the citizens alone if
they chose to arm themselves and fight were sufficiently numerous to
overwhelm the English; but George had by that time learned to gauge the
courage of the American Spaniard pretty accurately, and he felt that the
undertaking which he had planned, although difficult, was by no means
beyond his power to accomplish.



CHAPTER SIXTEEN.

HOW THEY TOOK THE GREAT GALLEON.

In order to obtain possession of the caravel which George had marked
down as his prey, boats were necessary, since the vessel lay at anchor
in the roadstead, instead of alongside the wharf; and to obtain boats it
would be necessary to enter the city.  But Panama, like Nombre and San
Juan, and indeed all the Spanish settlements in America, was fortified
on the landward side as a protection against the incursions of the
savages who, gentle enough when the white man first came among them,
soon had their most ferocious and bloodthirsty instincts fully aroused
by the heartless cruelty and treachery with which the Spaniards quickly
began to treat them; to enter the city from its landward side was
therefore impossible for the English without at once betraying
themselves and something of their purpose.  The only alternative,
therefore, was to gain an entrance from the water; and the problem was
how to do this without betraying themselves and putting the inhabitants
on their guard.

At first the difficulty seemed to be insurmountable, but George Saint
Leger was one of those who refuse to acknowledge anything as impossible;
and at length, when the party had halted at mid-day behind the very last
screen of timber between them and the city, he believed he had
discovered the answer to his problem.

It has been said that Panama stood not only on the shore of the ocean
but also on the left bank of a small stream which, taking its rise
somewhere among the adjacent mountains, discharged itself into the
waters of the harbour, and when once it had come to be recognised that
the approach of the party must be made by water, it was upon this stream
that George concentrated his attention.  It was but an insignificant
affair as to width, and to all appearance shallow, but just before it
reached the city it widened out to about sixty yards across; and while
the young captain was studying it through his perspective glass, during
the mid-day halt, he perceived a few boats and canoes plying hither and
thither upon that portion of it which flowed past the town.  Also, while
he was watching, his attention was attracted to two figures in the plain
below; and by bringing his glass to bear upon them he was able to
distinguish that the leading figure was a Spaniard carrying what
appeared to be a hawk upon his wrist, while the individual who followed
him was either an Indian or a negro, he could not distinguish which, but
he saw that this person was carrying something suspended from a pole
over his shoulder, which looked like and doubtless was a bunch of dead
birds.  The pair walked straight to the margin of the stream, about
three-quarters of a mile above the city, the stream being at that point
about twenty yards wide, and when the Spaniard reached the margin he
halted, turned and said something to his follower, at the same time
pointing to the ground, whereupon the black carefully deposited the pole
and its burden upon the ground, then stooped low, and allowed the
Spaniard to seat himself astride upon his shoulders.  Then, rising to
his feet with his burden, the black stepped into the stream, waded
across, deposited the Spaniard upon the bank, and, as the latter strode
off towards the town, returned, picked up his load, waded across again,
and followed the footsteps of his master.  Now, there was nothing _very_
remarkable about this, but there were _two_ points connected with it
which attracted George's notice, one of them being that when the black
stepped into the stream with his master upon his shoulders, a single
stride sufficed to carry him into water deep enough to submerge him to
his waist, and that depth was maintained all the way across until within
about two yards of the bank.  The other point which George considered
worthy of note was that about a hundred yards below the point where
those two persons had crossed the stream, there grew a clump of bamboos
sufficiently large to screen the entire party from observation, if they
could reach it undetected by people in the town.  He called Lukabela to
him, told him what he had seen, explained the scheme that had developed
in his mind while watching the passage of the two men across the stream,
and finally indicated the clump of bamboo, asking whether there was any
possibility of reaching it after dark without being detected.  The
Cimarrone thereupon studied the features of the country below and around
him long and intently, and at length answered in the affirmative,
pointing out the route which it would be necessary to follow, and then,
after a little further pregnant conversation, the two rose and returned
to where the rest of the party lay _perdu_.

In conversation with Lukabela, George had already learned from the
Cimarrone that, from information derived by the latter from certain
runaway slaves, the citizens of Panama were somewhat addicted to the
keeping of late hours, as late hours were counted in those days, that is
to say, the more gay and pleasure-loving of the Panamans rarely thought
of seeking their couches before midnight; Saint Leger, therefore,
determined to remain where he was until that hour in order that his
arrival in the city might be deferred until its roysterers were all
safely in bed and asleep; also, there was in all probability a somewhat
strenuous time before the Englishmen, and some unlikelihood as to when
they might reckon upon another night's undisturbed rest; upon his return
to camp, therefore, George issued an order that every man was to compose
himself to rest and get as much sleep as possible, the only breaks in
these periods of rest being at the appointed meal times.  But the young
captain had by this time become wise in the art of warfare, consequently
he took the precaution to protect his camp from surprise by throwing out
strong pickets of Cimarrones in every direction from which surprise
could possibly come; and, this done, the expedition composed itself to
rest.

It was about five o'clock in the evening that George was awakened by a
light touch upon his shoulder, and, springing up, he found Lukabela
bending over him with his finger to his lips.

"What is it, chief?" demanded George in a whisper.

"Come and see," replied the Cimarrone in an equally guarded tone of
voice; whereupon George arose and, led by the black, noiselessly quitted
the sleeping camp and made his way to a small knoll in the open,
commanding a fairly comprehensive view of the city and roadstead.

As the pair crept cautiously to the summit of the knoll and peered over
it, Lukabela pointed with his finger and murmured "Behold!"  And,
looking in the direction toward which the chief was pointing, George
beheld a noble and stately galleon standing in toward the anchorage with
ensigns and pennons flying from her mastheads, and with a large galley
acting as escort to her.  The galleon was an exceptionally large vessel,
being, as Saint Leger estimated, of fully five hundred tons measurement.
She showed a double tier of ordnance, besides sakers, falcons,
falconettes and serpentines on her poop and fore and after castles.  She
was painted a deep golden yellow, with broad white bands along her two
tiers of gun ports, and there was, in accordance with the Spanish
fashion of the times, a tremendous amount of decorative gilding about
her bows and quarters; her sails also were decorated with paintings,
though what subjects were represented it was impossible to distinguish
at that distance.

"A plate ship, loaded with silver from Lima, without a doubt," whispered
Lukabela.  "I saw her appear round yonder headland about half an hour
ago, and I thought you would be interested."

"I am," replied George emphatically, bringing his glass to bear upon the
craft, and he watched her as she gradually drifted in toward the
anchorage, while Lukabela kept a look-out to guard against their being
surprised by passers by.

Slow and stately the great galleon crept toward the roadstead, impelled
by the dying sea-breeze, and at length, as the wind dropped altogether
and the waters of the bay became a flawless mirror reflecting the
gorgeous tints of a flaming sunset, she dropped her ponderous anchor
about half a mile from the shore; her gaily painted sails were slowly
clewed up and furled; the galley went alongside and received several
richly dressed persons from the galleon, including some three or four in
full suits of armour, and then pushed off and pulled toward the quay,
churning the placid waters of the bay into foam with the long, regular
strokes of her sixty oars, finally ranging up alongside and mooring to
the wharf, when the passengers from the galleon and some twenty other
persons, who were probably the officers of the galley, landed and
disappeared among the streets of the city.

Then George Saint Leger arose from his place of concealment among the
long grass at the summit of the knoll, thinking deeply, and made his way
back to the camp, accompanied by the Cimarrone chief.  As they entered
the camp George turned to his black companion and said:

"My thanks to you, Lukabela, for arousing me.  The sight you showed me
was well worth looking at.  Please God, before twelve hours are past
that ship and her cargo shall be mine; ay, and the galley too.  For who
knows but that somebody aboard her may be able to give me news of my
brother."

The great bell of Panama cathedral was booming out the hour of midnight,
and its sonorous strokes came floating slowly and subdued by distance to
the camp of the English adventurers as the sturdy band, having partaken
of a hearty supper, formed up into marching order prior to leaving their
place of concealment.  A strong scouting party of Cimarrones had been
thrown forward in advance to guard against surprise, and as George
completed his inspection of weapons and equipment the cry of a nightjar
coming from the extreme distance and repeated ever nearer by the line of
scouts told that the way was clear and that the column might begin its
advance.

There is no need to describe, step by step, the sinuous passage through
the long grass of that band of intrepid adventurers toward the clump of
bamboos which was to be their rallying point; they knew that danger
encompassed them on every hand, and that the most trivial accident might
result in their premature discovery and, possibly the ruin of all their
plans, yet they pressed forward steadily and unflinchingly, trusting
implicitly in the wisdom of their leaders and the sagacity of their
black allies, and in about three-quarters of an hour arrived safely at
the point for which they were aiming, without the occurrence of the
slightest disconcerting incident of any description.

Here, completely screened from observation by the sheltering clump of
bamboos, the blacks at once proceeded to unload the pack mules and stack
their loads in close proximity to the river bank.  And while this was
being done, George, Dyer, and twelve of the most reliable of the
Englishmen calmly laid aside their weapons, armour, and all clothing,
and at a signal from their captain, crept crouchingly round the shoulder
of the bamboo clump to the river margin where, after heads had been
counted to see that none was missing, the whole party noiselessly
entered the water, waded out to mid stream, and then, following their
leader, proceeded to swim silently and with deliberation toward the
city.  There was a moon, in her first quarter, shining brightly almost
directly overhead, which afforded ample light for the party to see where
they were going, while a soft mist hung over the river and the low
ground about the city, which to a certain extent concealed their
movements.

George was careful not to hurry himself or his followers, for, in the
first place, they were a full quarter of an hour earlier than they
expected, and he did not wish to reach the city until he could be
reasonably sure that its inhabitants were all abed and asleep, and in
the next place he was anxious to conserve his own and his followers'
strength as far as possible, knowing that many heavy demands would be
made upon it before long; he therefore paddled very quietly along,
hardly exerting himself at all and allowing the current to carry him
cityward.  Thus the hour of one boomed out from the cathedral while they
were still a quarter of a mile from the inner extremity of the quay for
which they were aiming.

At length, however, drifting for the most part, and only swimming a
stroke or two occasionally to guide themselves, they reached the
extremity of the wharf, where they found a flight of steps at which they
landed.  Here, in obedience to an order from George, the remainder of
the party crouched well below the level of the quay, while their leader
cautiously climbed the steps to reconnoitre.  A single glance sufficed
to show that the whole length of the quay in sight--nearly half a mile--
was deserted, while not a light was to be seen in any direction.  This
latter circumstance, however, was presently accounted for by the fact
that all the buildings facing the wharf were evidently warehouses, for
the most part one-storey buildings with broad verandahs reaching out
before them, undoubtedly for the purpose of protecting the workers from
the terrific heat of the mid-day sun.  Now, however, under the moon's
rays, those verandahs, many of them cumbered with bales and cases of
merchandise, cast a deep, almost opaque shadow, of which George
instantly determined to avail himself; therefore, beckoning to his
followers, he made a dash across the staring moon-lighted quay to the
nearest verandah, and in less than three minutes all hands were huddled
in the deep shadow of a pile of bales.

Thus far all had gone well, they were actually in the city of Panama,
with never a soul a penny the wiser; and George felt that, having
accomplished so much, it would be strange indeed if he could not carry
the whole of his plans to fruition.  But, great as their peril had been
already, that peril had, after all, been merely that of discovery; now
it was infinitely greater, for there they were, fourteen naked
Englishmen, unarmed save for a knife which each carried in a sheath
strapped to his waist, in a hostile city where, if they should be
caught, they might be certain of either the galleys--or worse still--the
Inquisition.  Meanwhile, however, there seemed little immediate fear of
either as George peered out from his hiding-place and intently scanned
the length of the quay.  As has been said, not a single living thing was
visible, but there were several craft moored alongside, small vessels
mostly, such as coasters, fishing craft, and lighters; but probably a
portion at least of the crews of these craft lived and slept aboard
them, and a restless man coming up on deck for a breath of fresh air at
an inopportune moment might suffice to ruin everything.

Cautiously George emerged from his place of concealment, flitted across
the width of the quay, and peered over its edge.  He looked down upon
three clumsy, half-decked fishing craft, apparently deserted, but quite
unfit for his purpose.  Beyond them was a tier of heavy lighters moored
three abreast, with nobody aboard them, and beyond them a small coasting
craft with hatches on, and her cabin and forecastle doors, as well as
her skylights, closed.  Nobody aboard her, certainly.  Glancing around
him, and signalling his unseen companions to follow him up, he ran along
the edge of the quay until he had passed the coaster, when he found
himself close to several tiers of lighters, all moored three abreast,
beyond which were two small coasters, moored one outside the other, then
more lighters, and a whole crowd of fishing craft.  Swiftly George sped
along past these, glancing continually about him to assure himself that
he was unobserved and that his people were following him, and at length
he came to where a large caravel was lying moored to the quay, with all
her boats in the water alongside her.  Here was what he wanted at last,
and pausing but an instant to beckon his companions, he sprang from the
quay into the vessel's main rigging, and from thence noiselessly made
his way to her deck.  Less than half a minute later his thirteen
companions stood beside him.

Collecting his followers round him with a wave of his hand, Saint Leger
rapidly issued his instructions.  He had already satisfied himself that
the boats alongside contained everything that he required in the way of
equipment, therefore, all that was necessary was to take possession of
them and get away from the parent craft without alarming any of the crew
who, he judged from certain evidence, were asleep below--therefore at
the conclusion of his few brief orders his followers slid one after the
other down the side of the caravel into the boats, taking the utmost
care to make no sound, and when they were all down, George cast off the
painters, one after the other, and dropped their ends into the hands
outstretched to receive them, finally climbing down into the largest
boat and signing to his followers to shove off.  This was done with the
bare hands, hence there was no rattle of oars, nor even the faintest
plash of water, for once adrift, the boats were carried slowly down the
harbour by the current.

There were four boats in all, the largest being the caravel's pinnace, a
craft pulling twelve oars, and the other three boats were made fast in a
string behind her.  But these four boats were insufficient for George's
purpose, since they would accommodate scarcely three-quarters of his
entire party, with their baggage, weapons, and ammunition, therefore
other craft were needed, and these they at once proceeded to look out
for as the boats drifted slowly to seaward.  The drift was exceedingly
slow, much too slow indeed for George's impatience, and he commented
upon it in a whisper to Dyer who was sitting in the stern sheets beside
him.  The pilot looked about him for a moment and then, whispering back,
hazarded the opinion that the tide was about to turn, if indeed it had
not already done so, and that the young flood would be setting up the
harbour within the next half-hour, indicating his reasons for arriving
at such a conclusion.  This, and the fact that a light south-easterly
breeze was beginning to make itself felt, suggested an idea to the young
captain which he communicated to Dyer, and the latter approving, they
decided to adopt it at the earliest opportunity.  And that opportunity
was not long in coming, for they had scarcely drifted a quarter of a
mile down the harbour when they came abreast of a large building
opposite which some forty or fifty boats of all sizes were moored, some
of them being rowing boats while others were rigged for sailing.  Using
a pair of oars paddle-wise, the little flotilla of boats was skilfully
guided toward these, and a few minutes later they were alongside and
made fast.  Three good roomy boats were quickly chosen from among these
and secured, and then the whole seven were secured together in a string.
Then one of the larger sailing-boats was cast adrift, the string of
rowing boats, each with a man in her, was made fast astern, and the
sailing-boat was pushed off.  And now came what was perhaps the most
critical moment of the enterprise; for although they had thus far seen
no one there was no doubt that many men were sleeping aboard the various
craft in the harbour, and the slightest suspicious sound might awaken
somebody and at once cause an alarm to be raised.  Still, a certain
amount of risk had to be run, and George decided to take it at once.
The sailing-boat was therefore skilfully manoeuvred to the middle of the
harbour, her bows turned up stream by a few quick strokes of an oar, and
then, with the observance of the utmost precaution, her single sail was
set with only a very slight momentary rustling of the loosened canvas.
A few seconds later the halyard was made fast, the sheet was trimmed
aft, and the boat, with the string of seven in tow astern, began to move
slowly and silently up the stream.

To George it seemed as though that short voyage would never end, for by
the time that they had secured the full number of boats required, the
adventurers had drifted nearly a mile down the harbour, and the whole of
that distance, and something more, had to be retraced before they could
consider themselves safe from discovery, while it was practically
certain that if so much as a single person should get sight of them the
alarm would at once be raised; for the spectacle of a sailing-boat with
seven rowing boats in tow proceeding up the river at that hour would be
sufficiently remarkable to instantly arouse suspicion.  But after some
twenty-five minutes of tense anxiety the little flotilla rounded a bend
in the stream and the worst of the danger was past, while another twenty
minutes brought them up abreast the bamboo clump where their comrades
and the Cimarrones were anxiously awaiting them.

And now all was bustle and activity; the boats were brought alongside
the bank of the stream, and while their captors scrambled ashore and
hastily resumed their clothing, armour, and weapons, the other
contingent, assisted by the Cimarrones, carefully stowed their
belongings in varying proportions in the several row-boats.  By the time
that this was done, their companions were once more clothed, and all was
ready for a start.  Then fervent farewells were exchanged between the
English and the Cimarrones, Lukabela faithfully promising to keep an eye
upon the _Nonsuch_ and see that nothing untoward happened to her during
the absence of her crew, while George on his part as faithfully promised
that, upon his return, his faithful allies should be munificently
rewarded for the very valuable assistance which they had rendered.
After the Cimarrones had unwillingly departed, George mustered and
inspected his followers, satisfied himself that all were present and
that their weapons were in good order and ready for instant service,
made them a good rousing speech--in response to which they were with
difficulty restrained from cheering, and finally told them off, one by
one, to the particular boat in which each man was to go.  The boats were
now all arranged in a string, as before, in tow of the sailing-boat,
and, with the crews lying _perdu_ in the bottom of their respective
craft, the entire expedition got under way and proceeded down the river.

Meanwhile, the weather had undergone a certain change.  The wind which
an hour earlier had scarcely sufficed the sailing-boat, with the row-
boats in tow, to stem the current of the stream, was now piping up a
merry breeze, fresh enough to drive the flotilla along at a speed of
fully three knots, while heavy masses of cloud were sweeping up from the
south-east, obscuring the moon for frequent and lengthening intervals,
both of which circumstances were in the adventurers' favour.  Despite
the fact that the tide was now distinctly against them, the flotilla
made such excellent progress that within half an hour of starting they
were again abreast of the town, hugging the face of the quay as closely
as possible in order to reduce their chances of detection.  Half-way
down the harbour they passed a galley--undoubtedly the galley which had
served as escort to the galleon in the roadstead--moored alongside the
quay, and George felt sorely tempted to dash alongside and take
possession of her.  But there was scarcely one chance in a thousand that
this could have been done without raising an alarm of some sort; it was
too much to hope that a surprise should be so complete that no shout
should be raised by any one of her startled crew, no shot fired, no
clash of weapons disturb the silence of the night; and an alarm at this
stage of the proceedings would ruin the whole of his carefully laid
plans therefore, although the young captain gazed long and wistfully at
the formidable-looking craft as he swept past, he bit his lips and kept
silence, holding the bows of the sailing-boat now pointed steadily
toward the distant galleon.

At this moment a great black cloud drifted up athwart the half-moon,
shutting off her light and causing a darkness to fall upon the scene
that, for a few seconds and until the eye grew accustomed to it, seemed
almost Egyptian in its intensity, while the breeze freshened to such an
extent as to careen the sailing-boat gunwale-to and nearly double her
speed through the water.  Her slight timbers creaked and groaned with
the increased pressure put upon them by the heavy drag of the boats in
tow, and Dyer laid his hand apprehensively upon the painter of the
leading boat, strained as taut as a bar; but it was no time for
vacillation, the obscurity and the increased strength of the wind were
almost worth men's lives at such a moment, and George, who was tending
the boat's mainsheet, hung on to every inch of it, like grim death.
Once, as they went foaming close past a cluster of small traders, moored
three abreast alongside the quay, just as his eyes were becoming
accustomed to the sudden darkness, George thought he saw a man's head
suddenly appear above the rail of one of them, and was almost certain
that a moment later he heard a faint hail, but he took no notice of it
beyond inquiring of Dyer whether he had heard anything--to which the
pilot replied in the negative; and five minutes later they were clear of
the harbour and all danger of detection was for the moment at an end.

The galleon, tall and stately, was now distinctly visible, riding head
to wind, with a single anchor down, her three poop lanterns lighted, and
a lantern glimmering under the heel of her spritsail mast and straight
toward her sped the flotilla of boats, threshing through the short,
choppy sea raised by the freshening breeze and throwing the spray in
heavy showers over their crews.  George, no longer afraid of his voice
being heard, hailed the crew of the leading boat, ordering them to
protect the priming of their weapons from the spray, and to pass the
caution along the line, and then directed his attention to the galleon.

Another quarter of a mile, and the time for action had come.  With a
warning shout to the boats astern, he gave orders for the sail to be
lowered, and a minute later he and his crew had transferred themselves
to the largest row-boat, the sailing-boat that had served them so well
was cast adrift, the painters were cast off, and the boats, each now a
separate entity, formed in line abreast and, with muffled oars, gave way
for the galleon, their crews not hurrying themselves but pulling a long,
steady stroke that enabled them to husband their strength for the
struggle that probably lay before them.

Shaping a course that would carry them about a hundred yards ahead of
the galleon, the flotilla, as soon as they reached this point, separated
into two divisions, larboard and starboard, and turning head to wind,
laid in their oars, all but a single pair to each boat, and while the
men manipulating these two oars guided their respective craft in such a
manner as to cause them to drive gently down before the wind and sea
alongside the galleon, the remainder of the boats' crews looked to their
weapons and made ready to climb the vessel's lofty sides, intently
watching meanwhile for any indication that their approach had been
detected by the Spaniard's crew.  But nothing was seen, no warning shout
was heard, no head showed peering curiously over the head rails, in fact
everything seemed to point to the fact that the watch was asleep, if
indeed a watch was being kept at all, which the Spaniards would be
likely to regard as quite unnecessary in waters where hitherto no enemy
had ever appeared.

A few minutes more of patient, carefully managed drifting, and the boats
were skilfully manoeuvred alongside, one after the other, and then, at a
low whistle from the young captain, the adventurers went swarming up the
towering sides of the galleon, as noiselessly as a drifting mist wreath,
and in over the lofty bulwarks, in the shadow of which they formed up,
bare-footed, as they came.  Within a minute all hands, with their scanty
baggage, were out of the boats, and the latter were cast adrift, while
thus far not a Spaniard had been seen.  Then, choosing half a dozen men
to follow him, and directing Dyer and Basset to form the remainder into
a strong guard over the hatchways, George led the way aft into the poop
cabins.

The first apartment visited was the grand saloon, a fine, spacious,
lofty apartment of the full width of the ship, most sumptuously
furnished and decorated, lighted during the day by three large ports on
either side, and a skylight overhead--all now open to admit the
comparatively cool night wind--and during the night by a large and very
handsome silver lamp suspended from the beams.  That lamp was now
burning, but turned low; and George's first act was to turn it up so
that he might have the advantage of its full illumination to look about
him.  The walls and bulkheads were decorated with a number of pictures
that to the eye of the unsophisticated young Englishman looked no more
than merely pleasing representations of landscapes and shipping, but
several of them bore as signatures names that are now world famous,
while some of the paintings which Saint Leger regarded as hardly worthy
of a second glance to-day adorn picture galleries, the contents of which
are reckoned of incalculable value.  The furniture was elegantly carved
and richly gilt, the upholstery was of velvet and silk; a guitar gaily
decorated with ribbons lay where it had been carelessly placed upon one
of the divans, with a pair of beautifully embroidered gloves near it;
and the after-bulkhead supported a splendid trophy of weapons,
conspicuous among which was a magnificent sword with a gold hilt and a
Toledo blade elegantly damascened in gold.

A door in this bulkhead showed that there was another apartment on the
other side of it, and to this door George strode and, sword in hand,
flung it open, holding himself ready for a sudden attack by the
occupant.  But the room--which was a large state-room, as handsomely
furnished as the grand saloon--was untenanted; and then George suddenly
remembered that upon the arrival of the galleon he had seen several
people leave her in the galley, and it now began to dawn upon him that
those people must undoubtedly have been the captain and principal
officers of the ship, who, in accordance with the Spanish fashion of the
times, had no doubt regarded their duty as at an end with the letting go
of the anchor, and had accordingly gone ashore to celebrate the
successful completion of the voyage.  And so upon further inspection it
proved, not a single officer of any description being found in the after
part of the ship, which, by the way, proved to be named the _Cristobal
Colon_.  As regards the remainder of the crew, a cautious reconnoitre
revealed the fact that they were all sleeping more or less soundly in
their stifling quarters on the lower deck, and this ascertained, it was
not difficult to arouse them by a sudden call of "All hands on deck!"
They came, stumbling, grumbling, execrating, and still more than half
asleep, up through the hatchways, and as they came, unarmed, they were
carefully herded upon the fore part of the deck where, when all hands of
them had appeared, they were placed under the guard of a strong body of
Englishmen armed with loaded muskets, and told with pithy succinctness
that the first man who attempted to move without orders would be shot
down.  Then, led by Dyer and Basset, a small party of Englishmen went
below and made a thorough search of the ship, securing everything in the
shape of a weapon that they could find, after which a large store-room
below was hastily cleared out, and the Spanish crew temporarily but
securely confined therein.

And thus, without the shedding of a single drop of blood, George Saint
Leger and his sturdy Devonians came into possession of the biggest
galleon then afloat on the Pacific at the moment when she bore the
richest cargo that had ever left Lima in a single bottom.



CHAPTER SEVENTEEN.

HOW THEY FOUGHT THE GALLEY.

By the time that all had been made secure aboard the galleon it was
within an hour and a half of sunrise, and Saint Leger knew from his own
feelings that his followers must be beginning to experience the
fatiguing efforts of their strenuous and exciting night's work; he
therefore told off four of the most trustworthy of the men to observe an
anchor watch, under Dyer, and ordered the remainder of the crew to go
below and snatch a couple of hours' rest, that they might be the better
fitted to cope with the events of the coming day, which might well be of
such a character as to tax their energies to the utmost.  Then,
accompanied by William Barker the gunner, and two men bearing lighted
lanterns, he went below to inspect the ship's magazine--the keys of
which he had found in the captain's state-room--and to take stock of the
nature and quantity of the ammunition therein.  This was found to be
abundant, the magazine being indeed packed full of powder and matches,
while a generous supply of shot of all descriptions, including bar and
chain, was discovered in the adjacent shot lockers, much to the young
captain's relief, for his chief anxiety had been lest, after having
taken the galleon, he should find himself hampered by a lack of the
means to keep her.  As for small arms, such as arquebuses, pistols,
pikes, axes, swords, bows--long and cross--arrows, and bolts, a full
supply for a much stronger crew than his own had already been found,
irrespective of the well-tried weapons which they had brought with them
across the isthmus.  George's mind was therefore now at rest, so far as
matters of the greatest importance were concerned; he therefore
concluded his inspection and returned to the deck, easy in mind and
greatly elated at the wonderful success which had thus far attended his
bold dash upon Panama.

The new day was heralded by the sudden appearance of a fleet of some
seventy or eighty fishing-boats and canoes coming out of the harbour and
hastening toward the fishing grounds in the offing.  Several of these
small craft passed quite close to the galleon, and the sight of them
inspired George with an idea.  Making his way from the poop down into
the grand saloon, he rummaged about until he found writing materials,
when he sat down at the table and after some consideration penned the
following letter:

"On board the galleon _Cristobal Colon_.

"August 19th, in the year of Our Lord 1569.

"To his Excellency Don Silvio Hermoso Maria Picador

"Calderon,

"Governor of the City of Panama, etcetera, etcetera, etcetera.

"Illustrious Senor.

"On the fourth day of this present month I arrived at the city of Nombre
de Dios upon a mission the purpose of which was to secure the release of
seventeen Englishmen who were last year made prisoners in the course of
a treacherous and unjustifiable attack upon the fleet of Admiral Hawkins
while, in pursuance of an agreement between himself and His Excellency
Don Martin Enriquez, the Viceroy of Mexico, he was refitting his ships.

"I have traced those seventeen prisoners in the first instance from San
Juan de Ulua to Nombre de Dios; and upon my arrival at Nombre I was
informed by His Excellency Don Sebastian de Albareda, the Governor of
the city, that they had been dispatched to Panama.  Whereupon, at my
request, Don Sebastian was so obliging as to address a letter to Your
Excellency, informing you of the purpose of my visit, and requesting you
to take whatever steps might be necessary to secure the immediate
release of those seventeen Englishmen and their surrender to me.

"In due course Don Sebastian received your reply to his letter, and that
reply he permitted me to read.  From it I regretfully learned that Your
Excellency categorically refused to accede to Don Sebastian's most
reasonable request, notwithstanding the fact that the city of Nombre was
then in my hands and at my mercy, and that, for all you knew to the
contrary, your refusal would involve it in all the horrors of sack and
destruction.

"Your Excellency, I am not so inhumane as to punish the innocent for the
faults of the guilty, therefore since Don Sebastian had obviously done
everything in his power to further the success of my mission, and had
failed, not through his own fault but because of your obstinacy, I
spared Nombre, and determined to try what personal persuasion might
effect with yourself.  Accompanied by my followers, I set out for
Panama, where we arrived last night.  And in the early hours of this
morning I took the first step toward reaching satisfactory terms with
Your Excellency by capturing the _Cristobal Colon_, now riding at anchor
in Panama roadstead.

"No doubt Your Excellency is well acquainted with the galleon and the
possibilities which she affords to a determined captain backed by a
strong and courageous crew.  If, however, Your Excellency chances to be
ignorant as to those possibilities--which I can scarcely believe--her
captain, who, as I understand, is at present in your city, will
doubtless inform you that her armament is sufficiently powerful and
complete to destroy Panama in the course of a few hours.  To prevent any
such unpleasant contingency as that, I therefore have to request that
Your Excellency will do me the honour to visit me on board the ship
before the hour of noon this day, to treat with me respecting the
immediate surrender of the seventeen Englishmen already referred to.

"Failure to comply with this request will be followed by an immediate
bombardment of the city, greatly as I shall regret the unnecessary
sacrifice of life and property.

"I kiss Your Excellency's hands and feet,--

"And have the honour to be

"Your Excellency's most humble and obedient servant,--

"George Saint Leger."

Having read over this letter and _come to_ the conclusion that it pretty
clearly expressed all that he at that moment desired to say to the
Governor of Panama, George made a further rummage of the cabin and,
having at length found a sheet of paper large enough for his purpose, he
took a pen and, dipping the feather of it in ink, proceeded laboriously
to print upon it, in Spanish, a proclamation to the citizens of Panama,
informing them that he, George Saint Leger, having certain differences
to settle with His Excellency the Governor of the city, had, as a
preliminary, captured the _Cristobal Colon_, to which ship he had
summoned the Governor, before the hour of noon, for the purpose of a
conference; and that, failing obedience on the Governor's part, the city
would be bombarded.  He therefore exhorted all citizens who were anxious
to escape the horrors of a bombardment to use their influence with the
Governor in order to persuade him to attend on board the galleon before
the hour named.

This done, the young captain extinguished the lamp, the rays of which
were already being dimmed by the daylight pouring down through the
skylight and in through the side ports, and ascended to the poop to take
a look round.  As he stepped out on deck through the companion he
perceived that the weather had again changed; the dark clouds which had
been sweeping athwart the sky while he and his followers were making the
passage from the shore to the ship had vanished, leaving a sky of deep,
rich, stainless blue, brightening into clear primrose to the eastward
over the summits of the sierras which stood out purple, sharp, and
clean-cut against the delicate yellow that was changing, even as he
looked, to a clear, warm orange before the approach of the risen but as
yet invisible sun.  The fresh breeze of a few hours before had dwindled
away to a mere breathing, while inshore it had fallen a flat calm,
leaving five small craft--probably bound for the Pearl Islands, some
forty miles to the southward and eastward--idly swinging upon the low
ground swell in the midst of the reflected image of the town and the
hilly country behind it.  A few pale blue wreaths of wood smoke were
rising straight up into the clear morning air here and there over the
roofs of the houses, showing that the early cup of chocolate was already
in course of preparation for the luxury-loving Panamans, or possibly it
might indicate that the working portion of the population were preparing
their breakfast; and, peering through his perspective glass, George
could see that the quay was already the scene of a considerable amount
of animation.  The young man laughed quietly to himself as the thought
occurred to him that possibly some at least of the animation might be
due to the fact that certain persons were busily engaged in an attempt
to discover what had become of their missing boats.  Then the upper limb
of the sun throbbed suddenly into view over the ridge of the sierras,
flashing like white-hot gold, a beam of golden light shot down the
wooded slopes, a multitude of hitherto invisible objects sprang suddenly
into view, and a new day had come to Panama.  Meanwhile the calm had
imperceptibly spread outward from the shore until it extended a good
mile beyond the galleon, where it ended abruptly against a dark blue
line showing where the sea-breeze was struggling to conquer the calm and
force its way shoreward.

George now turned his attention to matters nearer at hand, and allowed
his gaze to wander over the galleon's spacious decks.  They were
disgracefully dirty, speaking of the lax discipline that had been
permitted to prevail by the easy-going officers of the ship, and he gave
a sharp order which presently brought all hands on deck, considerably
refreshed, as he could see, by even the short spell of rest which they
had enjoyed.  Scrubbing brushes, mops, and buckets were searched for and
found; and a few minutes later the decks were undergoing such a vigorous
process of cleansing as they had not known for many a day.  Then, as the
planking rapidly dried in the hot rays of the sun, the baggage which the
adventurers had brought with them across the isthmus was unpacked and,
as the hour of eight boomed out from the Cathedral, Saint George's Cross
was run up on the ensign staff of the galleon!  A few fishing-boats were
by this time returning to the harbour, and one of these George hailed
and ordered alongside.  The crew were negroes, and they gaped in open-
mouthed astonishment as they passed through the entry port and beheld
the decks alive with lithe, active seamen, florid-faced beneath the
bronze of their skins, and most unquestionably foreigners.  They
hazarded no remarks, however, nor--to do them justice--did they exhibit
any very great amount of alarm; they were doubtless slaves, animated by
a whole-hearted hatred of their Spanish masters, and if the truth could
been have arrived at they were probably by no means sorry to find that
so fine a ship had fallen into the hands of men who were obviously
enemies of the hated Spaniard.  They took, with extravagant thanks, the
gold which George offered them, and vowed to faithfully perform the
service which the young captain demanded of them in return, which was,
first to affix, in the most prominent position they could find in the
market place, the Proclamation which he had prepared; and, secondly, to
deliver at the Governor's house the letter addressed to that
functionary, with which he entrusted them.  Then, as soon as the
fishermen had departed, all hands except the anchor watch went to
breakfast.

Breakfast over, the sail-trimmers, under the boatswain, were sent round
the decks to inspect and acquaint themselves thoroughly with the running
rigging of the galleon, some of which was rove and led in a fashion
different from that in vogue in English ships of the time, in order that
they might know exactly where to lay their hands upon any required
halliard, sheet, tack, brail, or downhaul in the darkest night; and
while this was being done the guns' crew, under Barker, the gunner,
carefully overhauled all the ordnance, great and small, and satisfied
themselves that every piece was ready for immediate service.  This done,
the ordnance was loaded with a full powder charge, and a considerable
quantity of shot of various kinds was sent up on deck, ready for
immediate use; for George knew not how his message might be received by
the Governor, and he was determined to be prepared for anything and
everything that could possibly happen.

While these things were being done, Dyer the pilot, for want of
something better to do, amused himself by studying the city generally
through George's perspective glass; and after he had done so pretty
thoroughly he approached his young captain with a suggestion.

"Cap'n," he said, "while you've been busy wi' Barker, there, about the
ordnance, I've been starin' at the town through thicky glass o' yours,
and the thought have comed to me that if we're goin' to be obliged to
bombard, we're anchored in the wrong place.  We ought to be lyin'
somewhere over there, a bit more to the east'ard, and a li'l bit closer
inshore.  So far 's I can make out, there's a gurt wide street runnin'
right down to the shore yonder, just in a line wi' thicky big white
house atop of the hill; and if we was anchored in line wi' thicky
street, our shot 'd sweep un from end to end and, unless I be greatly
mistaken, would play havoc wi' some of they big buildin's, the tops of
which you can see over t'other houses, and which I thinks may be
Gov'ment buildin's of some sort--ay, and I be right, too, for, look 'e
there, dashed if they ain't hoistin' the Spanish flag upon the biggest
of 'em now."

George took the glass and carefully studied the buildings indicated by
Dyer, and soon came to the conclusion that the pilot was correct in
surmising them to be Government buildings, for as Dyer had said, there
was the golden flag of Spain floating from a flagstaff surmounting the
most imposing of the group, which was undoubtedly Government House.  But
why had the flag only just now been hoisted?  Had the fact any
significance, or was it merely due to the neglect or forgetfulness of
some subordinate official?  For it was now close upon ten o'clock, and
if the flag was hoisted daily, as of course it should be over a
Government building, it ought to have been hoisted nearly two hours ago.
And if the Spaniards had grown into the lazy habit of not hoisting it
every day, why had they taken the trouble to do so on this particular
morning?  Was it done to indicate the defiance of George's threat?--for
the latter had no doubt that his letter had by this time reached Don
Silvio's hands.

He considered the matter for a few moments, and presently came to the
conclusion that if the hoisting of the flag was intended to convey Don
Silvio's defiance, it could do no harm to reply to it by shifting his
berth to a spot more convenient than the present one for the purpose of
a bombardment; he had very little doubt that the significance of the
movement would be fully understood not only by Don Silvio, but also by
the townsfolk generally; and he held the belief that in dealing with an
antagonist it is always well to make it clear to him at the outset that
you are in deadly earnest and mean every word you say.  He had known
cases where quarrels had assumed a most serious and irreconcilable form
simply because each party had believed the other to be pretending to be
more in earnest than he really was.  Therefore, since the men were now
doing nothing particular and it would be an advantage to them to acquire
a working knowledge of their new ship as early as possible, George
issued an order for the canvas to be loosed and the cable to be hove
short preparatory to getting the galleon under way.

This was done with very commendable celerity by the men, considering
that they were quite new to the ship; and in about twenty minutes the
great hempen cable was "up and down," and the sail-trimmers were sent to
the sheets and halliards to sheet home and hoist away.  Five minutes
later the anchor was out of the ground and the _Cristobal Colon_ was
adrift and canting.

It was at this moment that Basset, the captain of soldiers, who had in
turn been amusing himself with George's glass, shouted:

"Do 'e see that.  Captain?  Thicky galley that we passed in harbour last
night, her be comin' out.  Do 'e think she'm comin' to attack we?"

"Maybe," answered George.  "I can't tell.  But whether she be or not, we
must be ready for her.  For she must not be allowed to escape.  If she
is not sent to attack us, she must be going in search of assistance; and
we must not allow her to slip past us if we can possibly help it.  Let
me have that glass, if you please, and, Mr Basset, get your men under
arms forthwith."

Basset handed over the glass and ran down the poop ladder, shouting as
he went for the soldiers to don their armour, take their weapons, and
proceed to their several fighting stations.  Meanwhile George took the
glass and carefully inspected the galley.  She was coming out under the
impulse of her oars alone, which looked very much as though she had been
dispatched to re-take the galleon, since the wind was fair for her out
of the Gulf, and she would at once set her sail if she were bound upon a
long voyage.  He saw that her forecastle was crowded with soldiers, and
that on that same forecastle she carried a culverin round which were
grouped the gun's crew, while behind it stood the gunner with linstock
in hand.  Then, looking beyond these, he descried upon the vessel's poop
other soldiers, in the midst of which stood a group of some ten or
twelve officers in complete armour, with their drawn swords in their
hands.  The galley was steering as though to intercept the galleon,
which had by this time gathered way and was moving somewhat ponderously
through the water.

"She means to attack us," muttered George to himself as he lowered his
glass from his eye.  Then he flung a quick glance round his own decks,
and saw that every eye was anxiously fixed upon him, awaiting his next
order.  He turned to the helmsman.

"Keep her away a point and get good way upon her," he ordered.  "I may
want to tack presently, and it will not do for us to miss stays, with
that galley watching for a chance to dash in upon us."

Then he faced about to his crew and shouted for the gunner.  "Mr
Barker," he said, "I am of opinion that yonder galley intends to attack
us.  But if she does not, we must attack and take her.  I do not want
her sunk, if it can be helped, for some of those for whom we are seeking
may be aboard her; therefore our endeavour must be to sweep her decks
clear of soldiers; and in order to do that I will have every piece of
ordnance, both great and small, loaded with bullets, bags of nails, and
any langrage that you can most readily lay hands upon.  See to it at
once, for in less than ten minutes she will be alongside.  Sail-
trimmers, to your stations!  And archers, be ready to pour in a flight
of arrows at short range."

The galley, with the flag of Spain fluttering at her ensign staff, and a
banner, bearing some emblazonment which George could not very well
distinguish, streaming from her masthead, suddenly ceased pulling, the
slaves resting upon their oars and raising the dripping blades high
above the water; and a few seconds later a puff of white smoke burst
from her bows, the report of her culverin boomed across the water, and
the shot flew whirring athwart the galleon's bows, striking the water
some twenty yards to leeward.  Then, as George brought his glass to bear
upon her, her oars once more dipped, while the gun's crew could be seen
upon the forecastle busily engaged in reloading their piece.

Saint Leger heaved a sigh of relief.  "Thank God!" he murmured.  "That
shot clears up the last shred of doubt as to her intentions; and now we
know where we are, and what we have to do."

The chaplain appeared at his elbow and touched him lightly on the arm.

"She's going to fight us, isn't she, Cap'n?" he said.  "Is it your
pleasure that the crew go to prayers?"

"To prayers?" reiterated George.  "With that galley within a quarter of
a mile of us?  There is no time for that, now, Sir Thomas.  We shall be
engaged within the next two minutes, therefore you must e'en go to
prayers on behalf of all hands, while we do the fighting."

"I'll do both," retorted the chaplain; "I'll pray first and fight
a'terwards!"  And therewith he removed his cap, sank down upon his
knees--those of the crew who happened to see him also uncovering--
murmured a few words, and then, rising to his feet, calmly seized a long
bow and a quiverful of arrows, drew a shaft from the quiver, fitted it
to the string, and prepared to do his part manfully in the impending
fight.

Meanwhile those in the galley seemed somewhat undecided as to what to
do.  Like the rest of her class she was fitted at the bow with a
powerful beak or ram, just level with the surface of the water, the
office of which was to pierce an enemy's ship about the water-line and
so cause such a serious leak as to effectually distract the attention of
the defenders.  But in the present case there appeared to be some
hesitation with regard to the adoption of this mode of attack, and
George soon came to the conclusion that the galleon's cargo--the nature
of which he had not yet found time to investigate--must be so enormously
rich that the Spaniards were unwilling to risk its loss by ramming her.
Certainly they did not at the moment appear to contemplate such a
manoeuvre, for instead of pulling with all their strength, in order to
get good way upon the galley, so that she might strike an effective
blow, the slaves were doing little more than just give her steerage way.
And seeing this, George suddenly determined upon a bold step.  To cross
a galley's bows was, under ordinary circumstances, simply to invite
disaster, but noting the apparent hesitation of the galley's captain,
Saint Leger determined to risk it in the present case; therefore, first
signing to the helmsman to keep the ship away a trifle more, he turned
to his crew and shouted: "Gunners, depress the muzzles of your pieces
sufficiently to sweep yonder galley's deck, and fire just so soon as you
can be sure to hit her.  I am going to risk crossing her bows.  Archers,
stand ready to discharge your shafts.  And let the waits play up `Ye
gallant sons of Devon.'  If so be that there are any English among the
galley-slaves, 'twill hearten the poor souls up a bit to know that some
of their own countrymen be close at hand."

And therewith the waits--some half a dozen instrumentalists--launched
forth with an air that was at that time as familiar to every Devon man
as his own name, though it is nearly if not quite forgotten now.  Ten
seconds later, every man on the galleon's decks, from George downward,
was shouting the fine old song at the top of his voice, the melody going
far out over the water and causing the haughty Dons on the galley's poop
to stare in amazement.

Almost at the same instant the galley's culverin spoke again.  This time
the piece was aimed to hit, and it did so, piercing the galleon's
larboard poop bulwark and passing so close to George's head that he
distinctly felt the wind of it, while a big splinter from the bulwark
not only knocked off his steel headpiece, but also scored his scalp so
shrewdly that in a moment he was almost blinded by the blood that
streamed down into his eyes.  The force of the blow caused him to
stagger for a moment, and three or four men stationed at the smaller
ordnance on the poop rushed toward him, fearing that he was badly hurt.
But with a smile he ordered them back to their stations as he wiped the
blood out of his eyes with his kerchief, and the next instant a loud
twanging of bowstrings told that the archers had got to work.  A final
glance at the galley showed George that her oarsmen were still pulling
slow and that there was ample room for the galleon to cross her bows; he
therefore signed to the helmsman and the great ship went surging past,
while her ordnance, great and small, belched forth a perfect tornado of
bullets, nails, jagged fragments of iron and what not upon the deck of
the devoted craft.  When the smoke cleared away it was seen that the
oars were drooping motionless in the water, and that of all that great
crowd who a moment earlier stood upon her deck, scarcely a paltry dozen
still remained upright.  That terrific storm of missiles had most
effectually done its work.

On the after deck but one solitary officer, clad in a complete suit of
splendid armour, and with the hilt of his broken sword in his hand,
stood among a heap of slain, and, seeing him, George sprang up on the
rail of the galleon and hailed him:

"Do you surrender, senor, _a buena guerra_?" he demanded.

"What else can I do, senor, seeing that you have slain the whole of my
crew with your infernal broadside?" he demanded.  "Yes, senor," he
continued, "I surrender the ship, but I am disgraced for ever, and I
will not increase my humiliation by becoming your prisoner."

And therewith he calmly walked to the side of the galley and
deliberately sprang overboard, sinking instantly, of course.

The Cruise of the "Nonsuch" Buccaneer--by Harry Collingwood



CHAPTER EIGHTEEN.

HOW GEORGE FOUND HIS BROTHER.

"So much for Spanish pride!" muttered George to himself as he gazed
thoughtfully at the little ring of foam and the few bubbles which alone
marked the spot where the officer had disappeared.  Then he stepped down
off the rail and gave orders for the galleon to be hove-to.

Next came the order to "Out boats"; and when four of them had been
lowered and brought to the gangway, George instructed Basset to take
command of one, the boatswain of another, the armourer of the third, and
announced his intention to himself command the fourth, leaving Dyer, the
pilot, in temporary command of the ship.  Every man told off to go in
the boats of course went armed to the teeth, for the galley-slaves were
known to be, as a rule, desperate characters, and George was already
beginning to feel not a little puzzled as to how he was to deal with
this batch, now that he had them.  A few strokes of the oars sufficed to
carry the boats alongside the galley, the long sweeps of which had
meanwhile been laid in, and in another moment the Englishmen had
scrambled up the craft's low sides and stood upon her deck.

She was a vessel of about forty tons measurement, very long and shallow
in proportion to her beam, with full deck forward and aft, and narrow
wash-boards on either side connecting the two, the remainder of her
being open, the open portion protected from the sea by coamings all
round about a foot high.  And down in this open portion of the vessel
were the galley-slaves, naked as the day they were born, and each
chained to the bench upon which he sat.  A gang-plank ran fore and aft
of this space along the centre line of the ship, for the accommodation
of the boatswains, usually two in number, whose duty it was to
continually walk fore and aft, while the ship was under way, keeping a
watchful eye upon the slaves, and stimulating them to exert themselves
to the utmost, when working the sweeps, by free and unmerciful
application of the whip to their naked bodies.  The slaves were kept
chained to their benches for days, and often for weeks, at a time; they
toiled, ate, drank, and slept thus chained; and their condition and that
of the interior which contained them may therefore be left to the
imagination of the reader.

A moment's glance along the galley's deck sufficed to reveal to the
Englishmen the devastating effect which that single broadside of
langrage had wrought upon the unfortunate craft's crew.  It had been
fired at such close range that the missiles had only spread just
sufficiently to include the entire range of the deck in its destructive
sweep, and as the new arrivals gazed in amazement at the deep scores
ploughed in the deck planking by the storm of iron and lead, running in
a general direction fore and aft, and so close together that in some
cases it was scarcely possible to lay a finger between them, the wonder
was not that so many of the crew had been smitten down, but that there
were any survivals at all.  A glance down into the well, however,
revealed the fact that the slaves, seated well below the level of the
deck, and further protected by the stout coamings, had escaped almost
scot-free.

Hastily directing Basset to see to the securing of the few unhurt
prisoners, and to separate the wounded from the dead, George ran along
the wash-board to the after deck and from this descended by a short
flight of steps to the gang-plank running fore and aft the length of the
well.

"Are there any Englishmen aboard this galley?" he demanded.

"Ay, that there be; eleven of us--or was, avore you fired upon us,"
answered a voice.  "I'm afeared you've a-killed one or two of us down
here, but what do that matter so long as you've a-comed to deliver the
rest of us out of this here floatin' hell, as, thanks be to God
Almighty, you have, I do suppose."

"You are right, lad, we have," answered George, cheerily.  "And who may
you be?" he continued, a slight twang of his Devonshire dialect creeping
into his speech in his excitement.

"I?  Why I be Joe Cary, to Plymouth; and I was took a year ago at San
Juan de Ulua, along wi' some others, when we put in there, under Admiral
Hawkins, to refit.  We've--"

"Tell me, quick, man," interrupted George.  "Do you know anything of the
whereabouts of a Mr Hubert Saint Leger, who was with Captain Drake in
that affair?"

"Do I know anything about Mr Saint Leger?" repeated Cary.  "Ay, sure I
do.  Why, he's one o' us here aboard this galley.  'Twas he that--Hi!
Mr Saint Leger--Mr Saint Leger--what's come to 'e?  Here be a vine
brave Devonshire lad askin' about 'e.  He's for'ard, sir, on the
larboard side, the fourth bench ahead o' this here one that I be sittin'
on."

There was no response to Cary's call, so George quickly turned and,
striding along the gang-plank, reached the fourth bench, upon which sat
three men, the middle one of which was supporting the senseless form of
his neighbour nearest the gang-plank.  Peering down, in the semi-
darkness, George beheld in the senseless one a lean, muscular figure,
his naked body brown with long exposure to the sun and weather, covered,
as were the rest, with a growth of short hairs and, also as were the
rest, with innumerable long cicatrices, some white and evidently the
result of wounds inflicted long ago, but most of them of comparatively
recent date, showing how mercilessly the boatswains were in the habit of
plying their whips.  But in the case of the man whom George was then
gazing upon, those more or less ancient scars were almost obliterated by
the blood which was still oozing from some thirty or more long slashes
across the back, shoulders, loins and arms of the senseless one, whose
features were almost hidden by a great, unkempt black beard and
moustache already touched with grey, as was the touzled mop of black
hair upon his head.  Yet, through it all, as George's eyes grew
accustomed to the twilight gloom of the place, he was able to recognise
the features of his brother Hubert, obscured as they were with hair,
dirt, and sweat.

"Is he dead?" he demanded of the man who was supporting him.

"Nay, senor, I think not," answered the man.  "I believe he has but
swooned under the merciless flogging inflicted by that demon yonder,
whom your shot have slain and so perchance saved from a better merited
death."

"And why did he flog this man so mercilessly?" demanded George in a tone
of terrible calmness.

"Because," answered the man, "it was Hubert, here, who, when he heard
the music from your ship, shouted to us that you were English, and that,
if we would stop rowing, you would take the galley and set us all free."

George raised his head above the combing and shouted to the armourer:
"Miles, come down here at once with your hammer and chisel.  There is a
man here--several men--whom I wish to release from their fetters."

"Senor," interposed the man who was supporting Hubert's senseless form,
and who seemed to guess what George required, "if you will feel in the
pocket of that dead boatswain's doublet, you will find the key to unlock
our chains."

"Thanks," responded George as he bent over the dead boatswain; and a
minute later he had unlocked the chain which confined his brother's body
to the bench, and was calling to another man to help him to carry it up
on deck.

"Senor--senor, are you not going to release us also?" demanded Hubert's
comrade, as George turned away to arrange for the dispatch of his
brother to the galleon.

"In good time, _amigo_, in good time," answered George.  "A little
patience is all you now need.  I will return to you later."

With infinite care Hubert's body was lowered into a boat and dispatched
to the galleon, with an imperative order from George to the surgeon to
treat his patient gently and do his utmost for him.  Then the young
captain proceeded to release the remaining Englishmen and send them also
aboard the galleon to be cared for.

And next came the question of what was to be done with the galley-slaves
and the galley.  It was a knotty question to decide, for here were a
hundred-and-eighty men, many of whom were no doubt criminals and
desperados of the very worst type; to release whom and turn them loose
upon society involved a tremendous responsibility.  Yet after even the
cursory glimpse that George had caught of the life of a galley-slave, he
could not bring himself to hand over those men to the tender mercies of
the Spaniards and so in all probability insure for them a continuance of
life in what Cary had graphically described as a floating hell, which
was a punishment infinitely worse than death, and far too severe for
even the most atrocious crimes.  George called Basset to his aid in the
consideration of this momentous question; and finally, at the suggestion
of the latter, he descended again to the ship's interior and sought the
man who had been Hubert's companion on the bench.

"Friend," said he, "you asked me, a little while ago, to release you.
If I were to do so, what would you and your comrades do with
yourselves?"

"It is just what Pedro and I"--indicating his companion upon the
bench--"have been discussing together, senor," answered the man.

"Well," said George, "have you arrived at any decision upon the matter?"

"Yes, senor, we have," was the reply.  "We have decided that, even were
you willing to give us the galley, we could not keep the sea very long,
because none of us understand the navigation of a ship, and our
provisions would soon run short; moreover, galleys will only sail before
the wind, and we have had enough of rowing to last us for the rest of
our lives.  On the other hand, we are all outlaws, and if we were to
land on the mainland we should be hunted down and killed, sooner or
later, or, worse still, taken and condemned to the galleys afresh.  But
outside the Gulf, some two hundred miles or more to the westward, there
is a certain uninhabited island, at which this galley has often called
for water.  It is large enough to support four or five times our number,
and although none of us are navigators we could easily find it by simply
following the coast line.  Its soil is rich, there are abundant fruit
trees upon it, and plenty of water; we could easily support ourselves in
comfort there, senor; and Pedro and I think that if you will graciously
release us and give us the galley, we could do no better than go there
and settle down upon it."

The rest of the galley-slaves had been listening eagerly to what was
being said, as George could easily see; the scheme commended itself to
him as an excellent one in itself, moreover it pointed a way out of the
double difficulty of how to get rid of the slaves and the galley; he
therefore appealed to the listening crowd by saying to them:

"You have all heard your comrade's plan.  Are you willing to fall in
with it?"

"_Si, senor; si, si.  Mille gracias_," replied the slaves, with such
perfect unanimity that the young man no longer hesitated.

"So be it," he said.  Then, turning to one of the men who was with him,
he directed him to release the Spaniard on the bench, and, having done
that, to hand him the keys that he might release his comrades; after
which he ordered the prisoners, wounded and unwounded, to be passed down
into the boats, which done, the victors pulled away for the galleon.
But they were scarcely alongside when the galley's sweeps were thrust
outboard and the craft was under way again, heading south, with one of
the slaves proudly standing at the tiller and leading an enthusiastic
cheer as the galley swept at speed close under the towering stern of the
galleon.

George's first act, upon returning to the galleon, was to direct Dyer to
take the ship to the spot for which they had been aiming when they were
intercepted by the galley, and anchor her there; then he descended to
the sick bay, to find that under Chichester's skilled hands his brother
had not only been revived from his swoon, but also that his terrible
wounds had been bathed, treated with a soothing and healing ointment,
bound up, and the patient made as comfortable as was possible upon a
swinging pallet which the surgeon had caused to be rigged up in order
that Hubert might not be disturbed by the motion of the ship, and might
lie face down for a few days until the smart had gone out of his wounds
and they had begun to heal.

George was greatly affected at the sight of his brother lying there
stretched out upon the pallet, with his head resting upon a pillow
supported by his arms, and unable to move his body in the least without
suffering excruciating agony.  But, terrible as Hubert's plight was, he
still had spirit enough to make light of it when his brother, kneeling
down by the side of the pallet, bent over him and tenderly kissed him on
the brow.  He smiled happily up into George's face and, with an effort
that must have been torment to him, freed his right hand and grasped
that of his brother as he murmured:

"You only fired that broadside just in time to save me, old chap.
Another half-minute, and that fiend of a boatswain would have killed me.
I won't ask you now how you happened to find me, that must wait until
you have more time to talk and I more strength to listen; moreover, that
splendid fellow Chichester has been telling me a bit of the story while
he was dressing my wounds.  But one thing you must tell me, Georgie.
How is the dear mother?"

The fact that George had nothing but good news to communicate to his
brother seemed to cheer the latter amazingly, and caused him to so far
forget his fearful injuries that he went on asking question after
question until Chichester felt constrained to intervene and imperatively
insist that the young captain should go on deck and leave his brother to
get a little urgently needed rest.

As George ascended to the poop, almost dazed with the good fortune which
had enabled him to so unexpectedly deliver his brother from a life that
was one long torment, his ears were greeted with the cries of the
mariners shortening sail; and a few minutes later the galleon's anchor
was dropped in the new berth for which the ship had been making.  The
sails were furled, the decks cleared up, ropes coiled down, and every
preparation made for the expected visit of the Governor.  And shortly
afterward a large boat, pulling twelve oars, with an awning spread over
the stern sheets, and with the Spanish flag floating from an ensign
staff set up in the stern, was seen coming out of the harbour and
heading toward the _Cristobal Colon_.

Twenty minutes later she ranged up alongside, and a party of ten
Spaniards, dressed most extravagantly in the height of the prevailing
mode, proceeded to climb with more or less difficulty the lofty side of
the galleon, where, as they passed in through the entry port, they were
received by George at the head of his officers.  The contrast in
appearance between these popinjays, arrayed in silks and satins of the
most costly description, with splendid jewels round their necks, on
their fingers, and in their ears, their oiled, curled, and perfumed
locks surmounted by jaunty little caps of silk or velvet decorated with
beautiful feathers secured in place by gem-set brooches, and the sturdy
Devon lads, attired mostly in perfectly plain armour not altogether
guiltless of rust, beneath which showed their well-worn clothing, was a
striking one indeed, but there was a stern, business-like look on the
faces of the Englishmen that promptly checked any disposition to sneer
on the part of the Spaniards.

The visitors were of course received with every manifestation of the
most elaborate courtesy on the part of the English, and there was a
tremendous amount of bowing and scraping on the galleon's quarter-deck
before even a word was spoken.  Presently, however, a tall, dark
Spaniard, of about forty years of age, his handsome features marked with
an expression of considerable resolution, stepped forward and said, with
a bow:

"Senores, I am the Governor of Panama.  Who among you is Senor George
Saint Leger?"

"I am he, at Your Excellency's service," answered George, with a
corresponding bow.

"_You_?" ejaculated the Governor, incredulously.  "Why, you are only a
boy.  Where is your leader?  It is he with whom my present business is
concerned."

"Your Excellency," responded George, "I have the honour to be the
captain of the company you see about you."

"Ten thousand pardons, senor!" exclaimed the Governor, bowing low.  "I
trust that you will magnanimously forgive my hasty expression of
surprise.  I ought to have remembered that in your gallant nation age
does not necessarily count, and that among you are many very young men
who are doing work that fills us of maturer years with astonishment,
admiration and envy.  Again I crave your pardon for my exceedingly
stupid mistake.  It is you, then, senor, who addressed this letter to
me?"  And he drew forth from a wallet at his belt George's letter to
him.

"Even so, Your Excellency," acknowledged George.

"And in it you say that you wish to treat with me for the release of
seventeen Englishmen sent here as prisoners from Nombre de Dios.  Very
well, senor; I am prepared to treat with you upon that matter; but it
must be upon certain conditions.  And the first of those conditions is
that you unconditionally surrender this ship to her captain and
officers, whom I have brought with me in order that they may receive her
at your hands."

"Your Excellency, the condition you name is an impossible one, not to be
considered for an instant.  Let us dismiss it, and pass on to the next,
if there be a next," answered George calmly.

"Next?" reiterated the Governor, a trifle tartly, "of course there is a
next--several of them, indeed.  But it is useless to speak of them until
this, perhaps the most important of them all, is settled.  Upon what
grounds do you assert that my first condition is impossible, senor?  You
have secured possession of her by craft and in a manner which, if I may
be permitted to say so, amounts simply to piracy.  Our countries are not
at war, senor.  Then by what right do you seize a Spanish ship and,
worse still, refuse to surrender her to her lawful owners, the
representatives of His Most Catholic Majesty of Spain?"

"Ah!" returned George, with a great appearance of simplicity, "now there
Your Excellency puzzles me.  I can't exactly tell you by what right I do
this, and have done a good many other things on the north side of the
isthmus; but it is by the same right that justified Don Martin Enriquez,
His Most Catholic Majesty's Viceroy of Mexico, when he attacked the
fleet of Admiral Hawkins while he was refitting his ships in the harbour
of San Juan de Ulua, last year."

For a few moments the Governor looked--and was--decidedly "taken aback."
He could find no satisfactory reply to George's argument, for the
sufficient reason that none such existed.  But presently he pulled
himself together and said:

"The occurrence to which you have referred, senor, was a most deplorable
blunder on the Viceroy's part; but I had no hand in it, and I must
refuse to be held responsible for it.  You must yourself surely admit
that it would be unjust in the extreme to make me answerable for the
actions of a man over whom I have no control whatever."

"Oh, yes," retorted George, "I quite admit that; and it is not in your
personal capacity, but merely as a Spaniard, that I am holding you and
all Spaniards responsible for that outrage.  And I hold Spaniards
generally responsible for it, senor, for the reason that no attempt has
been made by any Spaniard to right the wrong that was done.  Yourself,
for example, when invited to do what you could to rectify the matter, as
far as might be, by releasing seventeen Englishmen unlawfully captured
during the commission of the `blunder,' curtly refused to take any steps
whatever.  Hence my presence here, and my capture of this ship.  Need I
say any more?"

It was necessary for George to say a great deal more before he succeeded
in bringing the stiff-necked Don to reason, and in the process of doing
so he told His Excellency a few home truths that first sent that
functionary into a towering passion and then turned him sick with fear;
but at length Don Silvio was brought to see the futility of kicking
against the pricks, and finally he gave in with a good grace, the more
readily when he learned that eleven out of the seventeen men demanded
had already been taken out of the captured galley; he agreed with George
that it was scarcely worth while to expose a number of important cities
to the horrors of bombardment and valuable ships to the risk of capture
for the sake of detaining half a dozen Englishmen in captivity; he
therefore at length struck a bargain with the relentless young captain
that, in consideration of the latter undertaking to abstain from further
molestation of Spanish life and property, he, the Governor of Panama,
would forthwith take the necessary steps to have the six Englishmen, or
as many of them as happened to be still alive, immediately released and
handed over to their own countrymen, signing a document to that effect.
This document, drafted by George, with the assistance of Basset, and
young Heard, the purser, was quite an elaborate affair, providing for
many things, the first of which was the retention of the _Cristobal
Colon_ and her cargo by her captors; second, that during the period of
waiting for the release of the six Englishmen the authorities of Panama
were to daily supply the ship with meat, vegetables, and fruit in
sufficient quantities for the requirements of the crew; third, that if
it should be found that any of the six Englishmen had succumbed to the
hardships incidental to their life as galley-slaves, the sum of ten
thousand ducats was to be paid upon each man missing, as compensation to
his relatives.  There were several other clauses in the agreement, all
providing against anything in the nature of treachery on the part of the
Spaniards, and to these Don Silvio objected most strenuously, on the
ground that they were an insult to the honour of every Spaniard; but
George insisted upon their retention, bluntly stating that, after the
example which had been set by His Excellency the Viceroy of Mexico, it
was impossible for any Englishman to rely upon any Spaniard's honour.
And in return for all this the Englishmen agreed to observe a strict
truce for six weeks.  The reading of the draft was followed by a
tremendous amount of talk and numerous protests, in response to which
the stringency of a few of the clauses was somewhat modified, and
finally the two fair copies of the agreement were signed there and then,
first by the Governor and George as the two contracting parties, and
afterwards by the Spanish and English officers as witnesses.

This done, the visitors were entertained on board the galleon to an
impromptu luncheon, which, as it was prepared by the Spanish cook,
released from the limbo of below for the occasion, and as the viands and
wines were drawn from the ship's stores, was done ample justice to.
Then George, accompanied by Basset, went ashore with the Governor and
his followers, to be present at an investigation which was to determine
the whereabouts of the six Englishmen whose release was in question, and
who were ultimately found to have been drafted to a galley named the
_Tiburon_, which, after considerable further research, was discovered to
be then stationed at Port Lima.  The next business was the preparation
of an order to the Governor of Lima to immediately release the six
Englishmen "named in the margin" and return them to Panama without
delay; and before returning to the ship George had the satisfaction of
witnessing the departure of a dispatch boat with the order on board.

On the following day the Spanish crew of the _Cristobal Colon_ were
released and sent on shore; and, this done, all tension between the
Spaniards and the English was immediately relaxed, the Spaniards, with
their high-flown ideas of chivalry, vying with each other in showing the
utmost cordiality and attention to their whilom enemies; so that, on the
whole, George and his officers, to say nothing of the men, were given a
fairly pleasant time during their sojourn at Panama, in return for which
they, among other things, assisted materially to extinguish a fire which
one night broke out in the city and, for a time, threatened to lay the
greater part of it in ashes.

Finally, on the twenty-seventh day after her departure, the dispatch
boat returned from Port Lima, bringing with her the six Englishmen, safe
and sound, but of course in a somewhat broken condition from their
dreadful experiences on board the _Tiburon_; and thus George Saint Leger
at length triumphantly accomplished all that he had undertaken to do
when he set out upon his adventurous voyage.

By this time Hubert Saint Leger had sufficiently recovered from his
terrible injuries to be able to rise and dress without assistance, while
all the other rescued English were doing well, their only desire now
being to return home to their relatives and friends as soon as possible.
Therefore, there now being nothing to longer detain them at Panama, on
the day after the return of the dispatch boat and the formal surrender
of the six Englishmen, George and his officers bade farewell to the city
and its inhabitants, and weighed anchor for the south, glad enough to
escape to the pure breezes of the sea once more.

The _Cristobal Colon_ proved to be a somewhat dull sailer, nevertheless
the adventurers made good progress down the western seaboard of South
America, the voyage being wholly uneventful save for the usual
experiences of mariners, and, missing the Straits of Magellan, the
galleon rounded the Horn in the embrace of a blustering westerly gale,
on the forty-third day after their departure from Panama, by which time
all the invalids were perfectly recovered and not only fit but eager for
duty.  True, the weather which they encountered during the fortnight
that they were in the neighbourhood of Cape Horn proved rather trying to
all hands, accustomed as they had now become to the enervating climate
of the tropics, but it was by this time early summer in the southern
hemisphere, and although the air was keen it was also bracing, and
Chichester, the surgeon, stoutly maintained that a taste of it was all
that was needed to set everybody perfectly right.

Then followed the long weary drag up the eastern coast of South America,
and everybody was rejoiced when, on a certain glorious morning of the
last month of the year, they rounded the north-eastern angle of the
continent--now known as Cape San Roque--and bore away to the westward
for the creek where the _Nonsuch_ still--as they hoped--lay securely
hidden.  And at this point in the voyage they were exceptionally
favoured by the elements, for they accomplished their second passage of
the Line without a minute's delay from calms.  On the last day of the
year they sailed past Trinidad, joyfully recognising its lofty heights
and its three distinct entrances to the gulf as they passed; and on the
evening of January 15th, 1570, they entered the hidden harbour near
Nombre, where they had left the _Nonsuch_, and found her apparently not
a penny the worse for her five months' sojourn there.  For Lukabela, the
Cimarrone chief, had so scrupulously fulfilled his promise to look after
the ship that a party of twenty men had been camped on the beach for the
past five months, and had every day visited her and thoroughly soused
her deck and upper works with water.

Immediately upon the arrival of the _Cristobal Colon_ in the cove, a
messenger was dispatched to Lukabela with the news; and within a couple
of hours he appeared on board to personally welcome his friends upon
their return.  George at once concluded an arrangement with the chief
for the supply of a strong gang of men to assist in refitting the
_Nonsuch_; and on the following day the work was energetically begun,
and so strenuously carried forward that ten days later the vessel was
ready for sea.  All that now remained was to suitably reward the
Cimarrones for their services, and this George did upon so lavish a
scale that Lukabela there and then vowed to hold himself and his tribe
henceforth at the service of any and every Englishman who might visit
those waters.  The Englishmen were then divided into two parties
proportionate to the tonnage of the ships, George resuming the command
of the _Nonsuch_, while he put Hubert--now completely recovered, and a
strong, robust, handsome man once more--in command of the galleon.  This
made both ships very short-handed, but it was the only arrangement
possible, for during their voyage round from Panama the cargo of the
galleon had been overhauled, and found to be so enormously rich, and of
such great bulk, that it was deemed unwise to entrust it and the rest of
the treasure to a single ship; therefore on a certain glorious January
morning all hands went to work to unmoor both ships, and by mid-day they
were clear of the cove and heading north for the treasure island, which
they reached five days later.  But during that five days' voyage it had
become so clear to all that both ships must be thoroughly cleared of
weed before the voyage across the Atlantic was undertaken, that they
decided to careen them before proceeding further.  This was accordingly
done, the work occupying all hands for three months; but when it was
done both craft were fit in every respect to battle with the spring
gales which they knew awaited them.

Finally, they sailed from the treasure island on the fifth day of May,
1570, and working their way to the north-east between the islands of
Cuba and San Domingo, hit the Gulf Stream, which swept them to windward
as they struggled northward against the north-east trade-wind.  This
proved to be the most tedious and wearisome part of their passage; for
upon clearing the trades they were fortunate enough to run into a
succession of strong westerly winds, before which they went foaming and
rolling across the Atlantic at a merry rate, arriving in Plymouth Sound
within two hours of each other, on the afternoon of the twenty-seventh
of July, 1570, to the joy of everybody concerned, after an absence from
home of just over fifteen months.

The partition of the treasure was immediately proceeded with; and so
enormous was its amount that even the lowest grade of mariner received
sufficient to render him independent in a modest way for the remainder
of his life, while as for George, he was--after old Simon Radlett, the
owner of the _Nonsuch_--easily the richest man in all Plymouth, his
share being sufficient not only for his own needs but also for those of
his brother Hubert, with whom he insisted upon an equal division,
despite the energetic and long-continued protests of the elder brother.

For a time there was a possibility that George's exploits on the Spanish
Main and at Panama might involve him in serious trouble with the Queen;
indeed he and old Simon Radlett were summoned to London to give an
account of themselves.  Luckily, however, for them, the Catholics were
at the moment making themselves obnoxious in the matter of conspiracies
in favour of Mary, Queen of Scots, while Philip of Spain was also out of
Elizabeth's favour; consequently Her Majesty was just in the right mood
to be favourably impressed by the straightforward story which George had
to tell; and his account of the doings of the Inquisition at San Juan de
Ulua, and the atrocities practised upon the galley-slave prisoners, as
witnessed by himself, excited such lively sympathy in the Queen's breast
that, instead of sending them to the Tower, as they at one time more
than half-expected, she knighted them both and sent them back to
Plymouth happy in the full assurance of her most gracious favour.

THE END.






End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Cruise of the Nonsuch Buccaneer, by 
Harry Collingwood

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CRUISE OF THE NONSUCH ***

***** This file should be named 21062.txt or 21062.zip *****
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/0/6/21062/

Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England

Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.



*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://gutenberg.org/license).


Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works

1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.

1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.

1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
     License.  You must require such a user to return or
     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
     of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.

1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.


Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.


Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information:
     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
     Chief Executive and Director
     gbnewby@pglaf.org


Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate


Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.


Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.


Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

     http://www.gutenberg.org

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.